Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Alcatel-Lucent 7367
INTELLIGENT SERVICES ACCESS MANAGER SX
REL EASE 5 .1
3 H H- 1 1 7 6 2-EBAA-TCZZA E di t i on 0 1 Re l ease d
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
This document contains proprietary information of Alcatel-Lucent and is not to be disclosed
or used except in accordance with applicable agreements.
Copyright 2014 © Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Status Released
Change Note
Short Title CD CLI CMD GUIDE
All rigths reserved. Passing on and copying of this
document, use and communication of its contents not
permitted without written authorization from
Alcatel-Lucent.
Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
Contents
Contents
1- ISAM CLI 1
1.1 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.3 CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.4 Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.5 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.6 Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.7 Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.8 Getting help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.9 The CLI Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
1.10 Entering CLI Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
1.11 CLI Backward Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
1.12 Phase Out Strategy Obsolete Commands and/or Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1.13 Command Phase Out Annoucement Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released i
Contents
ii Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
Contents
iv Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
Contents
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released v
Contents
vi Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
Contents
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released ix
Contents
x Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
Contents
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released xi
Contents
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released xv
Contents
89- CFM Single Ended Synthetic Loss Measurement message Management 2034
Command
89.1 CFM Single Ended Synthetic Loss Measurement message Management Command Tree .2035
89.2 Single Ended Synthetic Loss Measurement message Management Command . . . . . .2036
xx Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
Contents
Index 2129
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 1
1 ISAM CLI
1.1 History
This history section enumerates the CLI commands which are new, modified or removed between any two
subsequent releases. No details are provided within this section. The command description, syntax and parameters for
each new and modified command is in the Command Syntax section of the respective command in the CLI
Command Guide.
New Commands
show equipment planned-resource (showing the actual values of configured hardware resources on
boards)
2 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
configure qos pbit-scheduling (configuring the p-bit behavior of the S+C vlan forwarding model in both
upstream and downstream direction)
configure xdsl-bonding board (adding bonding vectoring fallback for future use)
configure xdsl-bonding board vect-fallback (adding bonding vectoring fallback for future use)
show mcast ont-active-groups (shows the list of active multicast streams per user interface on a particular
ONT)
show mcast pon-active-groups (shows the list of active multicast streams per user interface on a particular
PON)
configure equipment power (implementation of PowerMgr features on 7363 ISAM MX)
show equipment power (implementation of PowerMgr features on 7363 ISAM MX)
info configure equipment power (implementation of PowerMgr features on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure link-agg (LAG commands are supported on 7363 ISAM MX only)
show link-agg (LAG commands are supported on 7363 ISAM MX only)
show alarm current megaco-media-gw (enabling voice alarms)
show alarm current megaco-plug-unit (enabling voice alarms)
show alarm current megaco-sig-gw (enabling voice alarms)
show alarm current megaco-sig-lt (enabling voice alarms)
show alarm current megaco-term (enabling voice alarms)
show alarm log megaco-media-gw (enabling voice alarms)
show alarm log megaco-plug-unit (enabling voice alarms)
show alarm log megaco-sig-gw (enabling voice alarms)
show alarm log megaco-sig-lt (enabling voice alarms)
show alarm log megaco-term (enabling voice alarms)
show alarm snap-shot megaco-media-gw (enabling voice alarms)
show alarm snap-shot megaco-plug-unit (enabling voice alarms)
show alarm snap-shot megaco-sig-gw (enabling voice alarms)
show alarm snap-shot megaco-sig-lt (enabling voice alarms)
show alarm snap-shot megaco-term (enabling voice alarms)
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 3
1 ISAM CLI
4 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
show xdsl counters near-end channel previous-interval (adding a timestamp to each PM interval,
specifying the date and time of the start of the PM interval)
show xdsl counters near-end channel previous-day (adding a timestamp to each PM interval, specifying
the date and time of the start of the PM interval)
show xdsl counters far-end line previous-interval (adding a timestamp to each PM interval, specifying the
date and time of the start of the PM interval)
show xdsl counters far-end line previous-day (adding a timestamp to each PM interval, specifying the
date and time of the start of the PM interval)
show xdsl counters far-end channel previous-interval (adding a timestamp to each PM interval, specifying
the date and time of the start of the PM interval)
show xdsl counters far-end channel previous-day (adding a timestamp to each PM interval, specifying the
date and time of the start of the PM interval)
show xdsl imp-noise-sensor near-end previous-interval (adding a timestamp to each PM interval,
specifying the date and time of the start of the PM interval)
show xdsl imp-noise-sensor far-end previous-interval (adding a timestamp to each PM interval, specifying
the date and time of the start of the PM interval)
show shdsl segment-counters previous-15min (adding a timestamp to each PM interval, specifying the
date and time of the start of the PM interval)
show shdsl segment-counters previous-1day (adding a timestamp to each PM interval, specifying the date
and time of the start of the PM interval)
show shdsl span-counters previous-15min (adding a timestamp to each PM interval, specifying the date
and time of the start of the PM interval)
show shdsl span-counters previous-1day (adding a timestamp to each PM interval, specifying the date and
time of the start of the PM interval)
configure cfm domain association (limiting the only allowed value for parameter "bridgeport" to "none")
configure equipment slot (implementation of Customizable alarms Input)
configure system security domain (nvalid parameter value 'local' for Authenticator removed)
show alarm log custom (adding new alarm : custom6)
show alarm current custom (adding new alarm : custom6)
show alarm snap-shot custom (adding new alarm : custom6)
New Commands
configure cfm y1731pm (adding on-demand and proactive performance monitoring compliant with
Y.1731)
configure cfm y1731pm domain association (adding on-demand and proactive performance monitoring
compliant with Y.1731)
show cfm y1731pm (adding on-demand and proactive performance monitoring compliant with Y.1731)
show cfm y1731pm curr-15min-stats (adding on-demand and proactive performance monitoring
compliant with Y.1731)
show cfm y1731pm curr-15min-stats domain (adding on-demand and proactive performance monitoring
compliant with Y.1731)
show cfm y1731pm curr-day-stats (adding on-demand and proactive performance monitoring compliant
with Y.1731)
show cfm y1731pm curr-day-stats domain (adding on-demand and proactive performance monitoring
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 5
1 ISAM CLI
6 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
configure linetest single ltline (sessionid) lineid (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure linetest single ltparm (sessionid) test-name (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure linetest single ltsession (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice cluster (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice cluster equipment (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice cluster media-gateway (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice cluster signal-gateway (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice cluster equipment board (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice cluster equipment termination (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice cluster equipment termination tca (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice cluster ip (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice sip (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice sip dhcp-authent-para secret-id (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice sip dialplan (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice sip digitmap type (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice sip dnsserver (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice sip server (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice sip termination (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice sip transport provider-name (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice sip user-agent (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice sip lineid-syn-prof (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice sip redundancy (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice sip redundancy-cmd (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice sip register (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice sip statistics (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice sip statistics stats-config (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice sip system (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice sip system session-timer (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice sip termination tca (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice sip user-agent-ap slot-id (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
configure voice sip vsp (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
show alarm current sip-dial-plan (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
show alarm current sip-plugin-unit (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
show alarm current sip-server (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
show alarm current sip-termination (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
show alarm current sip-vsp (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 7
1 ISAM CLI
8 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
show voice sip statistics termination current-15min (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
show voice sip statistics termination current-1day (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
show voice sip statistics termination prev-15min (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
show voice sip statistics termination prev-1day (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
show voice sip termination (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
show voice sip user-agent-ap (voice support on 7363 ISAM MX)
Removed Commands
configure xdsl vp-board vp-link (command not applicable to 7363 ISAM MX nor 7367 ISAM SX)
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 9
1 ISAM CLI
1.2 Preface
Scope
This user guide describes the Command Line Interface (CLI) commands supported by the Alcatel-Lucent 7363
ISAM MX and 7367 ISAM SX. These commands are used for installation, configuration, management and
troubleshooting.
User Profile
The guide is intended for operating personnel (sometimes called craft persons).
10 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
Command Types
The commands of the CLI language can be divided into two groups: global and environmental commands.
Global commands (such as the logout command) can be entered in any context and have the same effect in each
context.
Environmental commands (such as the info command) can only be entered in some contexts (for example, the info
command cannot be used in the show node) and have a different effect in each context. The purpose of the
command (for example, showing the configuration) is the same but the implementation or the generated output is
different.
Some commands are also implicit. For example, when you enter only the node name configure system security
snmp community fden, you run an implicit command that changes your context to the specified node and that
creates this node if it did not previously exist.
The available commands are discussed in a separate chapter.
Access Rights
Not every operator can execute every command.
Access to commands is granted via the operator profile.
It is possible that an operator can execute a given command in one context and not in another.
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 11
1 ISAM CLI
1.4 Nodes
Node Definition
A command definition tree, further abbreviated to "command tree" is a structure of nested command nodes from
which CLI commands can be derived. A command node consists of a node name and zero or more resource
identifiers. The resource identifiers behave like parameters, but identify a particular resource. For example, public
in configure system security snmp community public is an unnamed resource identifier of the node community.
One such command node identifies a context. A CLI command can be derived from a command tree starting from
the root node, but a command with the same meaning and impact can also be derived from a lower level node or
subnode. The following are examples of equivalent commands:
• info configure system security snmp community public in any node.
• info system security snmp community public in node configure
• info security snmp community public in node configure system
• info snmp community public in node configure system security
• info community public in node configure system security snmp
• info in node configure system security snmp community public
The root node is the highest level. Directly below the root node are important command nodes such as configure
and show.
Node Creation
A dynamic node is a sub-node of the configure node that corresponds to a configurable resource that an operator
can create.
An operator can create a dynamic node by navigating to it. The system will automatically create the node. The
operator can configure its prompt in such a way that it shows if the operator navigated to an existing or a new node.
The ability to create nodes is limited by the access rights of the user.
It is also possible that the system creates additional subnodes in other nodes, for example, in the show node due to
the creation of a new dynamic node in the configure node.
Node Deletion
A dynamic node can be deleted by placing no in front of the node name. For example, configure system security
snmp no community public deletes the specified node and all its subnodes. The ability to delete nodes is limited
by the access rights of the operator.
Resource Attributes
The value of resource attributes can be changed by entering the name of the resource attribute followed by the new
value. For example, password plain:secret sets the value of the resource attribute named password to the plain
text string secret.
Resource attributes can be set to their default value by entering no followed by the name of the resource attribute.
For example, no password sets the value of the resource attribute named password to the default value (no
password required).
12 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
1.5 Parameters
Parameter Types
Parameter values belong to a parameter type. Parameter types limit the parameter values to strings that the system
can understand.
Parameter types consists of 1 to N fields with separators in between. Each field belongs to a basic type. The
separator is in most cases a colon : or a slash /.
The name of parameter types always starts with an uppercase character and can contain an optional domain name.
The domain name is separated from the parameter name by ::.
The sequence in which the fields appear can differ in case one of the fields belongs to an enumeration type. For
example, if provided some possible values for the parameter type ExtendedFileName (the first field is an
enumeration field with possible values file and ftp, host-name, user-name, password and local-file are also fields):
• file: local-file
• ftp: host-name @ user-name : password / local-file
Basic Types
Basic types can be divided in two groups: fixed length basic types and variable length basic types.
Examples of variable length basic types are:
• integers
• printable strings (representing operator chosen names or descriptions)
• SNMP object identifiers
• binary strings
The length of a variable length basic type is in most cases limited. The definition of logical length depends on the
basic type: number of characters for printable strings, number of bytes for binary strings, and number of numbers in
the object identfier for SNMP object identifiers.
Examples of fixed length basic types are:
• ip-address
• fixed-length printable strings
• enumeration types (limited list of allowed strings)
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 13
1 ISAM CLI
Binary strings must be entered as: hex-byte : hex-byte :...: hex-byte. hex-byte is a number between 0 and 255 in
hexadecimal format (all lowercase).For example, 3f:23:ff:b2 is a valid binary string.
Object identifiers and ipv4-addresses must be entered as: decimal-number . decimal-number .....
decimal-number.For example, 128.17.32.45 is a valid object identifier.
The values of all fields may be placed within double quotes. A field separator can never be placed within double
quotes. For example, "1"/"1" is a valid shelf identifier, but "1/1" is not a valid shelf identifier.
A field value can contain multiple double quotes. For example, "hallo world" is equivalent to hallo" "world or to
"hallo"" ""world".
Printable strings must be placed within double quotes if they contain special characters: double quote ", a backslash
\, a question mark ?, a cross #, a space, a tab, a carriage return, or a new line.
The backslash \ is the escape character. The double quote " and backslash \ characters must be preceded by the
escape character. The \ char is equivalent to char with the following exceptions:
• \r : carriage-return
• \t : tab
• \n : new-line
In some cases it is possible that a command is ambiguous. For example, info operator detail can be interpreted in
two ways: list the configuration of the operator with the name detail or list the configuration of all operators in
detail.
The ambiguity is solved by the parser in the following way: if the string contains quotes, it is interpreted as a
printable string, otherwise it is interpreted as a keyword. For example, info operator "detail" lists the
configuration of the operator with the name detail and info operator detail lists the configuration of all operators
in detail.
Syntax Check
The system verifies if each typed character is syntactically correct.
In case the system detects a syntax error, it will position the cursor at the offending character and beep.
This can give strange effects if you are entering characters in the 'insert mode': the invalid characters will shift to
the right and any newly entered character will be inserted in front of the faulty characters.
To avoid this strange effect, it is recommended to work in the (default) overwrite mode.
Command Repetition
Values of parameters may contain decimal, hexadecimal or character ranges. These ranges indicate that the
concerned command must be repeated a number of times with the different values as specified in the range.
Decimal ranges are entered as [ d: start...end ] in which start and end are integers. Example of a decimal range:
lt:1/1/[4...16]
Hexadecimal ranges are entered as [ h: start...end ] in which start and end are hexadecimal numbers. start and end
values may not contain uppercase characters and the number of characters of the first start value determines the
number of characters to be entered for the following values in the range. Example of a hexadecimal range:
14 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
03:06:ff:[h:aa...bd]
Character ranges are entered as [ c: start...end ] in which start and end are characters. start and end value must
belong to the same character class: digit, lowercase or uppercase. Special characters are not allowed. Example of a
character range : operator[c:a...f]
Ranging is not supported for float values
Ranges have following restrictions:
• One command may only contain 1 range.
• The default range type is decimal. It will be used if the type is not explicitely mentioned with 'd:' , 'h:' or 'c:'.
• Subranges can be separated with a comma. For example: [d:17...19,32,60...62] will be replaced consecutively
with the values 17, 18, 19, 32, 60, 61 and 62.
• Ranges between quotes are not expanded.
• Command completion may refuse to work once a range is entered.
• Execution of command repetition will stop once an iteration in the range fails.
The system sometimes restricts which range type may be used: the system only allows a decimal range where a
decimal number can be entered or a hexadecimal range where a hexadecimal number can be entered. It even
imposes that the range replaces completely the number. Example: 1[2...3] is invalid, [12...13] must be entered
instead. Also the start and end of the range must fall in the allowed range for the number. Only text strings may
contain all types of ranges.
The way the system handles a range depends on the command.
• Some commands can handle ranges directly. Repeating the command will be done internally. The command
will then behave for the operator as a normal command..
• For the other commands, the system will execute the command end - start + 1 times in which the specified
range is each time replaced by a number out of the range. Each expanded command is shown to the operator.
Commands that normally change the context, don't do this in this case. The command repetition can be stopped
via an interrupt.
• Range commands in combination with help "?" character always show the complete list of available parameters
and subnodes and do not suppress subnodes in case of the existing nodes.
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 15
1 ISAM CLI
1.6 Filters
The language provides filters to manipulate the output of commands.
For list of available filters, please refer to command description of section "CLI Filters".
Filters can be specified in case the command generates output. They are separated from the basic command with a
pipe character |.
The user can specify a sequence of filters as in following example: info | match exact:1/1 | count lines.
16 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
1.7 Printers
The language provides printers to allow the user to decide how the output must be printed on his terminal.
The available printers are discussed in detail in a separate chapter.
Printers can be specified in case the command generates output. They are separated from the basic command with a
pipe character |.
The user can specify maximum one printer as in following example: info | match exact:1/1 | more
The default printer can be specified for the CLI session or the operator.
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 17
1 ISAM CLI
18 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 19
1 ISAM CLI
20 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
Strategy
ISAM has provided a Command Line Interface since the beginning. With each new Software Release, new features
are added and as a consequence also the CLI commands need to evolve.
New features often result in new commands or extension of existing commands.
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 21
1 ISAM CLI
22 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
1 ISAM CLI
Announcement Release
The announcement release is the release in which we announce to the customer that a defined set of "impacted" cli
commands will phase-out in the phase-out release. The announcement release is independent from the release in
which the commands and/or parameters became 'obsolete'. The "impacted" cli commands are the commands which
are obsolete or the commands which contain obsolete parameters.
See chapter 'Command Phase Out Annoucement Release' for the list of "impacted" CLI commands.
Customer Impact
• List of impacted commands (See chapter 'Command Phase Out Annoucement Release') should carefully be
checked in the CLI Command Guide chapter Announcement Release. The obsolete commands and/or obsolete
parameters are indicated in the command tree by the prefix X.
• The customer should determine the phase-out release.
• Any OSS systems and/or scripts using CLI commands should be checked and updated if required.
• Once the command is phased-out, the normal error reporting will be applicable.
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 23
1 ISAM CLI
24 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
2- Environment Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 25
2 Environment Configuration Commands
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Environment Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----environment
- [no] prompt
- [no] terminal-timeout
- [no] print
- [no] inhibit-alarms
- [no] mode
26 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
2 Environment Configuration Commands
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the session-specific parameters. These parameters are only valid for
a specific session and are lost when the user logs out.
The default values for prompt and print can be found in configure system security operator operator-name.
The default value for terminal-timeout can be found in configure system security profile profile-name.
terminal-timeout: A value of 0 equals an infinite timeout value (i.e. the terminal will never time out).
The prompt can be composed with following components :
• %n : the name of the current operator.
• %s : the current numbering scheme (typ|leg|pos).
• %! : the current history number.
• % num d : the current context.
- num is the maximum number of components (starting from the last) that are shown (default is all).
- each component will be separated from the next one with a >.
- a > is also added in front of the first component.
• %% : a %
• %c : # if the current node was an existing node or $ if it is newly created.
• any other character is just added to the prompt as is.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 2.2-2 "Environment Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] prompt Parameter type: <Sec::Prompt> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a specification of the prompt the specification of the prompt
- length: x<=28
[no] terminal-timeout Parameter type: <Sec::EnvInactivityTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "timeout : 30"
( default specify the inactivity timeout of
| timeout : <Sec::InactivityTimeout> ) the terminal
Possible values:
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 27
2 Environment Configuration Commands
28 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
3- Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 29
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Alarm Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----alarm
- log-sev-level
- log-full-action
- non-itf-rep-sev-level
----entry
- (index)
- [no] severity
- [no] service-affecting
- [no] reporting
- [no] logging
----delta-log
- indet-log-full-action
- warn-log-full-action
- minor-log-full-action
- major-log-full-action
- crit-log-full-act
----[no] custom-profile
- (name)
- [no] mnemonic1
- [no] description1
- [no] visible1
- [no] audible1
- [no] polarity1
- [no] severity1
- [no] mnemonic2
- [no] description2
- [no] visible2
- [no] audible2
- [no] polarity2
- [no] severity2
- [no] mnemonic3
- [no] description3
- [no] visible3
- [no] audible3
- [no] polarity3
- [no] severity3
- [no] mnemonic4
- [no] description4
- [no] visible4
- [no] audible4
- [no] polarity4
- [no] severity4
- [no] mnemonic5
- [no] description5
30 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
- [no] visible5
- [no] audible5
- [no] polarity5
- [no] severity5
----filter
- (fltr-type)
- filterid
- alarmid
- [no] status
- [no] threshold
- [no] window
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 31
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
Command Description
This command allows the operator to maintain a log that contains all alarm state changes by enabling the logging
mode and setting the severity level equal to or higher than the severity level that the operator is interested in.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 3.2-2 "Alarm Log Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
log-sev-level Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmSeverityReport> optional parameter
Format: set the lowest severity level to log
( indeterminate alarms
| warning
| minor
| major
| critical )
Possible values:
- indeterminate : not a definite known severity level
- warning : just to inform as a warning
- minor : not service affecting
- major : service affecting
- critical : service breaking
log-full-action Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmLogFullAction> optional parameter
Format: set the action if log buffer is full
( wrap
| halt )
Possible values:
- wrap : older log records are overwritten by recent ones
- halt : logging is stopped until the log buffer is reset
non-itf-rep-sev-level Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmSeverityReport> optional parameter
Format: set minimum severity level to
( indeterminate report non itf alarms
| warning
| minor
| major
32 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 33
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage local alarm entries.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 3.3-1 "Alarm Entry Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
( xtca-ne-es
| xtca-ne-ses
| xtca-ne-uas
| xtca-ne-day-es
| xtca-ne-day-ses
| xtca-ne-day-uas
| xtca-fe-es
| xtca-fe-ses
| xtca-fe-uas
| xtca-fe-day-es
| xtca-fe-day-ses
| xtca-fe-day-uas
| xtca-leftrs
| xtca-day-leftrs
| xtca-fe-leftrs
| xtca-fe-day-leftrs
| xdsl-ne-los
| xdsl-ne-lof
| xdsl-ne-lom
| xdsl-ne-ese
| xdsl-act-cfg-error
| xdsl-act-not-feas
| xdsl-up-br-reach
| xdsl-ne-ncd
| xdsl-ne-lcd
| xdsl-fe-los
34 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 35
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
36 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 37
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
38 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 39
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
40 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 41
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
42 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 43
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
44 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 45
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
46 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 47
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
Command Output
Table 3.3-3 "Alarm Entry Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
category Parameter type: <Alarm::category> category of an alarm
( communications This element is always shown.
| qos
| processing-error
| equipment
| environmental )
Possible values:
- communications : communications related alarms
- qos : QoS related alarms
- processing-error : processing failure related alarms
- equipment : equipment related alarms
- environmental : environmental related alarms
48 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the action of the system when the alarm log buffer is full.
If the action is set to wrap, older log records are overwritten by recent records. If the action is set to halt, logging
is stopped until the log buffer is reset.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 3.4-2 "Alarm Delta Log Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
indet-log-full-action Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> optional parameter
Format: set the action when indeterminate
( wrap log buffer is full
| halt )
Possible values:
- wrap : wrap around when log is full
- halt : halt logging when log is full
warn-log-full-action Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> optional parameter
Format: set the action when warn delta
( wrap log buffer is full
| halt )
Possible values:
- wrap : wrap around when log is full
- halt : halt logging when log is full
minor-log-full-action Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> optional parameter
Format: set the action when minor delta
( wrap log buffer is full
| halt )
Possible values:
- wrap : wrap around when log is full
- halt : halt logging when log is full
major-log-full-action Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> optional parameter
Format: set action when major delta log
( wrap buffer is full
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 49
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
50 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the external alarm profile. The profile is made to be assigned to a
remote LT board. The profile reflects a configuration of external alarms parameters that corresponds to a certain
environment where the remote board is located (in an outdoor cabinet, basement cabinet, ...). The use of a profile
avoids the need to specify the parameters for each remote board separately. The alarm profile groups all five
external alarms parameters. The profile contains a description/meaning of each alarm, as well as an indication
that tells us whether or not any alarm outputs are to be triggered if the corresponding external input alarm is
raised. On top of these parameters, a mnemonic (short for the description), the polarity and the severity are
configurable. Note: The Severity parameters of custom alarm profile i.e
(severity1,severity2,severity3,severity4,severity5) are supported for only FD-REM not other shelfs.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 3.5-1 "Customizable Alarm Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: custom profile name
- a profile name
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 51
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
52 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 53
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
54 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 55
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure Alarm filter parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure alarm filter (fltr-type) filterid <Alarm::fltrId> [ alarmid <Alarm::alarmIndex> ] [ no status | status
<Alarm::fltrStatus> ] [ no threshold | threshold <Alarm::fltrThreshold> ] [ no window | window
<Alarm::fltrWindow> ]
Command Parameters
Table 3.6-1 "Alarm Filter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(fltr-type) Format: the type of the considered alarm
( temporal filter
| spatial )
Possible values:
- temporal : the temporal alarm filter
- spatial : the spatial alarm filter
filterid Parameter type: <Alarm::fltrId> unique filter number
Format:
- unique filter number
- range: [1...31]
Table 3.6-2 "Alarm Filter Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
alarmid Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmIndex> optional parameter
Format: alarmType
( xtca-ne-es
| xtca-ne-ses
| xtca-ne-uas
| xtca-ne-day-es
| xtca-ne-day-ses
| xtca-ne-day-uas
| xtca-fe-es
| xtca-fe-ses
| xtca-fe-uas
| xtca-fe-day-es
| xtca-fe-day-ses
56 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 57
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
58 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 59
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
60 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 61
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
62 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 63
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
64 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 65
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
66 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 67
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
68 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 69
3 Alarm Configuration Commands
70 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
4- Trap Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 71
4 Trap Configuration Commands
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Trap Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----trap
----definition
- (name)
- priority
----[no] manager
- (address)
- [no] priority
- [no] cold-start-trap
- [no] link-down-trap
- [no] link-up-trap
- [no] auth-fail-trap
- [no] change-trap
- [no] line-test-trap
- [no] init-started-trap
- [no] lic-key-chg-occr
- [no] topology-chg
- [no] selt-state-chg
- [no] dhcp-sess-pre
- [no] alarm-chg-trap
- [no] phys-line-trap
- [no] eqpt-change-trap
- [no] success-set-trap
- [no] other-alarm-trap
- [no] warning-trap
- [no] minor-trap
- [no] major-trap
- [no] critical-trap
- [no] redundancy-trap
- [no] eqpt-prot-trap
- [no] craft-login-trap
- [no] restart-trap
- [no] ntr-trap
- [no] rad-srvr-fail
- [no] login-occr-trap
- [no] logout-occr-trap
- [no] trapmngr-chg-trap
- [no] mst-genral
- [no] mst-error
- [no] mst-protocol-mig
- [no] mst-inv-bpdu-rx
- [no] mst-reg-conf-chg
- [no] max-per-window
- [no] window-size
- [no] max-queue-size
72 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
4 Trap Configuration Commands
- [no] min-interval
- [no] min-severity
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 73
4 Trap Configuration Commands
Command Description
This command allows the operator to define the priority of a given trap.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 4.2-1 "Trap Definition Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: the name of the trap
( cold-start
| link-down
| link-up
| auth-failure
| change-occured
| line-test-report
| init-started
| lic-key-chg-occr
| topology-chg
| selt-state-chg
| dhcp-sess-pre
| radius-server-failure
| login-occured
| logout-occured
| trapmngr-chg-occr
| mst-genral
| mst-error
| mst-protocol-mig
| mst-inv-bpdu-rx
| mst-reg-conf-chg )
Possible values:
- cold-start : the node is reinitializing
- link-down : one of the communication links of the node
has failed
- link-up : one of the communication links of the node
became operational
- auth-failure : authentication failure
74 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
4 Trap Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 75
4 Trap Configuration Commands
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an SNMP manager, which will receive traps when an event occurs
in the system.
The SNMP manager can easily be flooded by events if something happens to the system. This command allows the
operator to specify which traps the manager is interested in (trap filtering) and how the traps must be distributed in
time (trap shaping).
Traps that cannot be delivered will be dropped.
The Following traps will be sent as a part of changeOccuredTrap alarm-chg-trap, phys-line-trap,
eqpt-change-trap, success-set-trap, other-alarm-trap, warning-trap, minor-trap, major-trap, critical-trap,
redundancy-trap, eqpt-prot-trap, craft-login-trap, restart-trap, ntr-trap.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure trap ( no manager (address) ) | ( manager (address) [ no priority | priority <Trap::Priority> ] [ [ no ]
cold-start-trap ] [ [ no ] link-down-trap ] [ [ no ] link-up-trap ] [ [ no ] auth-fail-trap ] [ [ no ] change-trap ] [ [ no ]
line-test-trap ] [ [ no ] init-started-trap ] [ [ no ] lic-key-chg-occr ] [ [ no ] topology-chg ] [ [ no ] selt-state-chg ] [ [
no ] dhcp-sess-pre ] [ [ no ] alarm-chg-trap ] [ [ no ] phys-line-trap ] [ [ no ] eqpt-change-trap ] [ [ no ]
success-set-trap ] [ [ no ] other-alarm-trap ] [ [ no ] warning-trap ] [ [ no ] minor-trap ] [ [ no ] major-trap ] [ [ no ]
critical-trap ] [ [ no ] redundancy-trap ] [ [ no ] eqpt-prot-trap ] [ [ no ] craft-login-trap ] [ [ no ] restart-trap ] [ [ no ]
ntr-trap ] [ [ no ] rad-srvr-fail ] [ [ no ] login-occr-trap ] [ [ no ] logout-occr-trap ] [ [ no ] trapmngr-chg-trap ] [ [ no
] mst-genral ] [ [ no ] mst-error ] [ [ no ] mst-protocol-mig ] [ [ no ] mst-inv-bpdu-rx ] [ [ no ] mst-reg-conf-chg ] [
no max-per-window | max-per-window <Trap::WindowCount> ] [ no window-size | window-size
<Trap::WindowSize> ] [ no max-queue-size | max-queue-size <Trap::QueueSize> ] [ no min-interval | min-interval
<Trap::Interval> ] [ no min-severity | min-severity <Alarm::alarmSeverityReport> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 4.3-1 "Trap Manager Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(address) Format: the address of the manager
<Ip::V4Address> : <Trap::Port>
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Trap::Port>
- trap port number
- range: [1...65535]
Table 4.3-2 "Trap Manager Configuration Command" Command Parameters
76 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
4 Trap Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 77
4 Trap Configuration Commands
78 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
4 Trap Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 79
5- Equipment Configuration Commands
80 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
5 Equipment Configuration Commands
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Equipment Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----equipment
----rack
- (index)
- [no] description
----shelf
- (index)
- [no] class
- [no] planned-type
X [no] unlock
- [no] lock
- [no] mode
- [no] description
----power
- (index)
- [no] power-admin-mode
- [no] bat-type
- [no] bat-start-cap
- [no] bat-lifetime
- [no] bat-defense-mode
- [no] bat-defense-thd
----slot
- (index)
- [no] planned-type
- [no] power-down
- [no] unlock
- [no] alarm-profile
- dual-host-ip
- dual-host-loc
----auth
- loid
- loid-passwd
- slid-mode
- slid
- ont-reauth
----[no] diagnostics
----[no] sfp
- (position)
- [no] rssi-prof-id
- [no] rssi-state
----[no] rssiprof
- (index)
- name
- [no] temp-alm-low
- [no] temp-alm-high
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 81
5 Equipment Configuration Commands
- [no] temp-warn-low
- [no] temp-warn-high
- [no] voltage-alm-low
- [no] voltage-alm-high
- [no] voltage-warn-low
- [no] voltage-warn-high
- [no] bias-alm-low
- [no] bias-alm-high
- [no] bias-warn-low
- [no] bias-warn-high
- [no] tx-pwr-alm-low
- [no] tx-pwr-alm-high
- [no] tx-pwr-warn-low
- [no] tx-pwr-warn-high
- [no] rx-pwr-alm-low
- [no] rx-pwr-alm-high
- [no] rx-pwr-warn-low
- [no] rx-pwr-warn-high
- [no] ebias-alm-low
- [no] ebias-alm-high
- [no] ebias-warn-low
- [no] ebias-warn-high
- [no] etx-alm-low
- [no] etx-alm-high
- [no] etx-warn-low
- [no] etx-warn-high
- [no] erx-alm-low
- [no] erx-alm-high
- [no] erx-warn-low
- [no] erx-warn-high
- [no] profile-type
----isam
- [no] description
----fan-tray
- fanmode
82 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
5 Equipment Configuration Commands
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the rack. The operator can configure the following parameter:
• description: text that describes the location of the rack.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 5.2-1 "Rack Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the physcial position of the rack
<Eqpt::RackId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Table 5.2-2 "Rack Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] description Parameter type: <Description-127> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- description to help the operator to identify the object any description to be used by the
- length: x<=127 operator
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 83
5 Equipment Configuration Commands
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the shelf. The operator can configure the following parameters:
• class: the classification of the shelf. The following shelf classes are supported:
- main-ethernet: supports Ethernet-based traffic. Shelves in this class can contain NT and LT units. There
must be at least one shelf of this class in the system.
- ext-ethernet: supports Ethernet-based traffic. Shelves in this class can only contain LT units.
• planned-type: the type planned for this shelf. The not-planned parameter indicates that a shelf will not be
inserted at this position.
• unlock: locks or unlocks the shelf.
• shelf-mode: the shelf mode,applicable to NEP only, and when the shelf mode was changed successfully,the NE
will reboot automatically.
• description: text that describes the location of the shelf.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure equipment shelf (index) [ no class | class <Equipm::ShelfClass> ] [ no planned-type | planned-type
<Equipm::ShelfType> ] [ [ no ] unlock ] [ [ no ] lock ] [ no mode | mode <Equipm::HolderMode> ] [ no description
| description <Description-127> ]
Command Parameters
Table 5.3-1 "Shelf Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the physical identification of the
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> shelf
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Table 5.3-2 "Shelf Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] class Parameter type: <Equipm::ShelfClass> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "main-ethernet"
main-ethernet the class to which the shelf
Possible values: belongs
- main-ethernet : main shelf - supports ethernet-based traffic
[no] planned-type Parameter type: <Equipm::ShelfType> optional parameter with default
84 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
5 Equipment Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 85
5 Equipment Configuration Commands
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure power management of the shelf. The operator can configure the
following parameter:
• admin-mode: the power mode ().
• bat-type: the type of the battery ().
• bat-start-cap: the start capacity of the battery at the moment of installation (in 1/100 Ah).
• bat-lifetime: the planned lifetime of the installed battery (in 1/10 year).
• bat-defense-mode: the preferred power defense mode (no defense, voice priority).
• bat-defense-threshold: the power defense threshold, the remaining capacity of the battery at the moment the
defense should be started.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 5.4-1 "Equipment Power Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the physical identification of the
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> shelf
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Table 5.4-2 "Equipment Power Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] power-admin-mode Parameter type: <Equipm::PowerAdminMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-powermgnt"
( no-powermgnt the power admin mode of the
| ac shelf
| ac-and-dc-loc
| dc-nw
| dc-nw-and-dc-loc
| dc-local )
86 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
5 Equipment Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 87
5 Equipment Configuration Commands
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a slot.
The slot is identified by the physical slot number. The left-most slot in the shelf is number 1. The following
parameters can be configured for the slot:
• planned-type: the unit type that will be inserted into the slot. The not-planned parameter indicates that a unit
will not be inserted into that slot.
• power-down: the operator can power-up or power-down slots. This is only applicable to LSM.
• unlock: the operator can lock or unlock a unit. A unit in the locked state cannot be used. This attribute is only
supported for the NT (the system will refuse to lock the NT of a simplex system), EXT, and a managed LSM.
• alarm-profile: the operator can assign a customizable alarm profile to a remote LT board. This is only
applicable for REM and SEM boards
• capab-profile:This parameter only applies to LSMs,NTIOs and mini-NT NRNT-A.For BCM based LSM boards
default capab-profile is "default" for Intel based LSM boards it is "8vc_default".
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 5.5-1 "Slot Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the physical number of the slot
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt-a
| nt-b
| nt
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
88 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
5 Equipment Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 89
5 Equipment Configuration Commands
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure authentication data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 5.6-2 "Pon Auth Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
loid Parameter type: <Equipm::Loid> optional parameter
Format: logical onu identifier, the default
- logical onu identifier value is ALU
- length: 1<=x<=24
loid-passwd Parameter type: <Security::Password7> optional parameter
Format: the password for the logical onu
( prompt identifier, the default value is
| plain : <Security::PlainPassword7> ) ALU
Possible values:
- prompt : prompts the operator for a password
- plain : the password in plain text
Field type <Security::PlainPassword7>
- ont loid password
- length: 1<=x<=12
slid-mode Parameter type: <Equipm::slidMode> optional parameter
Format: the interpret mode of subscriber
( ascii location id, the default is ascii
| hex )
Possible values:
- ascii : ascii string to store slid
- hex : hex string to store slid
slid Parameter type: <Equipm::slid> optional parameter
Format: subscriber location id of the ont,
- subscriber location id of the ont,length should be less than the defualt is WILDCARD
or equal to 10 when slidMode is ascii
- length: x<=20
ont-reauth Parameter type: <Equipm::loidReAuth> optional parameter
90 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
5 Equipment Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 91
5 Equipment Configuration Commands
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure RSSI profile on SFP/XFP:
• The slot index of the sfp
• The number of the sfp cage
• The index of rssi profile which would be configured on SFP/XFP.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure equipment diagnostics ( no sfp (position) ) | ( sfp (position) [ no rssi-prof-id | rssi-prof-id
<Eqpt::RssiProfileIndex> ] [ no rssi-state | rssi-state <Eqpt::RssiState> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 5.7-1 "SFP/XFP Diagnostics configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(position) Format: the physical sfp cage position
( nt : sfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| nt : xfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| nt-a : sfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| nt-a : xfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| nt-b : sfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| nt-b : xfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber> )
Possible values:
- nt : active nt slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
Possible values:
- sfp : SFP port
- xfp : XFP port
Field type <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
- the SFP cage number
- range: [0...1023]
Table 5.7-2 "SFP/XFP Diagnostics configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] rssi-prof-id Parameter type: <Eqpt::RssiProfileIndex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "65535"
- an unique index value for the rssi profile(21-200 an unique index of the rssi
92 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
5 Equipment Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 93
5 Equipment Configuration Commands
Command Description
This command allows the operator to create and configure the RSSI parameters on SFPs.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure equipment ( no rssiprof (index) ) | ( rssiprof (index) name <Eqpt::DisplayString> [ no temp-alm-low |
temp-alm-low <Eqpt::TcaTemp> ] [ no temp-alm-high | temp-alm-high <Eqpt::TcaTemp> ] [ no temp-warn-low |
temp-warn-low <Eqpt::TcaTemp> ] [ no temp-warn-high | temp-warn-high <Eqpt::TcaTemp> ] [ no
voltage-alm-low | voltage-alm-low <Eqpt::TcaVoltage> ] [ no voltage-alm-high | voltage-alm-high
<Eqpt::TcaVoltage> ] [ no voltage-warn-low | voltage-warn-low <Eqpt::TcaVoltage> ] [ no voltage-warn-high |
voltage-warn-high <Eqpt::TcaVoltage> ] [ no bias-alm-low | bias-alm-low <Eqpt::TcaBias> ] [ no bias-alm-high |
bias-alm-high <Eqpt::TcaBias> ] [ no bias-warn-low | bias-warn-low <Eqpt::TcaBias> ] [ no bias-warn-high |
bias-warn-high <Eqpt::TcaBias> ] [ no tx-pwr-alm-low | tx-pwr-alm-low <Eqpt::TcaTxPwr> ] [ no
tx-pwr-alm-high | tx-pwr-alm-high <Eqpt::TcaTxPwr> ] [ no tx-pwr-warn-low | tx-pwr-warn-low
<Eqpt::TcaTxPwr> ] [ no tx-pwr-warn-high | tx-pwr-warn-high <Eqpt::TcaTxPwr> ] [ no rx-pwr-alm-low |
rx-pwr-alm-low <Eqpt::TcaRxPwr> ] [ no rx-pwr-alm-high | rx-pwr-alm-high <Eqpt::TcaRxPwr> ] [ no
rx-pwr-warn-low | rx-pwr-warn-low <Eqpt::TcaRxPwr> ] [ no rx-pwr-warn-high | rx-pwr-warn-high
<Eqpt::TcaRxPwr> ] [ no ebias-alm-low | ebias-alm-low <Eqpt::TcaBias> ] [ no ebias-alm-high | ebias-alm-high
<Eqpt::TcaBias> ] [ no ebias-warn-low | ebias-warn-low <Eqpt::TcaBias> ] [ no ebias-warn-high | ebias-warn-high
<Eqpt::TcaBias> ] [ no etx-alm-low | etx-alm-low <Eqpt::TcaTxPwr> ] [ no etx-alm-high | etx-alm-high
<Eqpt::TcaTxPwr> ] [ no etx-warn-low | etx-warn-low <Eqpt::TcaTxPwr> ] [ no etx-warn-high | etx-warn-high
<Eqpt::TcaTxPwr> ] [ no erx-alm-low | erx-alm-low <Eqpt::TcaRxPwr> ] [ no erx-alm-high | erx-alm-high
<Eqpt::TcaRxPwr> ] [ no erx-warn-low | erx-warn-low <Eqpt::TcaRxPwr> ] [ no erx-warn-high | erx-warn-high
<Eqpt::TcaRxPwr> ] [ no profile-type | profile-type <Eqpt::RssiProfileType> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 5.8-1 "Sfp RSSI Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: an unique index of the rssi
- an unique index value for the rssi profile(21-200 profile(21-200)
configurable)
- range: [0...65535]
Table 5.8-2 "Sfp RSSI Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <Eqpt::DisplayString> mandatory parameter
Format: A unique profile name
- string to identify the rssi profile
94 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
5 Equipment Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 95
5 Equipment Configuration Commands
96 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
5 Equipment Configuration Commands
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 97
5 Equipment Configuration Commands
98 Released 3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01
5 Equipment Configuration Commands
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the NE. The operator can configure the following parameter:
• description: text that describes the location of the ISAM.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 5.9-2 "NE Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] description Parameter type: <Description-127> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- description to help the operator to identify the object any description to be used by the
- length: x<=127 operator
3HH-11762-EBAA-TCZZA 01 Released 99
5 Equipment Configuration Commands
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the fan tray parameter fanmode.
The fanmode determines the applied speed of the fan trays. This is effective only if intelligent fan packs are
installed. Traditional fan packs (A-fans) do not support speed change, the 'classic' mode applies.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 5.10-2 "Configure Fan Tray parameters" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
fanmode Parameter type: <Eqpt::FanMode> optional parameter
Format: Fan Tray mode
( auto
| eco
| protect
| classic )
Possible values:
- auto : runs in average mode; fan speeds determined by
predefined thermal margins
- eco : runs in 'green' mode; minimal thermal margins
- protect : runs in protected mode; wider thermal settings wrt
auto
- classic : fixed fan speed; no SW control
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "xDSL Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----xdsl
----[no] service-profile
- (index)
- name
X (scope)
- version
- [no] ra-mode-down
- [no] ra-mode-up
- [no] min-bitrate-down
- [no] min-bitrate-up
- [no] plan-bitrate-down
- [no] plan-bitrate-up
- [no] max-bitrate-down
- [no] max-bitrate-up
- [no] max-delay-down
- [no] max-delay-up
- [no] max-delay-var-dn
- [no] max-delay-var-up
- [no] memory-down
- [no] imp-noise-prot-dn
- [no] imp-noise-prot-up
- [no] inp-wo-erasure-dn
- [no] inp-wo-erasure-up
- [no] min-l2-br-down
- [no] active
----[no] spectrum-profile
- (index)
- name
X (scope)
- version
- [no] dis-ansi-t1413
- [no] dis-etsi-dts
- [no] dis-g992-1-a
- [no] dis-g992-1-b
- [no] dis-g992-2-a
- [no] dis-g992-3-a
- [no] dis-g992-3-b
- [no] g992-3-aj
- [no] g992-3-l1
- [no] g992-3-l2
- [no] g992-3-am
- [no] g992-5-a
- [no] g992-5-b
- [no] ansi-t1.424
- [no] dis-etsi-ts
- [no] itu-g993-1
- [no] ieee-802.3ah
- [no] g992-5-aj
- [no] g992-5-am
- [no] g993-2-8a
- [no] g993-2-8b
- [no] g993-2-8c
- [no] g993-2-8d
- [no] g993-2-12a
- [no] g993-2-12b
- [no] g993-2-17a
- [no] g993-2-30a
- [no] min-noise-down
- [no] min-noise-up
- [no] trgt-noise-down
- [no] trgt-noise-up
- [no] max-noise-down
- [no] max-noise-up
- [no] carrier-mask-down
- [no] carrier-mask-up
- [no] rf-band-list
- [no] power_mgnt_mode
- [no] l0-time
- [no] l2-time
- [no] l2-agpow-red-tx
- [no] modification
- [no] active
- [no] rau-noise-down
- [no] rau-noise-up
- [no] rau-time-down
- [no] rau-time-up
- [no] rad-noise-down
- [no] rad-noise-up
- [no] rad-time-down
- [no] rad-time-up
- [no] l2-agpw-to-red-tx
----artificial-noise-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----adsl-adsl2
X [no] proprietary-feat
- [no] propr-feat-value
- [no] max-agpowlev-down
- [no] max-agpowlev-up
- [no] max-psd-down
- [no] max-psd-up
- [no] pbo-mode-up
- [no] max-recv-power-up
- [no] psd-mask-up
----re-adsl
X [no] proprietary-feat
- [no] propr-feat-value
- [no] max-agpowlev-down
- [no] max-agpowlev-up
- [no] max-psd-down
- [no] max-psd-up
- [no] pbo-mode-up
- [no] max-recv-power-up
----adsl2-plus
X [no] proprietary-feat
- [no] propr-feat-value
- [no] max-agpowlev-down
- [no] max-agpowlev-up
- [no] max-psd-down
- [no] max-psd-up
- [no] psd-shape-down
- [no] pbo-mode-up
- [no] max-recv-power-up
- [no] psd-mask-up
----cust-psd-pt-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----vdsl
X [no] proprietary-feat
- [no] propr-feat-value
- [no] vdsl-band-plan
- [no] optional-band
- [no] optional-endfreq
- [no] adsl-band
- [no] max-agpowlev-down
- [no] max-agpowlev-up
- [no] psd-shape-down
- [no] psd-shape-up
X [no] pbo-mode-down
- [no] pbo-mode
- [no] rx-psd-shape-up
- [no] ghstones-pwr-mode
- [no] max-band
- [no] max-freq
- [no] m-psd-level-down
- [no] m-psd-level-up
- [no] psd-pbo-par-a-up
- [no] psd-pbo-par-b-up
- [no] cust-psd-sc-down
- [no] cust-psd-ty-down
- [no] cust-rx-psd-sc-up
- [no] cust-rx-psd-ty-up
- [no] opt-startfreq
----ghstone-set-pwr-ctrl
- [no] a43
- [no] b43
- [no] a43c
- [no] v43
----cust-psd-pt-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----cust-rx-psd-pt-up
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----pbo
- (band)
- [no] param-a
- [no] param-b
----vdsl2
X [no] proprietary-feat
- [no] propr-feat-value
- [no] max-agpowlev-down
- [no] max-agpowlev-up
- [no] psd-shape-down
- [no] cs-psd-shape-dn
- [no] cs-psd-shape-up
- [no] psd-shape-up
- [no] rx-psd-shape-up
- [no] psd-pbo-e-len-up
- [no] m-psd-level-down
- [no] m-psd-level-up
- [no] psd-pbo-par-a-up
- [no] psd-pbo-par-b-up
- [no] v-noise-snr-down
- [no] v-noise-snr-up
- [no] v-noise-psd-down
- [no] v-noise-psd-up
- [no] cust-psd-sc-down
- [no] cust-psd-ty-down
- [no] cust-psd-sc-up
- [no] cust-psd-ty-up
- [no] cust-rx-psd-sc-up
- [no] cust-rx-psd-ty-up
- [no] upbo-aele-mode
- [no] upboaele-min-thrs
----cust-psd-pt-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----cust-psd-pt-up
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----cust-rx-psd-pt-up
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----v-noise-psd-pt-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----v-noise-psd-pt-up
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----pbo
- (band)
- [no] equal-fext
- [no] param-a
- [no] param-b
----[no] dpbo-profile
- (index)
- name
- [no] es-elect-length
- [no] es-cable-model-a
- [no] es-cable-model-b
- [no] es-cable-model-c
- [no] min-usable-signal
- [no] min-frequency
- [no] max-frequency
- [no] rs-elect-length
- [no] muf-control
- [no] offset
- [no] active
- [no] modification
----micpsd-pt-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----epsd-pt-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----[no] rtx-profile
- (index)
- name
- version
- [no] rtx-mode-dn
- [no] rtx-mode-up
- [no] min-exp-thrpt-dn
- [no] min-exp-thrpt-up
- [no] plan-exp-thrpt-dn
- [no] plan-exp-thrpt-up
- [no] max-exp-thrpt-dn
- [no] max-exp-thrpt-up
- [no] max-net-rate-dn
- [no] max-net-rate-up
- [no] min-delay-dn
- [no] min-delay-up
- [no] max-delay-dn
- [no] max-delay-up
- [no] min-inp-shine-dn
- [no] min-inp-shine-up
- [no] min-inp-rein-dn
- [no] min-inp-rein-up
- [no] int-arr-time-dn
- [no] int-arr-time-up
- [no] shine-ratio-dn
- [no] shine-ratio-up
- [no] leftr-thresh-dn
- [no] leftr-thresh-up
- [no] active
- [no] modification
----[no] vect-profile
- (index)
- name
- version
- [no] fext-cancel-up
- [no] fext-cancel-dn
- [no] leg-can-dn-m1
- [no] leg-can-dn-m2
- [no] dis-gvect-cpe
- [no] gvecfriend-cpe
- [no] gvecfriend-dn-cpe
- [no] legacy-cpe
- [no] band-control-up
- [no] band-control-dn
- [no] vect-leav-thresh
- [no] vect-feat-bitmap
- [no] active
- [no] modification
----[no] vce-profile
- (index)
- name
- version
- [no] vce-gain-mode
- [no] vce-join-timeout
- [no] vce-min-par-join
- [no] vce-hist-pcoder
- [no] vce-band-plan
- [no] active
- [no] modification
----board
- (board-index)
- [no] dpbo-profile
- [no] vce-profile
- [no] vplt-autodiscover
- [no] vce-capacity-mode
----vect-fallback
- [no] fb-vplt-com-fail
- [no] fb-cpe-cap-mism
- [no] fb-conf-not-feas
- [no] spectrum-profile
- [no] service-profile
- [no] dpbo-profile
- [no] rtx-profile
----line
- (if-index)
- [no] service-profile
- [no] spectrum-profile
- [no] dpbo-profile
- [no] rtx-profile
- [no] vect-profile
- [no] ansi-t1413
- [no] etsi-dts
- [no] g992-1-a
- [no] g992-1-b
- [no] g992-2-a
- [no] g992-3-a
- [no] g992-3-b
- [no] g992-3-aj
- [no] g992-3-l1
- [no] g992-3-l2
- [no] g992-3-am
- [no] g992-5-a
- [no] g992-5-b
- [no] ansi-t1.424
- [no] etsi-ts
- [no] itu-g993-1
- [no] ieee-802.3ah
- [no] g992-5-aj
- [no] g992-5-am
- [no] g993-2-8a
- [no] g993-2-8b
- [no] g993-2-8c
- [no] g993-2-8d
- [no] g993-2-12a
- [no] g993-2-12b
- [no] g993-2-17a
- [no] g993-2-30a
- [no] carrier-data-mode
- [no] admin-up
X bonding-mode
- [no] transfer-mode
- [no] imp-noise-sensor
- [no] vect-qln-mode
- [no] auto-switch
----tca-line-threshold
- [no] enable
- [no] es-nearend
- [no] ses-nearend
- [no] uas-nearend
- [no] leftr-nearend
- [no] leftr-day-nearend
- [no] es-day-nearend
- [no] ses-day-nearend
- [no] uas-day-nearend
- [no] es-farend
- [no] ses-farend
- [no] uas-farend
- [no] es-day-farend
- [no] ses-day-farend
- [no] uas-day-farend
- [no] leftr-farend
- [no] leftr-day-farend
----[no] overrule-data
- (if-index)
- [no] max-bitrate-down
- [no] max-bitrate-up
- [no] max-delay-down
- [no] max-delay-up
- [no] imp-noise-prot-dn
- [no] imp-noise-prot-up
- [no] trgt-noise-down
- [no] trgt-noise-up
- [no] max-psd-down
- [no] max-psd-up
- [no] carrier-mask-down
- [no] carrier-mask-up
- [no] noise-psd-mode-dn
- [no] noise-psd-mode-up
- [no] rtx-mode-dn
- [no] rtx-mode-up
- [no] max-net-rate-dn
- [no] max-net-rate-up
- [no] max-exp-thrpt-dn
- [no] max-exp-thrpt-up
- [no] min-inp-shine-dn
- [no] min-inp-shine-up
- [no] min-inp-rein-dn
- [no] min-inp-rein-up
- [no] min-delay-dn
- [no] min-delay-up
- [no] rtx-max-delay-dn
- [no] rtx-max-delay-up
- [no] shine-ratio-dn
- [no] shine-ratio-up
- [no] leftr-thresh-dn
- [no] leftr-thresh-up
- [no] memory-down
- [no] modification
- [no] active
----noise-psd-pt-down
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----noise-psd-pt-up
- (psd-point)
- [no] frequency
- [no] psd
----imp-noise-sensor
----near-end
- (if-index)
- [no] inm-mode
- [no] inm-eq-inp-mode
- [no] ins-sensitivity
- [no] inm-cluster-cont
- [no] inm-iat-offset
- [no] inm-iat-step
----far-end
- (if-index)
- [no] inm-mode
- [no] inm-eq-inp-mode
- [no] ins-sensitivity
- [no] inm-cluster-cont
- [no] inm-iat-offset
- [no] inm-iat-step
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the DSL service profile. The service profile groups all parameters on
DSL service level (data rates, Rate Adaption mode, delay, ...). The service parameters are common for all DSL
flavors.
DESCRIPTION FOR THE COMMAND PARAMETER-SCOPE:The combination scope+profile must be
unique.Typically local-profile must be used especially when configuring via CLI.Use of network-profile is
depreciated.The network-profile was foreseen to allow management agents to define network-wide unique
profiles,independent of what local profiles may have been created.
DESCRIPTION FOR THE COMMAND PARAMETER max-delay-down and max-delay-up:The delay is expressed
in milliseconds.Range: 1 to 63 ms in steps of 1 ms with 1 as special value.The value 1 is used to specify that fast or
pseudo fast latency (i.e. no interleaving).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl ( no service-profile (index) ) | ( service-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ (scope) ] [
version <SignedInteger> ] [ no ra-mode-down | ra-mode-down <Xdsl::RAModeDownType> ] [ no ra-mode-up |
ra-mode-up <Xdsl::RAModeUpType> ] [ no min-bitrate-down | min-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no
min-bitrate-up | min-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no plan-bitrate-down | plan-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no
plan-bitrate-up | plan-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no max-bitrate-down | max-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [
no max-bitrate-up | max-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no max-delay-down | max-delay-down
<Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> ] [ no max-delay-up | max-delay-up <Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> ] [ no max-delay-var-dn
| max-delay-var-dn <Xdsl::VariationDelay> ] [ no max-delay-var-up | max-delay-var-up <Xdsl::VariationDelay> ]
[ no memory-down | memory-down <Xdsl::DownstreamMemory> ] [ no imp-noise-prot-dn | imp-noise-prot-dn
<Xdsl::ImpNoiseProtection> ] [ no imp-noise-prot-up | imp-noise-prot-up <Xdsl::ImpNoiseProtection> ] [ [ no ]
inp-wo-erasure-dn ] [ [ no ] inp-wo-erasure-up ] [ no min-l2-br-down | min-l2-br-down <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ [ no ]
active ] )
Command Parameters
Table 6.2-1 "xDSL Common Service Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile
- a profile index value
- range: [1...1024]
Table 6.2-2 "xDSL Common Service Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the DSL spectrum profile. The spectrum profiles groups all
parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the environmental conditions of the
line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the DSL flavor used (ADSL1/2, READSL2,
ADSL2Plus, VDSL,VDSL2).
The specific values depending on the DSL flavor can be configured via:
• configure xdsl spectrum-profile adsl-adsl2
• configure xdsl spectrum-profile re-adsl
• configure xdsl spectrum-profile adsl2-plus
• configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl
• configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl2
The actual selected operating mode determines which set of DSL specific parameters is used. In case a common
parameter is not supported for a specific DSL flavor, this parameter will be ignored for that flavor.
When all the DSL specific flavors are configured the complete profile has to be activated.
DESCRIPTION FOR THE COMMAND PARAMETER-SCOPE:The combination scope+profilemust be
unique.Typically local-profile must be used especially when configuring via CLI.Use of network-profile is
depreciated.The network-profile was foreseen to allow management agents to define network-wide unique
profiles,independent of what local profiles may have been created.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl ( no spectrum-profile (index) ) | ( spectrum-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ (scope) ] [
version <SignedInteger> ] [ [ no ] dis-ansi-t1413 ] [ [ no ] dis-etsi-dts ] [ [ no ] dis-g992-1-a ] [ [ no ] dis-g992-1-b ]
[ [ no ] dis-g992-2-a ] [ [ no ] dis-g992-3-a ] [ [ no ] dis-g992-3-b ] [ [ no ] g992-3-aj ] [ [ no ] g992-3-l1 ] [ [ no ]
g992-3-l2 ] [ [ no ] g992-3-am ] [ [ no ] g992-5-a ] [ [ no ] g992-5-b ] [ [ no ] ansi-t1.424 ] [ [ no ] dis-etsi-ts ] [ [ no
] itu-g993-1 ] [ [ no ] ieee-802.3ah ] [ [ no ] g992-5-aj ] [ [ no ] g992-5-am ] [ [ no ] g993-2-8a ] [ [ no ] g993-2-8b ]
[ [ no ] g993-2-8c ] [ [ no ] g993-2-8d ] [ [ no ] g993-2-12a ] [ [ no ] g993-2-12b ] [ [ no ] g993-2-17a ] [ [ no ]
g993-2-30a ] [ no min-noise-down | min-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ] [ no min-noise-up | min-noise-up
<Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ] [ no trgt-noise-down | trgt-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ] [ no trgt-noise-up |
trgt-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ] [ no max-noise-down | max-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus> ] [ no
max-noise-up | max-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus> ] [ no carrier-mask-down | carrier-mask-down
<Xdsl::CarrierMaskDown> ] [ no carrier-mask-up | carrier-mask-up <Xdsl::CarrierMaskUp> ] [ no rf-band-list |
rf-band-list <Xdsl::RFBandOrNotUsed> ] [ no power_mgnt_mode | power_mgnt_mode
<Xdsl::LinePowerMgtMode> ] [ no l0-time | l0-time <Xdsl::LineL0Time> ] [ no l2-time | l2-time
Command Parameters
Table 6.3-1 "xDSL Common Spectrum Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
Table 6.3-2 "xDSL Common Spectrum Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
(scope) Format: obsolete parameter that will be
local-profile ignored
Possible values: scope of the profile
- local-profile : the local profile
version Parameter type: <SignedInteger> optional parameter
Format: version maintained by manager,
- a signed integer usually 1 for new profile
[no] dis-ansi-t1413 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable ANSI T1.413-1998
[no] dis-etsi-dts Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable ETSI DTS/TM06006
[no] dis-g992-1-a Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable G.992.1 POTS
non-overlapped spectrum
[no] dis-g992-1-b Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable G.992.1 ISDN
non-overlapped spectrum
[no] dis-g992-2-a Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable G.992.2 POTS
non-overlapped spectrum
[no] dis-g992-3-a Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable G.992.3 POTS
non-overlapped spectrum
[no] dis-g992-3-b Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable G.992.3 ISDN
non-overlapped spectrum
[no] g992-3-aj Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.992.3 all digital mode
non-overlapped spectrum
[no] g992-3-l1 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped
spectrum US mask 1
[no] g992-3-l2 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure artificial noise in Downstream
This command allows to specify the transmitter-referred artificial noise level to be used as additional noise source
at the downstream transmitter.
Artificial Noise PSD points are defined in the range -140dBm/Hz..-40 dBm/Hz. These values must be manually
converted to the range 0..200 using the formula -2*(40 + PSD level).
A special value (-167,5 dBm/Hz) (entered value: 255) states no artificial noise has to be applied.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all
points following it will also be set to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 6.4-1 "xDSL Artificial Noise Downstream Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd-point
- psd point
- range: [1...32]
Table 6.4-2 "xDSL Artificial Noise Downstream Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the ADSL and ADSL2 specific part of the DSL spectrum profile. The
spectrum profiles groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the
environmental conditions of the line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration Profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the DSL flavor used (ADSL1/2, READSL2,
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
This chapter contains the ADSL-ADSL2 flavor specific parameters.
Note: the activation of the profile has to be done via configure xdsl spectrum-profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 6.5-1 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL/ADSL2 Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
Table 6.5-2 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL/ADSL2 Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] proprietary-feat Parameter type: boolean obsolete parameter that will be
ignored
enable proprietary features of the
modem
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Reach Extented ADSL2 specific part of the DSL spectrum profile.
The spectrum profiles groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the
environmental conditions of the line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the DSL flavor used (ADSL1/2, READSL2,
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
This chapter contains the Reach Extended DSL2 flavor specific parameters.
Note: the activation of the profile has to be done via configure xdsl spectrum-profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 6.6-1 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for RE-ADSL2 Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
Table 6.6-2 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for RE-ADSL2 Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] proprietary-feat Parameter type: boolean obsolete parameter that will be
ignored
enable proprietary features of the
modem
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the ADSL2-plus specific part of the DSL spectrum profile. The
spectrum profiles groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the
environmental conditions of the line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the DSL flavor used (ADSL1/2, READSL2,
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
This chapter contains the ADSL2-plus flavor specific parameters.
Note: the activation of the profile has to be done via configure xdsl spectrum-profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 6.7-1 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL2 Plus Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
Table 6.7-2 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL2 Plus Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] proprietary-feat Parameter type: boolean obsolete parameter that will be
ignored
enable proprietary features of the
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the ADSL2-plus custom psd shape in downstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets the operator can
enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all
points following it will also be set to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) adsl2-plus cust-psd-pt-down (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFrqAdsl2> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::PsdLevel> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.8-1 "ADSL2-plus Custom PSD shape Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...20]
Table 6.8-2 "ADSL2-plus Custom PSD shape Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFrqAdsl2> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
- unit: khz
- range: [0...2208]
[no] psd Parameter type: <Xdsl::PsdLevel> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the VDSL specific part of the DSL spectrum profile. The spectrum
profiles groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the environmental
conditions of the line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the DSL flavor used (ADSL1/2, READSL2,
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
This chapter contains the VDSL flavor specific parameters.
Note: the activation of the profile has to be done via configure xdsl spectrum-profile. The configured
cust-psd-sc-down/cust-psd-ty-down, cust-rx-psd-sc-up/ cust-rx-psd-ty-up are ignored by the system after activation
of the profile if no corresponding breakpoints are configured before the activation.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 6.9-1 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure transmission power of the G.hs tones in VDSL environment.G.hs is
intended to be a robust mechanism for activating a multiplicity of xDSL. Activation of regional standards or legacy
devices can be handled by implicit (escape) or explicit (non-standard facilities) mechanisms.
The parameters defined are used for control of the transmission power.There are various tone sets defined for the
control of the transmission power, viz., A43,B43,A43C and V43.The power of each tone of the set shall be
equivalent to the given PSD value integrated in a total bandwidth of 4.3125 kHz
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl ghstone-set-pwr-ctrl [ no a43 | a43 <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrCtrl> ] [
no b43 | b43 <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrCtrl> ] [ no a43c | a43c <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrCtrl> ] [ no v43 | v43
<Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrCtrl> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.10-1 "VDSL Ghs Tones Transmission Power Control Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
Table 6.10-2 "VDSL Ghs Tones Transmission Power Control Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] a43 Parameter type: <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrCtrl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "standard"
( standard power control of the ghstones for
| auto tones set a43
| manual : <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrLvl> )
Possible values:
- standard : the max power as per G994.1 standard definition
- auto : the max Tx power level is derived from
psd-shape-down
- manual : custom max Tx power level
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the VDSL custom psd shape in downstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets the operator can
enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. Using this method, the frequency scale and the psd
shape type will also be reset to the default value. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all points
following it will also be set to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl cust-psd-pt-down (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::PsdLevel> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.11-1 "VDSL Custom PSD shape Downstream Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...32]
Table 6.11-2 "VDSL Custom PSD shape Downstream Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the VDSL custom rx-psd shape in upstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets the operator can
enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. Using this method, the frequency scale and the psd
shape type will also be reset to the default value. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all points
following it will also be set to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl cust-rx-psd-pt-up (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::PsdLevel> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.12-1 "VDSL Custom RX PSD shape Upstream Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...20]
Table 6.12-2 "VDSL Custom RX PSD shape Upstream Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
Command Description
This command can be used to specify the power back off parameters for each upstream band.
Parameter A and B can be used for computing the PSD reference for US PBO for each band (including optional
band). The range of parameter A for each band is 40..80.95 dBm/Hz in steps of 0.01 dBm/Hz. And the range of
parameter B is 0..40.95 dBm/Hz in steps of 0.01 dBm/Hz.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl pbo (band) [ no param-a | param-a <Xdsl::PboParamA> ] [ no
param-b | param-b <Xdsl::PboParamB> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.13-1 "VDSL Power Back Off Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(band) Format: band index
- equal fext band
- range: [1...5]
Table 6.13-2 "VDSL Power Back Off Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] param-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::PboParamA> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- pbo param A parameter A value
- unit: 0.01 dBm/Hz
- range: [0,4000...8095]
[no] param-b Parameter type: <Xdsl::PboParamB> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- pbo param B parameter B value
- unit: 0.01 dBm/Hz
- range: [0...4095]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the VDSL2 specific part of the DSL spectrum profile. The spectrum
profiles groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the environmental
conditions of the line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the DSL flavor used (ADSL1/2, READSL2,
ADSL2Plus, VDSL,VDSL2).
This chapter contains the VDSL2 flavor specific parameters.
Note: the activation of the profile has to be done via configure xdsl spectrum-profile. The configured
cust-psd-sc-down/cust-psd-ty-down, cust-psd-sc-up/ cust-psd-ty-up, cust-rx-psd-sc-up/cust-rx-psd-ty-up are ignored
by the system after activation of the profile if no corresponding breakpoints are configured before the activation.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 6.14-1 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL2 Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the VDSL2 custom psd shape in downstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets the operator can
enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. Using this method, the frequency scale and the psd
shape type will also be reset to the default value. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all points
following it will also be set to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl2 cust-psd-pt-down (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::PsdLevel> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.15-1 "VDSL2 Custom PSD shape Downstream Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...32]
Table 6.15-2 "VDSL2 Custom PSD shape Downstream Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the VDSL2 custom psd shape in downstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets the operator can
enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. Using this method, the frequency scale and the psd
shape type will also be reset to the default value. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all points
following it will also be set to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl2 cust-psd-pt-up (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::PsdLevel> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.16-1 "VDSL2 Custom PSD shape Upstream Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...20]
Table 6.16-2 "VDSL2 Custom PSD shape Upstream Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the VDSL2 custom rx-psd shape in upstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets the operator can
enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. Using this method, the frequency scale and the psd
shape type will also be reset to the default value. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all points
following it will also be set to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl2 cust-rx-psd-pt-up (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::PsdLevel> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.17-1 "VDSL2 Custom RX PSD shape Upstream Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...20]
Table 6.17-2 "VDSL2 Custom RX PSD shape Upstream Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure VDSL2 virtual noise in downstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the virtual noise in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets, as was the case with
the earlier command, the operator can enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all
points following it will also be set to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl2 v-noise-psd-pt-down (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::CustPsdVdsl2VtNoise> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.18-1 "VDSL2 Virtual Noise Downstream Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...32]
Table 6.18-2 "VDSL2 Virtual Noise Downstream Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
- unit: khz
- range: [0...30000]
[no] psd Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustPsdVdsl2VtNoise> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure VDSL2 virtual noise in upstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the custom psd shape in a user-friendly way. Instead of entering octets, as was the case
with the earlier command, the operator can enter numbers corresponding to frequency and psd.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all
points following it will also be set to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl2 v-noise-psd-pt-up (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency
<Xdsl::CustFreq> ] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::CustPsdVdsl2VtNoise> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.19-1 "VDSL2 Virtual Noise Upstream Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd level
- range: [1...16]
Table 6.19-2 "VDSL2 Virtual Noise Upstream Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustFreq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- frequency psd frequency
- unit: khz
- range: [0...30000]
[no] psd Parameter type: <Xdsl::CustPsdVdsl2VtNoise> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command can be used to specify the power back off parameters for each upstream band.
The equal FEXT reference electrical length parameter value for each band (including optional band) can be used
for computing the PSD reference for US equal FEXT PBO. The range of this parameter for each band is 1.8 dB to
63 dB in steps of 0.1 dB. The special value 0 dB indicates that the modem has to use dedicated mechanism to
optimally apply the equal FEXT without providing any manual setting for this parameter. The special value 1.8 dB
disables equal FEXT UPBO in the respective upstream band.
Parameter A and B can be used for computing the PSD reference for US PBO for each band (including optional
band). The range of parameter A for each band is 40..80.95 dBm/Hz in steps of 0.01 dBm/Hz. And the range of
parameter B is 0..40.95 dBm/Hz in steps of 0.01 dBm/Hz.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl2 pbo (band) [ no equal-fext | equal-fext
<Xdsl::EqualFextUpstreamParam> ] [ no param-a | param-a <Xdsl::PboParamA> ] [ no param-b | param-b
<Xdsl::PboParamB> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.20-1 "VDSL2 Power Back Off Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile.
- a profile index value
- range: [1...256]
(band) Format: band index
- equal fext band
- range: [1...5]
Table 6.20-2 "VDSL2 Power Back Off Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] equal-fext Parameter type: <Xdsl::EqualFextUpstreamParam> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- pbo equal fext upstream equal fext upstream param
- unit: 0.1 dB
- range: [0,18...630]
[no] param-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::PboParamA> optional parameter with default
Command Description
Downstream power back off profile to configure the modem for a physical line.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl ( no dpbo-profile (index) ) | ( dpbo-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ no es-elect-length
| es-elect-length <Xdsl::ElectricalLength> ] [ no es-cable-model-a | es-cable-model-a <Xdsl::CableModelA> ] [ no
es-cable-model-b | es-cable-model-b <Xdsl::CableModelB> ] [ no es-cable-model-c | es-cable-model-c
<Xdsl::CableModelC> ] [ no min-usable-signal | min-usable-signal <Xdsl::MinUsableSignalLevel> ] [ no
min-frequency | min-frequency <Xdsl::MinFrequency> ] [ no max-frequency | max-frequency
<Xdsl::MaxFrequency> ] [ no rs-elect-length | rs-elect-length <Xdsl::RemoteSideElectricalLength> ] [ no
muf-control | muf-control <Xdsl::MaxUsableFrequencyControl> ] [ no offset | offset <Xdsl::DpboOffset> ] [ [ no ]
active ] [ no modification | modification <Xdsl::ModifyStatus> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 6.21-1 "xDSL DPBO Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of profile
- a profile index value
- range: [1...50]
Table 6.21-2 "xDSL DPBO Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: name of profile
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] es-elect-length Parameter type: <Xdsl::ElectricalLength> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- electrical length (1/10 * electrical-length) exchange side electrical length
- unit: 0,1 dB
- range: [0...2559]
[no] es-cable-model-a Parameter type: <Xdsl::CableModelA> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- cable model param (2^-8 * cable-model) cable model a
- unit: 2^-8
- range: [-256...384]
[no] es-cable-model-b Parameter type: <Xdsl::CableModelB> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command specifies PSD breakpoints of DPBO Mode Independent Custom PSD Mask. A number of 2 to 32
PSD breakpoints can be specified. This parameter matches the PSDMASKds parameter described in ITU-T
G.997.1 This set of breakpoints may contain two subsets :
The first sub-set defines the DPBO Custom PSD Mask. It matches the DPBOPSDMASKds parameter described in
ITU-T G.997.1 The second sub-set (if any), defines the DPBO Minimum Override Mask. It matches the DPBOLFO
parameter described in ITU-T G.997.1 The successive PSD points of each sub-set must have increasing (>/=)
frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a same frequency
(brickwall).
The second sub-set starts at the first breakpoint whose frequency is lower than the frequency of the previous
breakpoint.
Only PSD values within the standard range from -95 to 0 dBm/Hz are guaranteed.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all
points following it will also be set to the default values.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 6.22-1 "xDSL DPBO Mode Independent Custom PSD Mask Configuration Command"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of profile
- a profile index value
- range: [1...50]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...32]
Table 6.22-2 "xDSL DPBO Mode Independent Custom PSD Mask Configuration Command"
Command Parameters
Command Description
This command specifies the Assumed Exchange PSD mask to be protected by the DPBO shaping mechanism at the
remote flexibility point. This parameter matches the DPBOEPSD parameter described in ITU-T G.997.1 A number
of 2 to 16 PSD points can be specified. The successive PSD points must have increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is
allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a same frequency (brickwall).
Only PSD values within the standard range from -95 to 0 dBm/Hz are guaranteed.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all
points following it will also be set to the default values.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl dpbo-profile (index) epsd-pt-down (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency <Xdsl::DpboFrequency>
] [ no psd | psd <Xdsl::DpboExchangePsd> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.23-1 "xDSL DPBO Exchange PSD Mask Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of profile
- a profile index value
- range: [1...50]
(psd-point) Format: psd point
- psd point
- range: [1...16]
Table 6.23-2 "xDSL DPBO Exchange PSD Mask Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] frequency Parameter type: <Xdsl::DpboFrequency> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- frequency psd frequency
- unit: khz
- range: [0...30000]
[no] psd Parameter type: <Xdsl::DpboExchangePsd> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- psd level (-10 * PSD-level) psd level
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the RTX profile which can be used to configure the modem for a
physical Line
RTX downstream/upstream parameters will have effect, only when the retransmission feature in
downstream/upstream is not "forbidden" on the line
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl ( no rtx-profile (index) ) | ( rtx-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ version
<SignedInteger> ] [ no rtx-mode-dn | rtx-mode-dn <Xdsl::RtxMode> ] [ no rtx-mode-up | rtx-mode-up
<Xdsl::RtxMode> ] [ no min-exp-thrpt-dn | min-exp-thrpt-dn <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no min-exp-thrpt-up |
min-exp-thrpt-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no plan-exp-thrpt-dn | plan-exp-thrpt-dn <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no
plan-exp-thrpt-up | plan-exp-thrpt-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no max-exp-thrpt-dn | max-exp-thrpt-dn <Xdsl::BitRate>
] [ no max-exp-thrpt-up | max-exp-thrpt-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no max-net-rate-dn | max-net-rate-dn
<Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no max-net-rate-up | max-net-rate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ] [ no min-delay-dn | min-delay-dn
<Xdsl::RtxMinDelay> ] [ no min-delay-up | min-delay-up <Xdsl::RtxMinDelay> ] [ no max-delay-dn |
max-delay-dn <Xdsl::RtxMaxDelay> ] [ no max-delay-up | max-delay-up <Xdsl::RtxMaxDelay> ] [ no
min-inp-shine-dn | min-inp-shine-dn <Xdsl::ShineImpNoiseProtection> ] [ no min-inp-shine-up | min-inp-shine-up
<Xdsl::ShineImpNoiseProtection> ] [ no min-inp-rein-dn | min-inp-rein-dn <Xdsl::ReinImpNoiseProtection> ] [ no
min-inp-rein-up | min-inp-rein-up <Xdsl::ReinImpNoiseProtection> ] [ no int-arr-time-dn | int-arr-time-dn
<Xdsl::RtxInterArrivalTime> ] [ no int-arr-time-up | int-arr-time-up <Xdsl::RtxInterArrivalTime> ] [ no
shine-ratio-dn | shine-ratio-dn <Xdsl::RtxShineRatio> ] [ no shine-ratio-up | shine-ratio-up <Xdsl::RtxShineRatio>
] [ no leftr-thresh-dn | leftr-thresh-dn <Xdsl::RtxLeftrThreshold> ] [ no leftr-thresh-up | leftr-thresh-up
<Xdsl::RtxLeftrThreshold> ] [ [ no ] active ] [ no modification | modification <Xdsl::RtxModifyStatus> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 6.24-1 "xDSL RTX Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile
- a profile index value
- range: [1...128]
Table 6.24-2 "xDSL RTX Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the vectoring profile which can be used for far end crosstalk
cancellation. The profile contains vectoring related parameters of the modem.
band-control-up/dn : are the values pairs of begin- and end-subcarriers. Maximum 8 bands can be specified. The
successive subcarriers must have increasing (>/=) values. Spectrum bands can be controlled per direction. When a
specified spectrum band overlaps both directions, the actual band control will be restricted to the configured
bandplan for the specified direction.
By default, the whole spectrum shall be used for crosstalk cancellation.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl ( no vect-profile (index) ) | ( vect-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ version
<SignedInteger> ] [ no fext-cancel-up | fext-cancel-up <Xdsl::VectEnable> ] [ no fext-cancel-dn | fext-cancel-dn
<Xdsl::VectEnable> ] [ [ no ] leg-can-dn-m1 ] [ [ no ] leg-can-dn-m2 ] [ [ no ] dis-gvect-cpe ] [ [ no ]
gvecfriend-cpe ] [ [ no ] gvecfriend-dn-cpe ] [ [ no ] legacy-cpe ] [ no band-control-up | band-control-up
<Xdsl::VectBandControl> ] [ no band-control-dn | band-control-dn <Xdsl::VectBandControl> ] [ no
vect-leav-thresh | vect-leav-thresh <Xdsl::VectLeavThresh> ] [ no vect-feat-bitmap | vect-feat-bitmap
<Xdsl::VectFeatValue> ] [ [ no ] active ] [ no modification | modification <Xdsl::RtxModifyStatus> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 6.25-1 "xDSL Vectoring Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile
- a profile index value
- range: [1...25]
Table 6.25-2 "xDSL Vectoring Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
version Parameter type: <SignedInteger> optional parameter
Format: version maintained by manager,
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the vectoring control entity profile. The profile contains vectoring
processing related parameters.
vce-min-par-join: Specifies the supported amount of lines for a group joining, with the intention to avoid impact on
active lines. The system should reserve room to guarantee that at least the specified number of lines can join in
parallel. At the moment multiple lines are joining, this is achieved by not canceling the same number of disturbers
which normally could be canceled in the system.
vce-band-plan: The bandplan needs to cover the widest bandplan up to the highest possible frequency that could be
configured via the spectrum profiles to the individual vectored lines. The goal is to force same upstream and
downstream band edges for all lines controlled by the vector control entity, except for differences in US0 frequency
limits (TypeA, TypeB, TypeM). When changing this parameter, all lines connected to this vectoring control entity
need to be re-initialized.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl ( no vce-profile (index) ) | ( vce-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [ version
<SignedInteger> ] [ no vce-gain-mode | vce-gain-mode <Xdsl::VectGainAchievedMode> ] [ no vce-join-timeout |
vce-join-timeout <Xdsl::VectJoinTime> ] [ no vce-min-par-join | vce-min-par-join <Xdsl::VectMinParallelJoins> ]
[ no vce-hist-pcoder | vce-hist-pcoder <Xdsl::VectHistPrePostCoder> ] [ no vce-band-plan | vce-band-plan
<Xdsl::VectBandPlan> ] [ [ no ] active ] [ no modification | modification <Xdsl::RtxModifyStatus> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 6.26-1 "xDSL Vectoring Control Entity Profile Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile
- a profile index value
- range: [1...25]
Table 6.26-2 "xDSL Vectoring Control Entity Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: profile name
- a profile name
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure xdsl parameters related with a specific board.
An already existing Downstream-Power-Back-Off(DPBO)-profile can be attached to a board.
All lines on this board will use this DPBO-profile unless a line-specific DPBO-profile is configured.
To deconfigure the DBPO-profile, it has to be put to 0.
An already existing Vectoring-Control-Entity(VCE)-profile can be attached to a Board-Level-Vectoring(BLV)-LT
or to a System-Level-Vectoring(SLV)-VP board. The VCE-profile is applicable for vectoring cancellation of all the
physical lines which can be vectored by the board. Note that a physical line can only be vectored if also an xDSL
Vectoring profile has been assigned to the line.
The auto detect functions of the LT-VP connection can be enabled or disabled on SLV LT boards and VP boards. It
should be enabled for 7363 systems.
The vce-capacity-mode is specific for 7363 systems. It only applies to VP boards, not to LT boards. The xDSL-lines
of the SLV-LTs, which are positioned in the 3 highest lt-slots, can only be vectored when the vectoring capacity
mode is extended.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 6.27-1 "xDSL Board Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(board-index) Format: board index
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt )
Possible values:
- nt : nt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Command Output
Table 6.27-3 "xDSL Board Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
dpbo-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the dpbo profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
vce-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the vectoring control
- ignored printable string entity profile
This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure per board the profile selection in case the line enters the vectoring
fallback mode.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 6.28-1 "xDSL Board Vectoring Fallback Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(board-index) Format: board index
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt )
Possible values:
- nt : nt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Table 6.28-2 "xDSL Board Vectoring Fallback Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] fb-vplt-com-fail Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
allow fallback mode for vplt
communication failure
[no] fb-cpe-cap-mism Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
allow fallback mode for cpe
capability mismatch
[no] fb-conf-not-feas Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
allow fallback mode for
Command Output
Table 6.28-3 "xDSL Board Vectoring Fallback Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
spectrum-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the spectrum profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
service-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the service profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
dpbo-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the dpbo profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rtx-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the vectoring control
- ignored printable string entity profile
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the xDSL line. For the configuration one should associate a
spectrum, a service, a downstream power backoff and a retransmission profile to the line.
In case the operator wants to have crosstalk cancellation, a non-null vectoring profile should be associated to a
VDSL2 line. Any vectoring profile assigned to a line running in ADSLx mode will be ignored. The vectoring license
counter is incremented when a vectoring profile is assigned to an installed xdsl line, independent of its running
mode.
Note: Vectoring Control Engine parameters should be configured via a vce-profile. The vce-profile is applicable
for vectoring cancellation of all the physical lines which can be vectored by the board to which the vce-profile has
been attached.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 6.29-1 "xDSL Line Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
Command Output
Table 6.29-3 "xDSL Line Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
service-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the service profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
spectrum-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the spectrum profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
dpbo-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the dpbo profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rtx-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the rtx profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
vect-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the vectoring profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
overrule-state Parameter type: <Xdsl::OverruleState> indicates whether an overrule
( not-created record is configured and if it are
| created-no-overrules not all 'no-overrules'
| created-overrules ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- not-created : not created
- created-no-overrules : created no overrules
- created-overrules : created overrules
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Threshold Crossing Alert (TCA) thresholds. The configuration
is specific per xdsl line.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 6.30-1 "xDSL Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 6.30-2 "xDSL Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] enable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage part of the DSL OverruleData. The OverruleData parameters give
the ability to the operator to overrule per-line parameters defined in service/spectrum / retransmission profiles.
RTX downstream/upstream parameters will be overruled when the retransmission feature in downstream/upstream
is different from "forbidden" value on the line. As long as the RTX downstream/upstream feature has not been
enabled, the other RTX downstream/upstream parameters will have no effect on the line.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 6.31-1 "xDSL Per Line Overrule Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 6.31-2 "xDSL Per Line Overrule Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] max-bitrate-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::OverruleBitRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-overrule"
( no-overrule maximum bitrate down
| <Xdsl::OverruleBitRate> )
Possible values:
- no-overrule : no overrule
Field type <Xdsl::OverruleBitRate>
- bitrate
- unit: kbit/s
- range: [0...262143]
[no] max-bitrate-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::OverruleBitRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-overrule"
( no-overrule maximum bitrate up
| <Xdsl::OverruleBitRate> )
Possible values:
- no-overrule : no overrule
Field type <Xdsl::OverruleBitRate>
- bitrate
- unit: kbit/s
- range: [0...262143]
[no] max-delay-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::OverruleInterleavingDelay> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-overrule"
( no-overrule maximum interleaving delay
| <Xdsl::OverruleInterleavingDelay> ) down
Possible values:
- no-overrule : no overrule
Field type <Xdsl::OverruleInterleavingDelay>
- maximum interleaving delay
- unit: ms
- range: [1...63]
[no] max-delay-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::OverruleInterleavingDelay> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-overrule"
( no-overrule maximum interleaving delay up
| <Xdsl::OverruleInterleavingDelay> )
Possible values:
- no-overrule : no overrule
Field type <Xdsl::OverruleInterleavingDelay>
- maximum interleaving delay
- unit: ms
- range: [1...63]
[no] imp-noise-prot-dn Parameter type: <Xdsl::OverruleImpNoiseProtection> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the virtual/artificial noise in downstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the virtual/artificial noise psd shape in a user-friendly way. The operator can enter
numbers corresponding to frequency and psd level.
The downstream overrule noise PSD shape overrules the downstream virtual or artificial noise PSD shape
configured in the profile,according to the setting of noise-psd-mode-dn
• no-overrule:overrule noise PSD is ignored
• virtual:overrule noise PSD overrules the virtual noise PSD in the profile.
When all the (needed) parameters are configured, the complete Overrule Data has to be activated.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. Using this method, the psd shape mode will also be
reset to the default value. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all points following it will also be set
to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 6.32-1 "xDSL Overrule Noise Psd Shape Downstream Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the virtual noise in upstream direction.
It helps operator to enter the virtual noise psd shape in a user-friendly way. The operator can enter numbers
corresponding to frequency and psd level.
When all the (needed) parameters are configured, the complete Overrule Data has to be activated.
When all break points are set to default values (frequency 0, psd 0), the psd shape is cleared. To clear the entire
shape at once, set the first two breakpoints to default values. Using this method, the psd shape mode will also be
reset to the default value. When any other breakpoint is set to default values, all points following it will also be set
to the default values.
When defining a PSD shape, a minimum of 2 PSD points should be specified. The successive PSD points must have
increasing (>/=) frequencies. It is allowed that for two successive PSD points, different PSD levels are defined at a
same frequency (brickwall).
The upstream overrule noise PSD shape overrules the upstream virtual or artificial noise PSD shape configured in
the profile, according to the setting of noise-psd-mode-up:
• no-overrule:overrule noise PSD is ignored.
• virtual:overrule noise PSD overrules the virtual noise PSD in the profile.In case no overrule noise PSD is
specified (empty), v-noise-snr-up is set to mode-1,otherwise v-noise-snr-up is set to mode-2.
• virtual-rx:overrule noise PSD overrules the virtual noise PSD in the profile.In case no overrule noise PSD is
specified (empty), v-noise-snr-up is set to mode-1, otherwise v-noise-snr-up is set to mode-3.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl overrule-data (if-index) noise-psd-pt-up (psd-point) [ no frequency | frequency <Xdsl::CustFreq> ]
[ no psd | psd <Xdsl::CustPsd> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.33-1 "xDSL Overrule Noise Psd Shape Upstream Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Impulse-Noise-Sensor parameters for the near-end side.
The InmMode must be enabled first to be able to start monitoring. To stop monitoring on the line this InmMode
must be disabled.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 6.34-1 "xDSL INS Near End Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 6.34-2 "xDSL INS Near End Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] inm-mode Parameter type: <Xdsl::InmMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( disable enable upstr impulse noise
| enable ) monitoring stats collection
Possible values:
- disable : disable impulse noise monitoring stats collection
- enable : enable impulse noise monitoring stats collection
[no] inm-eq-inp-mode Parameter type: <Xdsl::InmEquivInpMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "mode-0"
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Impulse-Noise-Sensor parameters for the far-end side.
The InmMode must be enabled first to be able to start monitoring. To stop monitoring on the line this InmMode
must be disabled.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 6.35-1 "xDSL INS Far End Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 6.35-2 "xDSL INS Far End Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] inm-mode Parameter type: <Xdsl::InmMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( disable enable downstr impulse noise
| enable ) monitoring stats collection
Possible values:
- disable : disable impulse noise monitoring stats collection
- enable : enable impulse noise monitoring stats collection
[no] inm-eq-inp-mode Parameter type: <Xdsl::InmEquivInpMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "mode-0"
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "ATM Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----atm
----[no] pvc
- (port-index)
- [no] admin-down
- [no] aal5-encap-type
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an ATM PVC.
The admin status allows or disallows traffic on the PVC.
The encapsulation type configures the way higher-layer traffic is encapsulated in the AAL5 container.
The LLC Encapsulation method allows the multiplexing of multiple protocols over a single ATM VC. The protocol
type of each PDU is identified by a prefixed IEEE 802.2 LLC header.
In the VC Multiplexing method, each ATM VC carries PDUs of exactly one protocol type. When multiple protocols
must be transported, there is a separate VC for each protocol type.
Use of the encapsulations:
• llc-snap and vc-mux-bridged-8023 can be used for cross-connects, ibridge, PPPoE, and IPoE
• llc-snap-routed and vc-mux-routed can be used for IPoA
• llc-nlpid and vc-mux-pppoa can be used for PPPoA
• none can be used for ATM pseudowire
It is also possible to automatically detect the used encapsulation type on the link.
• automatic:ip is used for auto-detection between llc-snap, vc-mux-bridged-8023, llc-snap-routed, and
vc-mux-routed; ipoe and ipoa dataframes are accepted;
• automatic:ppp is used for auto-detection between llc-snap, vc-mux-bridged-8023, llc-nlpid, and vc-mux-pppoa;
pppoa and pppoe dataframes are accepted;
• automatic:pppoa is used for auto-detection between llc-nlpid and vc-mux-pppoa, only pppoa dataframes are
accepted;
• automatic:ipoe-ppp is used for auto-detection between llc-snap, vc-mux-bridged-8023, llc-nlpid and
vc-mux-pppoa; ipoe, pppoa and pppoe dataframes are accepted;
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges, and executed by operators with atm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 7.2-1 "ATM PVC Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port-index) Format: the atm static Interface with vpi
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / and vci
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Interface Management Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----interface
----port
- (port)
- [no] admin-up
X [no] link-state-trap
- [no] link-updown-trap
- [no] user
- [no] severity
----atm-pvc
- (pvc-index)
- [no] customer-id
----alarm
- (index)
- [no] default-severity
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure interface management parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 8.2-1 "Network Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: the index of the interface
( xdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| xdsl-channel : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-if : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-pvc : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| sw-loopback
| ethernet-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| bonding : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure extended interface management parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 8.3-1 "Extend Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(pvc-index) Format: the ATM PVC interface index
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Table 8.3-2 "Extend Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] customer-id Parameter type: <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "available"
- a string identifying the customer or user Config the customerId per PVC
- length: x<=64
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the default severity for an alarm on this type of interface.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 8.4-1 "Interface Alarm Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the IANA ifType
( xdsl-line
| ethernet-line
| voicefxs
| lag )
Possible values:
- xdsl-line : xdsl line
- ethernet-line : ethernet line
- voicefxs : voicefxs
- lag : link aggregation group
Table 8.4-2 "Interface Alarm Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] default-severity Parameter type: optional parameter with default
<Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverityDefault> value: "major"
Format: default severity to be reported
( indeterminate
| warning
| minor
| major
| critical )
Possible values:
- indeterminate : not a definite known severity
- warning : just to inform as a warning
- minor : not service affecting
- major : service affecting
- critical : service breaking
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Error Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----error
- [no] log-full-action
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure parameters related to the error log.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 9.2-2 "Error Log Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] log-full-action Parameter type: <Error::errorLogFullAction> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "wrap"
( wrap set the action when error log
| halt ) buffer is full
Possible values:
- wrap : older log records are overwritten by recent ones
- halt : logging is stopped until the log buffer is reset
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "System Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----system
- [no] id
- name
- location
- [no] access-oper-id
- contact-person
- [no] en-snmp-auth-trap
- mgnt-vlan-id
- [no] periph-mgnt-vlan
- [no] port-num-in-proto
- [no] voiceoswp
----management
- host-ip-address
- default-ttl
----[no] default-route
- (default-route)
----sntp
- server-ip-addr
- [no] server-port
- [no] polling-rate
- [no] enable
- [no] timezone-offset
----server-table
----[no] ip-address
- (ip-addr)
- [no] port
- priority
----loop-id-syntax
- [no] atm-based-dsl
- [no] efm-based-dsl
----auto-laser-shutdown
- [no] action
----auto-switch
- [no] xdsl-atm-ptm
- [no] xdsl-stepup-delay
----uplink
- [no] mode
Command Description
This command displays the ID that represents the SID (System ID) of the NE and is used to identify the NE in TL1
messages. The System ID includes all printable ASCII characters except white-space, and must be unique for each
NE in a managed network. The name is an administratively assigned name for this managed node. By convention,
this is the node's fully qualified domain name. The location is the physical location of this node. The textual
identification of the contact person for this managed node, together with information on how to contact this person,
is given by contact-person.
This command displays the ID that represents the SID (System ID) of the NE and is used to identify the NE in TL1
messages. The System ID may only include letters, digits, and hyphens, and must be unique for each NE in a
managed network. The name is an administratively assigned name for this managed node. By convention, this is the
node's fully qualified domain name. The accessOperatorID is an identifier randomly generated by Alcatel-Lucent
and assigned to an operator. The Customer Depenedent Engineering features are enabled based on the
accessOperatorID. The location is the physical location of this node. The textual identification of the contact
person for this managed node, together with information on how to contact this person, is given by contact-person.
The snmp-auth-traps indicates whether the SNMP agent process is permitted to generate authentication-failure
traps. The ether-shape-rate indicates the Ethernet frame shaping rate in kb/s.
The system-mac is used to configure the system MAC address in ISAM. The systemMacAddr is the MAC address of
the LANX interface on the NT board. The lanxBaseMacAddr is the first MAC address of the consecutive MAC
addresses used by the LANX. The lanxRangeMac is the number of MAC addresses supported in LANX.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 10.2-2 "System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] id Parameter type: <Sys::systemId> optional parameter with default
Format: value: """"
- system ID the system ID of the NE
- range: printable string (no white-spaces)
- length: x<=64
name Parameter type: <Transport::sysName> optional parameter
Format: fully-qualified domain name of
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IP address to be used to manage the system.
This command also allows the operator to configure the default-TTL. The default-TTL is the value to be inserted in
the Time-To-Live field of the IP header of datagrams originated at this entity, whenever a TTL value is not supplied
by the transport layer protocol.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 10.3-2 "System Management IP related Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
host-ip-address Parameter type: <Ip::ExternalAddress> optional parameter
Format: the host ip-address specification
manual : <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthHost>
Possible values:
- manual : set ip-address manually
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthHost>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [8...30,32]
default-ttl Parameter type: <Ip::TTL> optional parameter
Format: default value for time-to-live
- time-to-live value of IP-header field of IP header
- range: [1...255]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the default route of the system. Before the default route can be
configured, the IP address of the system must be set.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges, and executed by operators with transport
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 10.4-2 "System Management Default Route Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(default-route) Format: mandatory parameter
- IPv4-address IP-address of the default-route
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the SNTP and its related parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 10.5-2 "System SNTP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
server-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter
Format: configure the ip address of the
- IPv4-address sntp server
[no] server-port Parameter type: <Sys::portNumber> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 123
- index number configure the port number of the
- range: [0...65535] sntp server
[no] polling-rate Parameter type: <Sys::pollingRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3600
- polling rate in second configure polling rate for the sntp
- unit: seconds agent
- range: [60...864000]
[no] enable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
sntp application in the NE is
enabled
[no] timezone-offset Parameter type: <Sys::timeZoneOffset> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- specify the offset for timezone from GMT/UTC set the offset of the local
- unit: minutes timezone from GMT/UTC
- range: [-780...780]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure SNTP Server Table and its related parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system sntp server-table ( no ip-address (ip-addr) ) | ( ip-address (ip-addr) [ no port | port
<Sys::ServerPortNumber> ] [ priority <Sys::priority> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 10.6-1 "System SNTP Server Table Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ip-addr) Format: configure the ip-address of the
- IPv4-address sntp server
Table 10.6-2 "System SNTP Server Table Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] port Parameter type: <Sys::ServerPortNumber> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 123
- port number configure the port number of the
- range: [0...65535] sntp server
priority Parameter type: <Sys::priority> optional parameter
Format: configure the priority number of
- sntp server priority(1 - high) the sntp server
- range: [1...3]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the system loop ID syntax. For atm-based-dsl, default value is
"Access_Node_ID atm Rack/Frame/Slot/Port:VPI.VCI". For efm-based-dsl, default value is "Access_Node_ID eth
Rack/Frame/Slot/Port". For efm-based-pon, default value is "Access_Node_ID eth
Rack/Frame/Slot/Port/ONU/OnuSlt/UNI".For efm-based-epon, default value is "Bras
Access_Node_ID/Rack/Frame/Slot/Subslot/Port/ONT Oft".
The system loop ID syntax is a concatenation of keywords, separators and free text strings.
The operator can use the following predefined keywords to construct the system loop ID :
• Bras to specify the Bras identifier.
• Access_Node_ID to specify the system id.
• Rack to specify the rack number.
• Frame to specify the shelf number.
• Slot to specify the slot number.
• Subslot to specify the slot number in ONT.
• ShSlt to specify the slot number without leading zero.
• Port to specify the port number.
• ShPrt to specify the port number without leading zero.
• VPI to specify the vpi.
• VCI to specify the vci.
• Q-VID to specify the vlan identifier.
• LzQVID to specify the vlan identifier with leading zero.
• DUVID to specify that user untagged vlan identifier is not added in string.
• U-VID to specify that user untagged vlan identifier is not added in string.When it is the last keyword and the
value is null, it removes all non-keywords before it.
• I-VID to specify the user side inner vlan identifier.
• ONT to specify the ONT id which connecting to OLT. Here using the ONUs MAC as id. it is represented with
12 ASCII characters.
• ONU to specify the number of the ONU without leading zero.
• LzOnu to specify the number of the ONU with leading zero.
• OnuSlt to specify the slot number on the ONU without leading zero.
• UNI to specify the number of UNI on the ONU without leading zero.
• N-VID to specify the network VLAN identifier.
• LzNVID to specify the network VLAN identifier with leading zeros (should not be used on GPON/EPON,
neither for DHCPv6/ANCP).
• Oft to specify the ONU format. It is a string.
• OnuSN to specify the ONU with the serial number.
• OnuLD to specify the ONU with logial authentication ID.
Note : the ONT and ONU related keywords are relevant only for the pon and epon syntax.
Note : according to Broadband Forum TR-156, the ONT always adds a VLAN tag before sending the traffic to the
OLT. In such case, the OLT not longer knows if traffic arrived at the ONT untagged or tagged. Therefore for
GPON, the keywords "DUVID" and "U-VID" will have the same behavior as "Q-VID".
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 10.7-2 "System Loop ID Syntax Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] atm-based-dsl Parameter type: <PrintableString-0-80> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "Access_Node_ID atm
- a printable string Rack/Frame/Slot/Port : VPI.VCI"
- length: x<=80 define the syntax of loop Id for
atm based dsl lines
[no] efm-based-dsl Parameter type: <PrintableString-0-80> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "Access_Node_ID eth
- a printable string Rack/Frame/Slot/Port"
- length: x<=80 defines the syntax of loop Id for
efm based dsl lines
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable or disable the system wide ALS state.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 10.8-2 "ALS State Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] action Parameter type: <Sys::AlsState> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "enable"
( enable system wide ALS handling state
| disable )
Possible values:
- enable : enable ALS state
- disable : disable ALS state
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure system-wide auto-switching parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 10.9-2 "Configure system auto-switch" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] xdsl-atm-ptm Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable system-wide
auto-switching between ATM
and PTM on XDSL ports.
[no] xdsl-stepup-delay Parameter type: <Sys::AutoSwitchDelayTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3600
- delay time in seconds auto-switching step up delay time
- unit: seconds (seconds) for PTM service(s).
- range: [0...65535]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure uplink mode.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 10.10-2 "Uplink Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] mode Parameter type: <Sys::UplinkMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "auto"
( auto uplink mode
| ptp
| gpon )
Possible values:
- auto : auto selection uplink mode
- ptp : ptp uplink mode
- gpon : gpon uplink mode
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Security Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----system
----security
- [no] login-banner
- [no] welcome-banner
----[no] operator
- (name)
- profile
- password
- [no] prompt
- [no] description
- [no] more
----[no] profile
- (name)
- [no] prompt
- [no] password-timeout
- [no] terminal-timeout
- [no] slot-numbering
- [no] description
- [no] aaa
- [no] atm
- [no] alarm
- [no] dhcp
- [no] equipment
- [no] igmp
- [no] ip
- [no] pppoe
- [no] qos
- [no] software-mngt
- [no] transport
- [no] vlan
- [no] xdsl
- [no] sip
- [no] megaco
- [no] lacp
- [no] mstp
- [no] security
- [no] service
- [no] debug
- [no] debug-mirror
- [no] filter
- [no] link
- [no] log
- [no] oam
- [no] liadmin
- [no] liuser
- [no] drouter
----default-profile
- [no] prompt
- [no] password-timeout
- [no] terminal-timeout
- [no] slot-numbering
- [no] description
- [no] aaa
- [no] atm
- [no] alarm
- [no] dhcp
- [no] equipment
- [no] igmp
- [no] ip
- [no] pppoe
- [no] qos
- [no] software-mngt
- [no] transport
- [no] vlan
- [no] xdsl
- [no] sip
- [no] megaco
- [no] lacp
- [no] mstp
- [no] security
- [no] service
- [no] debug
- [no] debug-mirror
- [no] filter
- [no] link
- [no] log
- [no] oam
- [no] liadmin
- [no] liuser
- [no] drouter
----snmp
----[no] view
- (notify-view)
- subtree
- type
----[no] community
- (name)
- host-address
- [no] context
- [no] privilege
- [no] read-view
- [no] write-view
- [no] notify-view
----[no] group
- (name)
- security-level
- context
- [no] read-view
- [no] write-view
- [no] notify-view
----[no] user
- (name)
- [no] authentication
- [no] privacy
- [no] public
----[no] map-user-group
- (name)
- group-name
----[no] notify-view
- (notify-view)
- subtree
- type
----[no] notify-profile
- (name)
- snmp-version
----[no] filter
- notify-view
----[no] manager
- (name)
- destination
- notify-profile
- [no] nt
----radius
- [no] auth-super-user
- [no] operator-policy
- [no] aut-s-unreach-act
----[no] auth-server
- (name)
- vrf-index
- ip-address
- [no] port
- secret
- [no] retry-limit
- [no] timeout-limit
- [no] admin-down
- [no] dead-interval
----[no] acc-server
- (name)
- vrf-index
- ip-address
- [no] port
- secret
- [no] retry-limit
- [no] timeout-limit
- [no] admin-down
- [no] dead-interval
----[no] dyn-auth-client
- (name)
- vrf-index
- ip-address
- secret
- [no] admin-down
----[no] policy
- (name)
- nas-id
- nas-ip-address
- [no] keep-domain-name
- [no] disable-accnt-msg
- [no] acc-interval
- [no] disable-eap
----[no] servers
- (index)
- auth-server
- vrf-index-auth
- [no] acc-server
- [no] vrf-index-acc
- priority
----[no] domain
- (name)
- [no] sess-timeout
- authenticator
- [no] admin-down
----[no] conn-profile
- (name)
- version
- [no] reject-no-domain
- [no] reject-inv-domain
- domain-name
----[no] conn-policy
- conn-profile-name
----pae
- [no] port-access
----authenticator
- (port)
- [no] controlled-port
- [no] quiet-period
- [no] tx-period
- [no] supp-timeout
- [no] server-timeout
- [no] max-req
- [no] re-auth-enabled
- [no] re-auth-period
----ext-authenticator
- (port)
- [no] authentication
- [no] init-authreq-off
- [no] handshake
- [no] handshake-period
----port
- (port)
- [no] initialize
----password
- min-length
- min-num-numeric-char
- min-num-special-char
- [no] mixed-case
----filetransfer
- [no] protocol
- [no] tftp-rollovr
----[no] server
- (serverid)
- user-name
- password
----pmfile
----[no] upload
- (upload-index)
- pri-server-addr
- upload-path
- [no] upload-username
- [no] upload-password
- interval-type
- [no] auto-upload
- [no] retry-num
- [no] max-delay
----peripheral-mgnt
----mac-filter
- (index-num)
- [no] filter
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the login banner and the welcome banner.
There is a limit to the number of characters that can be entered in a single CLI command. For lengthy banners,
Alcatel-Lucent recommends that the operator enter separate commands to configure the login banner and the
welcome banner.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 11.2-2 "Security Banner Configuration Commmand" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] login-banner Parameter type: <Sec::Banner> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a banner to be shown to the operator Note: up to 2048 banner to be shown before the
length of banner is only supported on FANT-F, 480 for other operator enters its name
NT. If using special and functional characters like pound,
reversed slash,space, the whole banner must be in the
quotation marks. Quotation marks and reversed slash is not
counted in length. A reversed slash followed by 'r' combined
with reversed slash followed by 'n' is used to change line.
- length: x<=2048
[no] welcome-banner Parameter type: <Sec::Banner> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a banner to be shown to the operator Note: up to 2048 the banner to be shown when the
length of banner is only supported on FANT-F, 480 for other operator logged in
NT. If using special and functional characters like pound,
reversed slash,space, the whole banner must be in the
quotation marks. Quotation marks and reversed slash is not
counted in length. A reversed slash followed by 'r' combined
with reversed slash followed by 'n' is used to change line.
- length: x<=2048
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify an operator instance.
After this instance is created, an operator can log in to the system with the specified name and password.
Operators have a profile that determines most of the operator properties. The operator profile must be created
before the operator can be created.
The operator profile is assigned when the operator is created. The profile cannot be changed afterward. If the
operator wants to change the profile, the operator must first delete the operator and then recreate it.
The default values for prompt can be found in configure system security profile profile-name.
The following rules apply to a plain text password.
• The password must consist of a minimum of six and a maximum of 20 printable characters.
• The password must contain at least one non-alphanumeric character.
• A new password must be different from the last three passwords.
Never specify a new password using the encrypted option. You could mistakenly enter any hexadecimal string that
is not necessarily linked to a password, and it is almost impossible to calculate a password from an encrypted
string. The encrypted method of specifying passwords is only intended to restore an existing configuration.
An operator must enter a new password when logging in for the first time after another operator has changed his
or her password.
There is no separate command to change a password. An operator must change the password in the operator's
operator node.
The prompt can be composed with following components :
• %n : the name of the current operator.
• %s : the current numbering scheme (typ|leg|pos).
• %! : the current history number.
• % num d : the current context.
- num is the maximum number of components (starting from the last) that are shown (default is all).
- each component will be separated from the next one with a >.
- a > is also added in front of the first component.
• %% : a %
• %c : # if the current node was an existing node or $ if it is newly created.
• any other character is just added to the prompt as is.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all,admin privileges, and executed by operators with all
privileges.
The last operator with security write permissions cannot be deleted.
An operator can be deleted when still logged in. The operator instance is only removed after the operator has
logged out or is logged out by the system.
Operators without security read or write permissions cannot see other operators.
Operators without security write permissions cannot create, delete, or modify another operator, but they can enter
the commands to perform these actions. However, these commands always fail when executed.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security ( no operator (name) ) | ( operator (name) profile <Sec::ProfileName> password
<Sec::Password> [ no prompt | prompt <Sec::Prompt> ] [ no description | description <Sec::OperatorDesc> ] [ [ no
] more ] )
Command Parameters
Table 11.3-1 "Operator Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: the name of the operator
- the name of an operator
- range: [a-z0-9]
- length: 1<=x<=11
Table 11.3-2 "Operator Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
profile Parameter type: <Sec::ProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- the name of an operator profile during modification.
- range: [a-z0-9] the name of an operator profile
- length: 1<=x<=11
password Parameter type: <Sec::Password> mandatory parameter
Format: the password needed to log in
( prompt
| plain : <Sec::PlainPassword>
| encrypted : <Sec::EncryptedPassword> )
Possible values:
- prompt : prompts the operator for a password
- plain : the password in plain text
- encrypted : the hashed password
Field type <Sec::PlainPassword>
- the password in plain text is placed in double quotes when
# or ? is used
- length: 6<=x<=20
Field type <Sec::EncryptedPassword>
- the encrypted password
- length: 20
[no] prompt Parameter type: <Sec::Prompt> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a specification of the prompt the specification of the prompt
- length: x<=28
[no] description Parameter type: <Sec::OperatorDesc> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- any description to be used by the operator any description to be used by the
- length: x<=31 operator
[no] more Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
the output is passed via the more
filter
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify an operator profile.
The operator profile determines most of the operator properties.
An operator profile is typically used to limit the commands that a group of operators can execute to those for which
they have the necessary skills and for which they are responsible.
Any change of the attribute slot-numbering will only take effect for new CLI sessions. The slot-numbering of an
active CLI session will never be changed. The actual slot-numbering used for a session can be made visible with
the command show sessions
terminal-timeout: A value of 0 equals an infinite timeout value (i.e. the terminal will never time out).
The prompt can be composed with following components :
• %n : the name of the current operator.
• %s : the current numbering scheme (typ|leg|pos).
• %! : the current history number.
• % num d : the current context.
- num is the maximum number of components (starting from the last) that are shown (default is all).
- each component will be separated from the next one with a >.
- a > is also added in front of the first component.
• %% : a %
• %c : # if the current node was an existing node or $ if it is newly created.
• any other character is just added to the prompt as is.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all,admin privileges.
The last operator with security write permissions cannot be deleted.
The permissions of a profile cannot be changed as long as one operator belongs to the profile.
Operators without security read or write permissions cannot see other operator profiles.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security ( no profile (name) ) | ( profile (name) [ no prompt | prompt <Sec::Prompt> ] [ no
password-timeout | password-timeout <Sec::PasswordTimeout> ] [ no terminal-timeout | terminal-timeout
<Sec::InactivityTimeout> ] [ no slot-numbering | slot-numbering <Sec::SlotDesc> ] [ no description | description
<Sec::ProfileDesc> ] [ no aaa | aaa <Sec::Aaa> ] [ no atm | atm <Sec::Atm> ] [ no alarm | alarm <Sec::Alarm> ] [
no dhcp | dhcp <Sec::Dhcp> ] [ no equipment | equipment <Sec::Equipment> ] [ no igmp | igmp <Sec::Igmp> ] [ no
ip | ip <Sec::Ip> ] [ no pppoe | pppoe <Sec::Pppoe> ] [ no qos | qos <Sec::Qos> ] [ no software-mngt |
software-mngt <Sec::Sw> ] [ no transport | transport <Sec::Transport> ] [ no vlan | vlan <Sec::Vlan> ] [ no xdsl |
xdsl <Sec::Xdsl> ] [ no sip | sip <Sec::Sip> ] [ no megaco | megaco <Sec::Megaco> ] [ no lacp | lacp <Sec::Lacp> ]
[ no mstp | mstp <Sec::Mstp> ] [ no security | security <Sec::Security> ] [ no service | service <Sec::Service> ] [ no
debug | debug <Sec::Debug> ] [ no debug-mirror | debug-mirror <Sec::DebugMirror> ] [ no filter | filter
<Sec::Filter> ] [ no link | link <Sec::Link> ] [ no log | log <Sec::Log> ] [ no oam | oam <Sec::Oam> ] [ no liadmin |
Command Parameters
Table 11.4-1 "Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: the name of the profile
- the name of an operator profile
- range: [a-z0-9]
- length: 1<=x<=11
Table 11.4-2 "Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] prompt Parameter type: <Sec::Prompt> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "\"%s : %n%d%c \""
- a specification of the prompt the specification of the prompt
- length: x<=28
[no] password-timeout Parameter type: <Sec::PasswordTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the maximum time a password may be unchanged the maximum time a password
- unit: days may be unchanged
- range: [0...365]
[no] terminal-timeout Parameter type: <Sec::InactivityTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- specify the inactivity timeout of the terminal specify the inactivity timeout of
- unit: minutes the terminal
- range: [0...120]
[no] slot-numbering Parameter type: <Sec::SlotDesc> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "legacy-based"
( type-based slot numbering scheme to be used
| position-based by the operator
| legacy-based )
Possible values:
- type-based : flat-numbering per slot-type (tl1-like)
- position-based : flat-numbering independent of slot-type
- legacy-based : numbering used since the early days
(position-based-like)
[no] description Parameter type: <Sec::ProfileDesc> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- any description to be used by the operator any description to be used by the
- length: x<=31 operator
[no] aaa Parameter type: <Sec::Aaa> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( write the access rights to AAA related
| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
[no] atm Parameter type: <Sec::Atm> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( write the access rights to ATM related
| read commands
| none )
Possible values:
Command Description
This command allows the superuser to specify a default operator profile. The default profile is used when an
operator is authenticated via a RADIUS server but the RADIUS server does not support vendor-specific attributes.
The default profile determines most of the operator properties.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all,admin privileges.
Operators without security read or write permissions cannot see the default profile.
Operators withouit security read or write permissions can never see default-profile.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 11.5-2 "Default Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] prompt Parameter type: <Sec::Prompt> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "\"%s : %n%d%c \""
- a specification of the prompt the specification of the prompt
- length: x<=28
[no] password-timeout Parameter type: <Sec::PasswordTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the maximum time a password may be unchanged the maximum time a password
- unit: days may be unchanged
- range: [0...365]
[no] terminal-timeout Parameter type: <Sec::InactivityTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- specify the inactivity timeout of the terminal the maximum time a terminal
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a view.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
A subtree is identified by an object ID, which is a sequence of numbers (example: 1.3.6.1.6.3.12.1.3). This sequence
uniquely identifies a node or a leaf in the MIB tree.
The same subtree can also be addressed using symbolic MIB names (example: snmpTargetParamsTable).
Combinations of symbolic names and numbers are also possible: 1.3.6.1.6.3.12.1.3.1.7.97.97.97 can be written as
snmpTargetParamsTable.1.7.97.97.97 or as snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97.97, ...
For each number, we can indicate that it may be ignored when comparing it with MIB elements, by adding an
asterisk after the number (example: snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97*.97). Because the number is ignored
anyway, we recommend replacing it with a 0. For example, snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.0*.97. 0* can be
abbreviated as *. So, the recommended representation is snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.*.97.
The system stores a view entry based on the view name and the object ID: snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.0*.97
and snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97*.97 are stored in two different locations, but match the same MIB
elements. A consequence of this strategy is that snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97*.97 and
snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97.97 can not exist at the same time.
The most specific filter element takes precedence in the case where more than one filter element matches the same
MIB element.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of an SNMP view, please check if
the view was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and re-create the entire
SNMP view.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security snmp ( no view (notify-view) subtree <Snmp::ViewSubtree> ) | ( view (notify-view)
subtree <Snmp::ViewSubtree> type <Snmp::FilterType> )
Command Parameters
Table 11.6-1 "SNMP View Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(notify-view) Format: the name of the view
- the name of a view
- length: x<=32
subtree Parameter type: <Snmp::ViewSubtree> the subtree
Format:
Command Output
Table 11.6-3 "SNMP View Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusVacmFilter> the status of an SNMP view
( valid This element is only shown in
| corrupted detail mode.
| corrupted )
Possible values:
- valid : SNMP view configuration is ok
- corrupted : SNMP view configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : SNMP view configuration is not
operational(not-ready)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure community names.
An existing community can not be modified.
SNMP uses community names as a kind of password without user name to verify if a request may be executed.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
There must be at least one community with read-write privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 11.7-1 "Security SNMP Community Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: the name of the community
- the community name
- length: x<=32
host-address Parameter type: <Ip::AddressAndIpMaskFull> the host IP address from where
Format: access is allowed
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
- IP address prefix length
- range: [0...32]
Table 11.7-2 "Security SNMP Community Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] context Parameter type: <Transport::Context> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "nt"
nt the context allowed for this
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an SNMPv3 Group.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of an SNMPv3 Group, please
check if the group was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and re-create the
entire SNMPv3 Group.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security snmp ( no group (name) security-level <Snmp::SecurityLevel> context
<Snmp::Context> ) | ( group (name) security-level <Snmp::SecurityLevel> context <Snmp::Context> [ no
read-view | read-view <Snmp::AssociatedViewName> ] [ no write-view | write-view
<Snmp::AssociatedViewName> ] [ no notify-view | notify-view <Snmp::AssociatedViewName> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 11.8-1 "Security SNMPv3 Group Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of snmpV3 group
- name of the snmpv3 group
- length: 1<=x<=32
security-level Parameter type: <Snmp::SecurityLevel> security level for the group
Format:
( none
| authentication
| privacy-and-auth )
Possible values:
- none : no authentication and no privacy
- authentication : authentication without privacy
- privacy-and-auth : authentication and privacy
context Parameter type: <Snmp::Context> context for the group
Format:
( single : nt
| all )
Possible values:
- single : grant access to a specific context
Command Output
Table 11.8-3 "Security SNMPv3 Group Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusconfigGroup> the status of an SNMPv3 group
( valid This element is only shown in
| corrupted detail mode.
| corrupted )
Possible values:
- valid : SNMPv3 group configuration is ok
- corrupted : SNMPv3 group configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : SNMPv3 group configuration is not
operational(not-ready)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an SNMPv3 user.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of an SNMPv3 user, please check
if the user was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and re-create the entire
SNMPv3 user.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security snmp ( no user (name) ) | ( user (name) [ no authentication | authentication
<Snmp::AuthType> ] [ no privacy | privacy <Snmp::PrivacyType> ] [ no public | public <Snmp::Identifier> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 11.9-1 "Security SNMPv3 User Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the user
- snmpv3 user name
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 11.9-2 "Security SNMPv3 User Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] authentication Parameter type: <Snmp::AuthType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none authentication for the user
| md5 : prompt
| sha1 : prompt
| md5 : plain : <Sec::UsmPlainPassword>
| sha1 : plain : <Sec::UsmPlainPassword>
| md5 : encrypted : <Snmp::AuthEncryptedKey>
| sha1 : encrypted : <Snmp::AuthEncryptedKey> )
Possible values:
- none : no authentication
- md5 : md5 based authentication
- sha1 : sha1 based authentication
Possible values:
Command Output
Table 11.9-3 "Security SNMPv3 User Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusSnmpUser> the status of an SNMPv3 user
( valid This element is only shown in
| corrupted detail mode.
| corrupted )
Possible values:
- valid : SNMPv3 user configuration is ok
- corrupted : SNMPv3 user configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : SNMPv3 user configuration is not
operational(not-ready)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to map an SNMPv3 user to an SNMPv3 group.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of mapping an SNMPv3 user to
SNMPv3 user-group , please check if the mapping was done and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not,
please delete and re-create the entire configuration of mapping an SNMPv3 user to SNMPv3 user-group.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security snmp ( no map-user-group (name) ) | ( map-user-group (name) group-name
<Snmp::AssociatedGroupName> )
Command Parameters
Table 11.10-1 "Security SNMPv3 User-Group Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the snmpV3 user
- snmpv3 user name
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 11.10-2 "Security SNMPv3 User-Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
group-name Parameter type: <Snmp::AssociatedGroupName> mandatory parameter
Format: name of the snmpV3 group
- name of the snmpv3 group
- length: 1<=x<=32
Command Output
Table 11.10-3 "Security SNMPv3 User-Group Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusMapUser> the status of mapping an
( valid SNMPv3 user to an SNMPv3
| corrupted group
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a Notify View.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
A subtree is identified by an object ID, which is a sequence of numbers (example: 1.3.6.1.6.3.12.1.3). This sequence
uniquely identifies a node or a leaf in the MIB tree.
The same subtree can also be addressed using symbolic MIB names (example: snmpTargetParamsTable).
Combinations of symbolic names and numbers are also possible: 1.3.6.1.6.3.12.1.3.1.7.97.97.97 can be written as
snmpTargetParamsTable.1.7.97.97.97 or as snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97.97, ...
For each number, we can indicate that it may be ignored when comparing it with MIB elements, by adding an
asterisk after the number (example: snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97*.97). Because the number is ignored
anyway, we recommend replacing it with a 0. For example, snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.0*.97. 0* can be
abbreviated as *. So, the recommended representation is snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.*.97.
The system stores a view entry based on the view name and the object ID: snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.0*.97
and snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97*.97 are stored in two different locations, but match the same MIB
elements. A consequence of this strategy is that snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97*.97 and
snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97.97 can not exist at the same time.
The most specific filter element takes precedence in the case where more than one filter element matches the same
MIB element.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of a Notify View, please check if
the view was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and re-create the entire
Notify View.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security snmp ( no notify-view (notify-view) subtree <Snmp::ViewSubtree> ) | ( notify-view
(notify-view) subtree <Snmp::ViewSubtree> type <Snmp::FilterType> )
Command Parameters
Table 11.11-1 "SNMP Notify View Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(notify-view) Format: the name of the notify view
- the name of a view
- length: x<=32
subtree Parameter type: <Snmp::ViewSubtree> the subtree
Format:
Command Output
Table 11.11-3 "SNMP Notify View Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusNotifyFilter> the status of an SNMP notify
( valid view
| corrupted This element is only shown in
| corrupted ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- valid : SNMP Notify View configuration is ok
- corrupted : SNMP notify view configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : SNMP notify view configuration is not
operational(not-ready)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a notification profile.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of the SNMP notification profile,
please check if the profile was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and
re-create the entire SNMP notification profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security snmp ( no notify-profile (name) ) | ( notify-profile (name) snmp-version
<Snmp::SnmpVersion> )
Command Parameters
Table 11.12-1 "Security SNMP Notification Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the notification profile
- notification-profile name
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 11.12-2 "Security SNMP Notification Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
snmp-version Parameter type: <Snmp::SnmpVersion> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
( v1 : <Snmp::CommunityString> during modification.
| v2 : <Snmp::CommunityString> snmp-version of the profile
| v3 : <Snmp::SecurityName> : none
| v3 : <Snmp::SecurityName> : authentication
| v3 : <Snmp::SecurityName> : privacy-and-auth )
Possible values:
- v1 : SNMP version1
- v2 : SNMP version2
- v3 : SNMP version3
Field type <Snmp::CommunityString>
- community string
Command Output
Table 11.12-3 "Security SNMP Notification Profile Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusProfile> the status of notification profile
( valid This element is only shown in
| corrupted detail mode.
| corrupted )
Possible values:
- valid : notification profile configuration is ok
- corrupted : notification profile configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : notification profile configuration is not
operational(not-ready)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a filter for a notification profile.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of a filter for SNMP notification
profile, please check if the filter was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete and
re-create the entire notification profile filter.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security snmp notify-profile (name) ( no filter ) | ( filter notify-view <Snmp::ViewName> )
Command Parameters
Table 11.13-1 "Security SNMP Notification Profile Filter Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the notification profile
- notification-profile name
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 11.13-2 "Security SNMP Notification Profile Filter Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
notify-view Parameter type: <Snmp::ViewName> mandatory parameter
Format: view to be accessed
- the name of a view
- length: x<=32
Command Output
Table 11.13-3 "Security SNMP Notification Profile Filter Configuration Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusNotifyView> the status of notification profile
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an Element Manager using a Profile.
Clarification regarding 'entry-status': If a failure occurs during the configuration of the SNMP element manager,
please check if the element manager was created and if the corresponding entry-status is valid. If not, please delete
and re-create the entire SNMP element manager.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security snmp ( no manager (name) ) | ( manager (name) destination <Snmp::Address>
notify-profile <Snmp::NotifyProfile> [ [ no ] nt ] )
Command Parameters
Table 11.14-1 "Security SNMP Element Manager Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the element manager
- element manager name
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 11.14-2 "Security SNMP Element Manager Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
destination Parameter type: <Snmp::Address> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
<Snmp::IpAddress> : <Snmp::AddressPort> during modification.
Field type <Snmp::IpAddress> destination address of the element
- ip-address for the manager manager
Field type <Snmp::AddressPort>
- port number for the manager
- range: [1...65535]
notify-profile Parameter type: <Snmp::NotifyProfile> mandatory parameter
Format: name of the notification profile
- notification-profile name
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] nt Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable storing in nt
Command Output
Table 11.14-3 "Security SNMP Element Manager Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
entry-status Parameter type: <Transport::WaitRowStatusconfigManger> the status of an SNMP Element
( valid Manager
| corrupted This element is only shown in
| corrupted ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- valid : SNMPv3 element manager configuration is ok
- corrupted : SNMPv3 element manager configuration is not
operational(not-in-service)
- corrupted : SNMPv3 element manager configuration is not
operational(not-ready)
Command Description
This command allows to configure generic parameters for when a Radius Client is used. More details can be found
in the description per parameter.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 11.15-2 "Security RADIUS Client Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] auth-super-user Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable superuser RADIUS
Authentication
[no] operator-policy Parameter type: <Aaa::RadiusPolicyName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none name of Radius policy to be
| name : <Aaa::IgnoredRadiusPolicyName> ) applied to this operator
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Aaa::IgnoredRadiusPolicyName>
- name of the RADIUS policy
- length: 1<=x<=64
[no] aut-s-unreach-act Parameter type: <Aaa::RadiusAuthServUnreachAction> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "reject-all"
( reject-all action to be taken for 802.1x
| accept-all ) users when authentication server
Possible values: is unreachable
- reject-all : All session requests are rejected
- accept-all : All session requests are accepted
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the RADIUS authentication servers. The conceptual table lists the
RADIUS authentication servers with their configurable parameters. If an entry (server) must be deleted, it must not
be associated with any RADIUS policy. If an entry is associated with a policy, the deletion is not allowed.
Note: the products from the ISAM 7363 and 7367 family support only vrf-index=0.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security radius ( no auth-server (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ) | ( auth-server (name)
vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ip-address <Aaa::InetAddress> [ no port | port <Aaa::InetPortNumber> ] secret
<Security::Password3> [ no retry-limit | retry-limit <Aaa::RadiusRetryLimit> ] [ no timeout-limit | timeout-limit
<Aaa::RadiusTimeout> ] [ [ no ] admin-down ] [ no dead-interval | dead-interval <Aaa::RadiusDeadInterval> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 11.16-1 "Security RADIUS Authentication Server Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of RADIUS authentication
- name of the RADIUS auth server server
- length: 1<=x<=64
vrf-index Parameter type: <Aaa::VrfIndex> vrf to which this auth server
Format: belongs
- a vrf index
- range: [0...127]
Table 11.16-2 "Security RADIUS Authentication Server Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
ip-address Parameter type: <Aaa::InetAddress> mandatory parameter
Format: IP address of RADIUS
- IPv4-address authentication server
[no] port Parameter type: <Aaa::InetPortNumber> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1812
- UDP port to which RADIUS auth messages should be sent UDP port to which RADIUS auth
- range: [0...65535] messages should be sent
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the RADIUS accounting servers. The conceptual table lists the
RADIUS accounting servers with their configurable parameters. If an entry (server) must be deleted, it must not be
associated with any RADIUS policy. If an entry is associated with a policy, the deletion is not allowed.
Note: the products from the ISAM 7363 and 7367 family support only vrf-index=0.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security radius ( no acc-server (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ) | ( acc-server (name)
vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ip-address <Aaa::InetAddress> [ no port | port <Aaa::InetPortNumber> ] secret
<Security::Password3> [ no retry-limit | retry-limit <Aaa::RadiusRetryLimit> ] [ no timeout-limit | timeout-limit
<Aaa::RadiusTimeout> ] [ [ no ] admin-down ] [ no dead-interval | dead-interval <Aaa::RadiusDeadInterval> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 11.17-1 "Security RADIUS Accounting Server Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the RADIUS accounting
- name of the RADIUS accounting server server
- length: 1<=x<=64
vrf-index Parameter type: <Aaa::VrfIndex> vrf to which the RADIUS Acc
Format: Server belongs
- a vrf index
- range: [0...127]
Table 11.17-2 "Security RADIUS Accounting Server Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
ip-address Parameter type: <Aaa::InetAddress> mandatory parameter
Format: IP address of RADIUS
- IPv4-address accounting server
[no] port Parameter type: <Aaa::InetPortNumber> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1813
- UDP port to which RADIUS auth messages should be sent UDP port to which RADIUS
- range: [0...65535] accounting messages be sent
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the RADIUS Dynamic Authorization Clients. The conceptual table
lists the RADIUS Dynamic Authorization Clients with their configurable parameters.
Note: the products from the ISAM 7363 and 7367 family support only vrf-index=0.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security radius ( no dyn-auth-client (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ) | ( dyn-auth-client
(name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ip-address <Aaa::InetAddress> secret <Security::Password3> [ [ no ]
admin-down ] )
Command Parameters
Table 11.18-1 "Security RADIUS Dynamic Authorization Client Configuration Command"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the RADIUS Dynamic
- name of dynamic auth client name Authorization client
- length: 1<=x<=64
vrf-index Parameter type: <Aaa::VrfIndex> vrf to which the RADIUS Dyn
Format: Auth Client belongs
- a vrf index
- range: [0...127]
Table 11.18-2 "Security RADIUS Dynamic Authorization Client Configuration Command"
Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
ip-address Parameter type: <Aaa::InetAddress> mandatory parameter
Format: IP address of RADIUS
- IPv4-address authentication server
secret Parameter type: <Security::Password3> mandatory parameter
Format: secret string used between
( prompt RADIUS server and client
| plain : <Security::PlainPassword3> )
Possible values:
- prompt : prompts the operator for a password
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure RADIUS policies. The conceptual table lists the RADIUS policies
with the parameters that apply globally for each RADIUS policy. An entry in this table (policy) can be deleted only
if it is not associated with any of the domains. If this entry is deleted, the corresponding entry in the RADIUS server
is also deleted.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security radius ( no policy (name) ) | ( policy (name) nas-id <Aaa::NasId> nas-ip-address
<Aaa::InetAddress> [ [ no ] keep-domain-name ] [ [ no ] disable-accnt-msg ] [ no acc-interval | acc-interval
<Aaa::AccInt> ] [ [ no ] disable-eap ] )
Command Parameters
Table 11.19-1 "Security RADIUS Policy Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the RADIUS policy
- name of the radius policy
- length: 1<=x<=64
Table 11.19-2 "Security RADIUS Policy Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
nas-id Parameter type: <Aaa::NasId> mandatory parameter
Format: NAS-Identifier used in messages
- a binary string of min 0 and max 64 towards Radius servers
- length: x<=64
nas-ip-address Parameter type: <Aaa::InetAddress> mandatory parameter
Format: NAS-IP-Address used in
- IPv4-address messages towards Radius servers
[no] keep-domain-name Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
don't strip domain name when
sending to RADIUS server
[no] disable-accnt-msg Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable
[no] acc-interval Parameter type: <Aaa::AccInt> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- radius accnt interval Interim Accounting Interval in
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure RADIUS servers. The conceptual table lists the set of RADIUS
servers with the parameters of each set. The servers that are placed in a set using this table must first be defined in
the RADIUS Authenticaion and Accounting server configuration commands. The value returned by the RADIUS
server is used by the management station as the value for the index when a new entry in this table is created.
It is always mandatory to configure acc-server along with vrf-index-acc and auth-server with vrf-index-auth,
otherwise the configuration will not succeed.
Note: the products from the ISAM 7363 and 7367 family support only vrf-index=0.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security radius policy (name) ( no servers (index) ) | ( servers (index) auth-server
<Aaa::RadAuthServer> vrf-index-auth <Aaa::VrfIndex> [ no acc-server | acc-server <Aaa::RadAccServer> ] [ no
vrf-index-acc | vrf-index-acc <Aaa::IgnoredVrfIndex> ] priority <Aaa::Priority> )
Command Parameters
Table 11.20-1 "Security RADIUS Server Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the RADIUS policy
- name of the radius policy
- length: 1<=x<=64
(index) Format: index of RADIUS profile
- unique nbr identifying a set within a RADIUS profile.
- range: [1...2]
Table 11.20-2 "Security RADIUS Server Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
auth-server Parameter type: <Aaa::RadAuthServer> mandatory parameter
Format: the radius authentication server
name : <Aaa::RadAuthServerName>
Possible values:
- name : use a radius server for authentication
Field type <Aaa::RadAuthServerName>
- name of the RADIUS auth server
- length: 1<=x<=64
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the domain.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security ( no domain (name) ) | ( domain (name) [ no sess-timeout | sess-timeout
<Aaa::DomainSessionTimeout> ] authenticator <Aaa::Authenticator> [ [ no ] admin-down ] )
Command Parameters
Table 11.21-1 "Security Domain Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the domain
- name of the domain
- length: 1<=x<=64
Table 11.21-2 "Security Domain Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] sess-timeout Parameter type: <Aaa::DomainSessionTimeout> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- maximum lifetime of a session maximum lifetime of a session
- range: [0...2147483647]
authenticator Parameter type: <Aaa::Authenticator> mandatory parameter
Format: type of authenticator
radius : <Aaa::RadPolicyName>
Possible values:
- radius : authenticator type is RADIUS
Field type <Aaa::RadPolicyName>
- name of the radius policy
- length: 1<=x<=64
[no] admin-down Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
adminstrative state down
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the connection profile parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security ( no conn-profile (name) ) | ( conn-profile (name) version <SignedInteger> [ [ no ]
reject-no-domain ] [ [ no ] reject-inv-domain ] domain-name <Aaa::DomainName> )
Command Parameters
Table 11.22-1 "Security Connection Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of connection profile
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 11.22-2 "Security Connection Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
version Parameter type: <SignedInteger> mandatory parameter
Format: version number to be associated
- a signed integer to the Profile
[no] reject-no-domain Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
reject user session auth if no
domain
[no] reject-inv-domain Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
reject user session auth if invalid
domain
domain-name Parameter type: <Aaa::DomainName> mandatory parameter
Format: name of the domain
- name of the domain
- length: 1<=x<=64
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a connection policy associated with the specified policy. The
operator should specify the index that indicates which connection policy to apply and the profile-index, which
provides the connection profile associated with this policy.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 11.23-2 "Security Connection Policy Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
conn-profile-name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: connection profile associated
- a profile name with this policy
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the administrative enable and disable state for port access control
in a system.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 11.24-2 "Security 802.1x PAE System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] port-access Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable port access control
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure security 802.1x port authentication.
This command is valid for user ports. If the user port resides on a board that does not support user authentication,
this command will fail.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 11.25-1 "Security 802.1x Port Authentication Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip : <Eqpt::LLId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni : <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the security 802.1x extension port authentication.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 11.26-1 "Security 802.1x Extension, Port Authentication Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip : <Eqpt::LLId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni : <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the security 802.1x port.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 11.27-1 "Security 802.1x Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the password policy.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security,all privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 11.28-2 "Security Password Policy Configuration Commmand" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
min-length Parameter type: <Sec::PwdLength> optional parameter
Format: the minimum length of the
- the minimum length of the password password
- unit: characters
- range: [6...20]
min-num-numeric-char Parameter type: <Sec::PwdNumChars> optional parameter
Format: minimum number of numerical
- minimum number of numerical characters characters
- unit: characters
- range: [0...20]
min-num-special-char Parameter type: <Sec::PwdSpeChars> optional parameter
Format: minimum number of special
- minimum number of special character character
- unit: characters
- range: [1...20]
[no] mixed-case Parameter type: <Sec::MixCase> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "not-mandatory"
( mandatory both upper and lower case
| not-mandatory ) charactersre must be present
Possible values:
- mandatory : both upper and lower case characters must be
present
- not-mandatory : both upper and lower case characters not
Command Description
This command configure file transfer states and attributes.
The TFTP server functionality will remain enabled when FTP is selected for file transfer. The TFTP client will
however be disabled when FTP is selected.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 11.29-2 "File Transfer Configure Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] protocol Parameter type: <SwMngt::FileTransferProtocolType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "tftp"
( tftp the protocol that is to be used for
| ftp file transfer
| sftp )
Possible values:
- tftp : the tftp protocol is selected for file transfer
- ftp : the ftp protocol is selected for file transfer
- sftp : the sftp protocol is selected for file transfer
[no] tftp-rollovr Parameter type: <SwMngt::FileTransferRolloverType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- TFTP Block Number The value with which TFTP
- range: [0...1] Block number rollover will
happen
Command Description
This command configures file transfer server states and attributes.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security filetransfer ( no server (serverid) ) | ( server (serverid) user-name
<SwMngt::UserName> password <Security::Password1> )
Command Parameters
Table 11.30-1 "file Transfer server Configure Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(serverid) Format: (IP address) of the file transfer
- IPv4-address server
Table 11.30-2 "file Transfer server Configure Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
user-name Parameter type: <SwMngt::UserName> mandatory parameter
Format: the username used to access the
- the username used to access the file server file server
- length: x<=32
password Parameter type: <Security::Password1> mandatory parameter
Format: the password used to access the
( prompt file server
| plain : <Security::PlainPassword1> )
Possible values:
- prompt : prompts the operator for a password
- plain : the password in plain text
Field type <Security::PlainPassword1>
- the password used to access the file server
- length: 1<=x<=32
Command Description
This command configures PM file upload related parameters
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Description
This command configures PM file upload related parameters
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security pmfile ( no upload (upload-index) ) | ( upload (upload-index) pri-server-addr
<SwMngt::pmFileUploadPrimaryServerAddr> upload-path <SwMngt::pmFileUploadPath> [ no upload-username |
upload-username <SwMngt::pmFileUploadClientUsername> ] [ no upload-password | upload-password
<Security::Password2> ] interval-type <SwMngt::pmFileUploadIntervalType> [ no auto-upload | auto-upload
<SwMngt::pmFileAutoUpload> ] [ no retry-num | retry-num <SwMngt::pmFileUploadRetryNum> ] [ no
max-delay | max-delay <SwMngt::pmFileUploadMaxDelay> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 11.32-1 "PM File Upload Configure Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(upload-index) Format: the unique internal identifier of
- the unique internal identifier of PM file upload entry PM file upload entry
(1-VOICE, 2-DSL)
- range: [1...2]
Table 11.32-2 "PM File Upload Configure Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
pri-server-addr Parameter type: mandatory parameter
<SwMngt::pmFileUploadPrimaryServerAddr> IP address of the primary SFTP
Format: file server
- IPv4-address
upload-path Parameter type: <SwMngt::pmFileUploadPath> mandatory parameter
Format: the path to be addressed for PM
- the path to be addressed for PM file upload, must not start file upload, must not start with '/'
with '/' but must end with a '/' but must end with a '/'
- length: x<=127
[no] upload-username Parameter type: <SwMngt::pmFileUploadClientUsername> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "dummy"
- the client username for setting up a session with an the client username for setting up
external SFTP server a session with an external SFTP
- length: x<=32 server, replaced by filetransfer
table, to be removed
[no] upload-password Parameter type: <Security::Password2> optional parameter with default
Command Description
By using this command, upstream traffic from any peripheral attached to the management port on the FD-REM
will be filtered at mac level.
The filter is implemented using a white-list of 20 MAC ranges, with each begin and end MAC address having the
same OUI. (Original manufacturer Unique Identifier, covering the 3 most significant bytes)
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security peripheral-mgnt mac-filter (index-num) [ no filter | filter <Sys::PeriphMacFilter> ]
Command Parameters
Table 11.33-1 "MAC Filter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index-num) Format: filter number
- Filter rule number
- range: [1...20]
Table 11.33-2 "MAC Filter Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] filter Parameter type: <Sys::PeriphMacFilter> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
( any - any 00-00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00"
| <Sys::MacAddr> - <Sys::MacAddr> ) specifies to MAC addresses to be
Possible values: matched with the packet
- any : all source MAC address
Field type <Sys::MacAddr>
- a mac-address (example : 01:02:03:04:05:06)
- length: 6
Possible values:
- any : all destination MAC address
Field type <Sys::MacAddr>
- a mac-address (example : 01:02:03:04:05:06)
- length: 6
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Secure Shell Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----system
----security
----ssh
----server-profile
- [no] server-retries
- [no] idle-timeout
- [no] dis-hmac-sha-1
- [no] dis-hmac-sha-1-96
- [no] dis-aes
- [no] dis-des-3
- [no] dis-blowfish
- [no] dis-des-56
----[no] user
- (name)
- key
----access
- [no] protocol
- [no] cli
- [no] tl1
- [no] debug
----sftp-user
- (username)
- password
Command Description
This command configures the SSH Server parameters like maximum number of server retries, idle timeout,
authentiation and encryption algorithm to be used
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 12.2-2 "SSH Server Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] server-retries Parameter type: <SSH::ServerRetries> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- maximum number of attempts can be tried maximum number of attempts
- range: [1...3] can be tried
[no] idle-timeout Parameter type: <SSH::ServerIdleTimeOut> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1800
- maximum idle time allowed maximum idle time allowed
- unit: sec
- range: [0...1800]
[no] dis-hmac-sha-1 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable hma-sha-1 authentication
[no] dis-hmac-sha-1-96 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable hma-sha-1-96
authentication
[no] dis-aes Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable aes encryption
[no] dis-des-3 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable 3des encryption
[no] dis-blowfish Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable blowfish encryption
[no] dis-des-56 Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable des-56 encryption
Command Description
This command is used to configure a client (user, operator) who is authorised to manage the system in a secure
way and choosing the public key authentication (as opposed to password authentication)method. A maximum of 10
such users can be configured. As parameters, the command requires a client user name and the corresponding
public key. The public key is generated by the user using e.g. ssh-keygen (Unix), PuTTYgen (PC), etc.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security ssh ( no user (name) ) | ( user (name) [ key <SSH::SshClientPublicKey> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 12.3-1 "Secure Shell User Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: unique index to the table
- unique index to the table
- length: 1<=x<=11
Table 12.3-2 "Secure Shell User Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
key Parameter type: <SSH::SshClientPublicKey> optional parameter
Format: public string of the client
- user public key to be stored
- length: 1<=x<=725
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable and disable the remote management access channels like TL1,CLI and
debug.
This command allows also configuration of file transfer protocol.
Options for cli
1. ssh - enables only CLI/SSH and disables CLI/TELNET
2. telnet - enables only CLI/TELNET and disables CLI/SSH
3. telnet-ssh - enables both CLI/SSH and CLI/TELNET
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system security ssh access [ no protocol | protocol <SwMngt::FileTransferProtocolType> ] [ no cli | cli
<SSH::ChannelCLISSH> ] [ no tl1 | tl1 <SSH::ChannelTL1SSH> ] [ no debug | debug
<SSH::ChannelDebugUDP> ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.4-2 "Secure Shell Access Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Command Description
The system acts as an SFTP client towards an external SFTP server. This command allows the operator to
configure the user name and password the system should use towards the external SFTP server.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 12.5-2 "Secure Shell SFTP User Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(username) Format: optional parameter
- specifies sftp user name to be used user name used when ISAM acts
- length: x<=32 as SFTP client
password Parameter type: <SSH::SftpPassword> optional parameter
Format: password used when ISAM acts
( prompt as SFTP client
| plain : <SSH::SftpPassword> )
Possible values:
- prompt : prompts the operator for a password
- plain : the password in plain text
Field type <SSH::SftpPassword>
- sftp password
- length: 6<=x<=32
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Transaction Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----system
----transaction
- [no] time-out-value
- log-full-action
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure transaction parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 13.2-2 "Transaction Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] time-out-value Parameter type: <Trans::TimeoutValue> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 6000
( indefinite set the timeout for transaction
| <Trans::TimeoutValue> )
Possible values:
- indefinite : indefinite timeout value
Field type <Trans::TimeoutValue>
- timeout of the transaction
- unit: 1/100 sec
- range: [6000...360000]
log-full-action Parameter type: <Trans::logFullaction> optional parameter
Format: set action to be taken when the
( wrap log is full
| halt )
Possible values:
- wrap : older log records are overwritten by recent ones
- halt : logging is stopped until the log buffer is reset
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "SYSLOG Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----system
----syslog
----[no] destination
- (name)
- type
- [no] disable
- [no] upload-rotate
----[no] route
- (name)
- msg-type
- facility
- [no] emergency
- [no] alert
- [no] critical
- [no] error
- [no] warning
- [no] notice
- [no] information
- [no] debug
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a syslog destination. Log messages can be sent to a file or, for
rotated files, to a file on a designated upload server (file:), a remote server (udp:), all logged in CLI-users (all-cli)
or all logged in TL1-users (all-tl1) or both (all-users).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system syslog ( no destination (name) ) | ( destination (name) type <Sys::ServerType> [ [ no ] disable ]
[ [ no ] upload-rotate ] )
Command Parameters
Table 14.2-1 "SYSLOG Destination Configuration command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the syslog destination
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 14.2-2 "SYSLOG Destination Configuration command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
type Parameter type: <Sys::ServerType> mandatory parameter
Format: destination type
( file : <Sys::ServName> : <Sys::FileSize>
| remote-file : <Ip::V4Address> : <Sys::UploadPathName> :
<Sys::ServName> : <Sys::FileSize>
| udp : <Ip::V4Address> : <Sys::NetworkPort> : unlimited
| udp : <Ip::V4Address> : <Sys::NetworkPort> :
<SYS::MaxRate>
| all-cli
| all-tl1
| all-users )
Possible values:
- file : file in which logs to be stored
- remote-file : remote file in which logs to be stored
- udp : log messages to the destination
- all-cli : cli users terminal logging
- all-tl1 : tl1 users terminal logging
- all-users : all cli and tl1 users
Command Description
This command allows an operator to configure which messages must be sent to a given syslog destination and to
assign the appropriate syslog parameters to them.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure system syslog ( no route (name) msg-type <Sys::MessageType> ) | ( route (name) msg-type
<Sys::MessageType> facility <Sys::LogFacility> [ [ no ] emergency ] [ [ no ] alert ] [ [ no ] critical ] [ [ no ] error ]
[ [ no ] warning ] [ [ no ] notice ] [ [ no ] information ] [ [ no ] debug ] )
Command Parameters
Table 14.3-1 "SYSLOG Route Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the destination where
- a profile name messages must be sent to
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
msg-type Parameter type: <Sys::MessageType> type of the message to be routed
Format:
( all
| authentication
| cli-config-chgs
| tl1-config-chgs
| cli-msgs
| tl1-msgs
| tracing1
| tracing2
| tracing3
| video-cdr
| eqpt
| li-config-chgs
| omci
| docsis )
Possible values:
- all : messages of any type
- authentication : authentication messages
- cli-config-chgs : cli commands
- tl1-config-chgs : tl1 commands
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Software Management Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----software-mngt
----oswp
- (index)
- primary-file-server-id
- second-file-server-id
X download-set
X autofetch
- [no] activate
----database
- [no] activate
- [no] backup
- [no] auto-backup-intvl
Introduction
The Overall Software Package (OSWP) can be in any one of the following states: operational, aborting,
downloading, enabled, disabled, activated, and committed. The operator can perform such functions as download
the OSWP or set of files, abort its download, or enable or disable its autofetch property. The operator can also
specify primary and secondary TFTP-server IDs for downloading the database.
The operator can also configure the download set or the set of files that are needed before triggering activation.
Abort an OSWP
The manager can abort an OSWP when the system has two OSWPs. The state of the first OSWP is
Enabled/Active/Committed while the second OSWP is in one of the following three states:
Enabled/NotActive/UnCommitted, Downloading/NotActive/UnCommitted, or Disabled/NotActive/UnCommitted.
The management channel between the system and the manager is established and the system is not involved in any
other software download process.
The manager requests that the system remove the NotActive/UnCommitted OSWP. The system removes all the
persistent stored files and databases not related to the Enabled/Active/Committed OSWP. The state of the OSWP to
be removed is Aborting/NotActive/UnCommitted during the complete removal operation.
After a successful abort, the system has only one OSWP. The state of this OSWP is Enabled/Active/Committed.
Only files and databases related to this OSWP are stored persistently in the system.
state of the second OSWP is Enabled/NotActive. The management channel between the system and the manager is
established and the system is not involved in another software download process.
The manager requests that the system activates the Enabled/NotActive OSWP. In case the manager requests to
activate with linked database, the system first selects an available database that is compatible with and linked to the
Enabled/NotActive OSWP. In case the manager requests to activate with default database, the system creates a
default database that is compatible with the Enabled/NotActive OSWP. The system then starts the activation
process of the NotActive OSWP.
The activation can happen on active NT or on standby NT. Activation on standby NT is only possible in case the
redundant NT board is equipped and hot standby and the NT board type supports it. In case the conditions to do the
activation on standby NT are fulfilled, the system will select this option. In case these conditions are not fulfilled
the system will select activation on active NT.
Finally, after the successful activation of the Not-active OSWP, the system has two OSWPs. The previous
Not-active OSWP is now active, together with the selected compatible database. Also, the previous Active OSWP
is still available, but NotActive. In case the activation was done on standby NT, the standby NT from before the
activation will be the active NT after the activation.
Commit an OSWP
To commit an OSWP, the system requires two OSWPs. The state of the first OSWP is
Enabled/Active/UnCommitted and the state of the second OSWP is Enabled/NotActive/Committed.
The manager requests that the system commit the active OSWP. The system removes all the persistent stored files
and databases that do not belong to the Enabled/Active OSWP. The state of the OSWP to be committed is
Enabled/Active/Committing during the complete commit operation.
Finally, after a successful commit process, the system has only one OSWP. The state of this OSWP is
Enabled/Active/Committed. Only files related to this OSWP are stored persistently in the system.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure various OSWP attributes and parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges, and executed by operators with
software management privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 15.2-1 "Software Management Overall Software Package Configuration Command"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index to the swm oswp table
Command Description
This command configure database automatic activation and automatic backup states and attributes.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges, and executed by operators with
software management privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 15.3-2 "Database Automatic Activation Configure Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] activate Parameter type: <SwMngt::DbAutoAct> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "manually"
( after-download determines when to active
| manually ) database
Possible values:
- after-download : enable the automatic activation of
database after downloading
- manually : manually activate the OSWP
[no] backup Parameter type: <SwMngt::DbAutoBackup> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "manually"
( manually backup destination of database
| activate : <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::dbpath> )
Possible values:
- manually : manually backup of the database
- activate : automatic backup of the database
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <SwMngt::dbpath>
- path for the db (example: /path_to_db)
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_./]
- length: x<=255
[no] auto-backup-intvl Parameter type: <SwMngt::DbAutoBackIntvl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 24
- the interval period for automatic backup the interval period for automatic
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "QoS Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----qos
- [no] atm-overhead-fact
- [no] eth-efm-fact
- [no] enable-alignment
- [no] cac-mode
----tc-map-dot1p
- (index)
X queue
- tc
- dpcolor
- policer-color
----dsl-ctrl-pkt-policer
- [no] sustained-rate
- [no] burst-size
- [no] protocol-ctrl
----dscp-map-dot1p
- (index)
- dot1p-value
----profiles
----[no] queue
- (name)
- (bac-complex-type)
- [no] unit
----[no] scheduler-node
- (name)
- priority
- weight
- shaper-profile
- [no] ext-shaper
- [no] mcast-inc-shape
----[no] cac
- (name)
- res-voice-bandwidth
- max-mcast-bandwidth
- res-data-bandwidth
- [no] cac-type
----marker
----[no] d1p
- (name)
- default-dot1p
----[no] dscp
- (name)
- default-dscp
- [no] alignment
----[no] dscp-contract
- (name)
- [no] alignment
----codepoint
- (codepoint)
- [no] dscp-value
----[no] d1p-dscp-contract
- (name)
- dot1p-value
X [no] alignment
----codepoint
- (codepoint)
- [no] dscp-value
----[no] d1p-dscp
- (name)
- default-dscp
- default-dot1p
----[no] d1p-alignment
- (name)
- (alignment)
- [no] dscp-pbit-prof
----[no] dot1p-remark
- (name)
----dot1p-value
- (dot1p-value)
- [no] remark-value
----[no] policer
- (name)
- committed-info-rate
- committed-burst-size
- [no] policer-type
- [no] excess-info-rate
- [no] excess-burst-size
- [no] coupling-flag
- [no] color-mode
- [no] green-action
- [no] yellow-action
- [no] red-action
- [no] policed-size-ctrl
----[no] l2-filter
- (name)
- [no] dst-mac-addr
- [no] src-mac-addr
- [no] ethertype
- [no] dot1p-priority
- [no] canonical-format
- [no] vlan-id
----[no] l3-filter
- (name)
- [no] filter-type
- [no] dst-ip-addr
- [no] src-ip-addr
- [no] dst-ipv6-addr
- [no] src-ipv6-addr
- [no] min-dst-port
- [no] max-dst-port
- [no] min-src-port
- [no] max-src-port
- [no] dscp-value
- [no] protocol
----[no] policy-action
- (name)
- [no] dscp-value
- [no] dot1p-value
- [no] discard-packet
- [no] shared-policer
- [no] policer-profile
----[no] policy
- (name)
- filter
- [no] precedence
- [no] policy-action
----[no] session
- (name)
- logical-flow-type
- [no] up-policer
- [no] down-policer
- [no] up-marker
----[no] up-policy
- (name)
----[no] down-policy
- (name)
----[no] shaper
- (name)
- committed-info-rate
- committed-burst-size
- [no] excess-info-rate
- [no] type
- [no] autoshape
----[no] ingress-qos
- (name)
- [no] dot1-p0-tc
- [no] dot1-p1-tc
- [no] dot1-p2-tc
- [no] dot1-p3-tc
- [no] dot1-p4-tc
- [no] dot1-p5-tc
- [no] dot1-p6-tc
- [no] dot1-p7-tc
- [no] usedei
- [no] dot1-p0-color
- [no] dot1-p1-color
- [no] dot1-p2-color
- [no] dot1-p3-color
- [no] dot1-p4-color
- [no] dot1-p5-color
- [no] dot1-p6-color
- [no] dot1-p7-color
----[no] rate-limit
- (name)
- [no] total-rate
- [no] total-burst
- [no] arp-rate
- [no] arp-burst
- [no] dhcp-rate
- [no] dhcp-burst
- [no] igmp-rate
- [no] igmp-burst
- [no] pppoe-rate
- [no] pppoe-burst
- [no] nd-rate
- [no] nd-burst
- [no] icmpv6-rate
- [no] icmpv6-burst
- [no] mld-rate
- [no] mld-burst
- [no] dhcpv6-rate
- [no] dhcpv6-burst
- [no] cfm-rate
- [no] cfm-burst
----[no] dscp-pbit
- (name)
----codepoint
- (codepoint)
- dot1p-value
----global
- (index)
- [no] buffer-occ-thresh
- [no] queue-stats
- [no] dsload-tca
- [no] dsload-thresh
- [no] buffer-tca
- [no] up-buf-thresh
- [no] up-obc-thresh
- [no] dn-obc-thresh
- [no] dn-buf-thresh
- [no] part-buf-thresh
----tca
- (index)
- queue
- [no] tca-enable
- [no] load-thresh
- [no] dis-frame-th
----interface
- (index)
- [no] scheduler-node
- [no] ingress-profile
- [no] cac-profile
- [no] ext-cac
- [no] ds-num-queue
- [no] ds-num-rem-queue
- [no] us-vlanport-queue
- [no] dsfld-shaper-prof
----queue
- (queue)
- priority
- weight
- oper-weight
- queue-profile
- shaper-profile
----[no] ctrl-pkt-policer
- (protocol-id)
- [no] sustained-rate
- [no] burst-size
----pbit-scheduling
- [no] sc-xcon-us
- [no] sc-xcon-dn
- [no] sc-rb-us
- [no] sc-rb-dn
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify global QoS parameters.
The ATM overhead factor is used to calculate ATM bandwidth required by streams for which bandwidth
parameters are specified as Ethernet bandwidth. The ATM overhead factor specifies in terms of percentage what
part of a given raw ATM bit rate will be available for Ethernet frames. The default value is 85%, which means a
typical overhead of 15% for ATM/AAL5. QoS management will use this value to deduct the available Ethernet rate
on ATM-based DSL interfaces.
The Eth EFM overhead factor is used to calculate EFM bandwidth required by streams for which bandwidth
parameters are specified as Ethernet bandwidth. The Eth EFM overhead factor specifies in terms of percentage
what part of a given raw EFM bit rate will be available for Ethernet frames. The default value is 97%, which
means a typical overhead of 3% for EFM Encapsulation.
The enable alignment is used to enable or disable the DSCP to P-bits alignment for all the L3 forwarded traffic.
The Global CAC-mode selection switch determines whether Connection Admission Control relies on the
guaranteed sync rate or the actual line rate of the physical interface.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 16.2-2 "QoS Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] atm-overhead-fact Parameter type: <Qos::AtmFactor> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 85
- over head factor introduced by atm layer over head factor introduced by
- unit: % atm layer
- range: [1...100]
[no] eth-efm-fact Parameter type: <Qos::EthEfmFactor> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 97
- value to estimate bandwidth overhead inserted by efm value to estimate bandwidth
layer overhead inserted by efm layer
- unit: %
- range: [1...100]
[no] enable-alignment Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
DSCP to P-bit alignment for all
forwarded L3 traffic
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the downstream traffic class mapping table. This table defines
which 802.1P codepoint is cast to which egress buffer on the L3 units.
There is a second class to the queue mapping table on the SHub/IHub, but this class is independent from the
configuration perspective of this table. (See the traffic class configuration section for more information.) The
second class is used mainly for upstream traffic segregation into egress buffers on the SHub/IHub.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 16.3-1 "QoS 802.1P Class-to-Queue Mapping Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: value of 802.1p field
- value of 802.1p field
- range: [0...7]
Table 16.3-2 "QoS 802.1P Class-to-Queue Mapping Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
queue Parameter type: <Qos::Queues> obsolete parameter replaced by
Format: parameter "tc"
- output dsl/gpon/epon port queue number output dsl port queue number
- range: [0...7,255]
tc Parameter type: <Qos::QosTrafficClass> optional parameter
Format: the traffic class number
- the traffic class number
- range: [0...7]
dpcolor Parameter type: <Qos::Color> optional parameter
Format: output discard precedence on
( green queue
| yellow )
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a upstream QoS Dsl Control Packet Policer.This control packet
policer serves to prevent DoS attacks from subscriber premises against the control plane of the ISAM. The policing
parameters that can be configured are the sustainable rate in packets/sec and the maximum burst size in packets.
Control packets arriving at a higher rate then the sustainable rate are dropped by the policer.
Control packets arriving in a longer burst then the maximum burst size are dropped by the policer.
Control packets are packets directed to the LSM itself or inserted by the LSM. The control packet protocol type
depends on the applied forwarding model, and can be 802.1x, ARP, RIP, DHCP, IGMP, PPPoEDiscovery , PPP
LCP, PPP control, PPP LCP termination acknowledgement. Policing is not applied on control packets inserted by
the LSM.
This command allows the operator to control the DSL line level control packet policer (enable or disable) for
control protocol packets that remains in the data plane. And this feature is supported only for ARP and RIP
protocol.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 16.4-2 "QoS Dsl Control Pkt Policer Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] sustained-rate Parameter type: <Qos::SustainedRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 15
- the police rate of inc user pkts in pps max sustainable rate in
- range: [1...64] packets/sec
[no] burst-size Parameter type: <Qos::DslCtrlBurstSize> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- the burst size max burst size, in packets
- range: [1...128]
[no] protocol-ctrl Parameter type: <Qos::ControlProtocolPolicerCtrl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "police-arprip"
( police-arprip DSL control packet policer
| nopolice-arprip ) applicability for control protocol
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a DSCP-to-Dot1P Alignment Table for L3 forwarded traffic.This
facility allows DSCP to P-bits alignment without the use of QoS session profiles via configuring a mapping table
with global scope. It is only applied to traffic in interfaces with L3 forwarding.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 16.5-1 "QoS DSCP-to-Dot1P Alignment for L3 Forwarded Traffic Configuration Command"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the DSCP value
- the DSCP value
- range: [0...63]
Table 16.5-2 "QoS DSCP-to-Dot1P Alignment for L3 Forwarded Traffic Configuration Command"
Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
dot1p-value Parameter type: <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlign> optional parameter
Format: the DOT1P value
- the DOT1P value
- range: [0...7]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS queue profile. A queue profile or buffer acceptance control
(BAC) profile contains configuration information on data plane queues. BAC profiles can be used on the L3 line
cards.
Minimum and Maximum Threshold value for queues are given in packets.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no queue (name) ) | ( queue (name) (bac-complex-type) [ no unit | unit <Qos::Units> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 16.6-1 "QoS Queue Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 16.6-2 "QoS Queue Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(bac-complex-type) Format: mandatory parameter
( tail-drop : <Qos::MaxThreshold> buffer acceptance control
| red : <Qos::MinThreshold> : <Qos::MaxThreshold> : algorithm
<Qos::DiscardProbability>
| twocolour-taildrop : <Qos::MaxThreshold> :
<Qos::MaxThresholdYellow>
| twocolourred : <Qos::MinThreshold> :
<Qos::MaxThreshold> : <Qos::DiscardProbability> :
<Qos::MinThresholdYellow> :
<Qos::MaxThresholdYellow> : <Qos::DiscardProbYellow>
| gpon-tail-drop : <Qos::MinThreshold> :
<Qos::MaxThreshold>
| threecolour-taildrop : <Qos::MaxThreshold> :
<Qos::MaxThresholdYellow> : <Qos::MaxThresholdRed>
| threecolour-red : <Qos::MinThreshold> :
<Qos::MaxThreshold> : <Qos::DiscardProbability> :
<Qos::MinThresholdYellow> :
<Qos::MaxThresholdYellow> : <Qos::DiscardProbYellow>
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS scheduler node profile. The scheduler node profiles contain
configuration settings for the data plane schedulers. These scheduler node profiles are applicable to downstream
schedulers on the L3 line cards. The scheduler node settings on the service hub can be modified separately.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no scheduler-node (name) ) | ( scheduler-node (name) priority <Qos::QosPriority> weight
<Qos::QosWeight> shaper-profile <Qos::QosShaperProfileName> [ no ext-shaper | ext-shaper
<Qos::QosShaperProfileName> ] [ no mcast-inc-shape | mcast-inc-shape <Qos::QosMulticastInclShaping> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 16.7-1 "QoS Scheduler Node Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 16.7-2 "QoS Scheduler Node Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
priority Parameter type: <Qos::QosPriority> mandatory parameter
Format: relative priority of the
- relative priority scheduler-node
- range: [1...8]
weight Parameter type: <Qos::QosWeight> mandatory parameter
Format: relative weight of the
- relative weight scheduler-node
- range: [0...127]
shaper-profile Parameter type: <Qos::QosShaperProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: the associated shaper profile. For
( none EPON OLT in downstream, this
| name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> ) profile used for LLID shaper on
Possible values: 1G PON bandwidth.
- none : no profile name to associated
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a connection admission control (CAC) profile. CAC profiles are
used primarily for multicast video admission control. CAC profiles can be attached to subscriber interfaces. The
scope of a CAC profile is a DSL link (and not a PVC), regardless of the number of PVCs on a DSL link.
The system derives the line rate from the physical interfaces and calculates an estimate of the available Ethernet
bandwidth using configurable overhead factors. The line rate taken into account may be the guaranteed sync rate
or the actual line rate in case of DSL, based on a global configuration setting.
From this bandwidth, a part can be reserved for voice and data applications and the remaining part will be kept by
the system as the available bandwidth for multicast video. Only preconfigured multicast streams are considered for
CAC. Note that unicast video (regardless of whether it is premium content or generic Internet streaming video) is
ignored by the CAC function.
The maximum bandwidth that video will occupy can be further confined using the maximum multicast bandwidth
'max-mcast-bandwidth' parameter.
CAC profiles are applicable to line cards, but not to SHub/IHub interfaces.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no cac (name) ) | ( cac (name) res-voice-bandwidth <Qos::BandWidthKBPS>
max-mcast-bandwidth <Qos::BandWidthKBPS> res-data-bandwidth <Qos::BandWidthKBPS> [ no cac-type |
cac-type <Qos::QosCacType> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 16.8-1 "QoS CAC Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 16.8-2 "QoS CAC Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
res-voice-bandwidth Parameter type: <Qos::BandWidthKBPS> mandatory parameter
Format: reserved bandwidth for the voice
- interface bandwidth services
- unit: kbps
- range: [0...2147483647]
max-mcast-bandwidth Parameter type: <Qos::BandWidthKBPS> mandatory parameter
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for singleDot1P.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles marker ( no d1p (name) ) | ( d1p (name) default-dot1p <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> )
Command Parameters
Table 16.9-1 "QoS Single Dot1P Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 16.9-2 "QoS Single Dot1P Marker Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
default-dot1p Parameter type: <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> mandatory parameter
Format: the default dot-1p bit value to be
- the dot-1p bit value applied on all frames
- range: [0...7]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for a single DSCP.
All IP packets will be marked with the specified DSCP value. This marker type is incompatible with DSCP to P-bits
alignment.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles marker ( no dscp (name) ) | ( dscp (name) default-dscp
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> [ [ no ] alignment ] )
Command Parameters
Table 16.10-1 "QoS Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 16.10-2 "QoS Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
default-dscp Parameter type: <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> mandatory parameter
Format: the default DSCP value to be
- the DSCP value applied on all frames
- range: [0...63]
[no] alignment Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable DSCP to P-bits alignment
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for a DSCP contract table. To configure the DSCP
codepoints in the contract table, the command "configure qos profiles marker dscp-contract (name) codepoint
(codepoint)" is to be used.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles marker ( no dscp-contract (name) ) | ( dscp-contract (name) [ [ no ] alignment ] )
Command Parameters
Table 16.11-1 "QoS DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 16.11-2 "QoS DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] alignment Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable DSCP to P-bits alignment
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure codepoints in the DSCP contract table. To configure a marker, use
the command "configure qos profiles marker dscp-contract (name)".
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles marker dscp-contract (name) codepoint (codepoint) [ no dscp-value | dscp-value
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> ]
Command Parameters
Table 16.12-1 "QoS DSCP Contract Table Code-point Configuration Command For
DSCP-contract" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
(codepoint) Format: the value of the codepoint
- the number of the DSCP codepoint
- range: [0...63]
Table 16.12-2 "QoS DSCP Contract Table Code-point Configuration Command For
DSCP-contract" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] dscp-value Parameter type: <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- the DSCP value the dscp value to be assigned to
- range: [0...63] the codepoint
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for Dot1P and a DSCP contract table. To configure the
DSCP codepoints in the contract table, the command "configure qos profiles marker d1p-dscp-contract (name)
codepoint (codepoint)" is to be used.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles marker ( no d1p-dscp-contract (name) ) | ( d1p-dscp-contract (name) dot1p-value
<Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> [ [ no ] alignment ] )
Command Parameters
Table 16.13-1 "QoS Dot1P and DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 16.13-2 "QoS Dot1P and DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
dot1p-value Parameter type: <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> mandatory parameter
Format: the default dot-1p bit value to be
- the dot-1p bit value applied on all frames
- range: [0...7]
[no] alignment Parameter type: boolean obsolete parameter that will be
ignored
enable DSCP to P-bits alignment
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure codepoints for a DSCP contract table. To configure a Dot1P and
DSCP contract table , use the command "configure qos profiles marker d1p-dscp-contract (name)".
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles marker d1p-dscp-contract (name) codepoint (codepoint) [ no dscp-value | dscp-value
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> ]
Command Parameters
Table 16.14-1 "DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration Command For D1p-dscp-contract"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
(codepoint) Format: the number of the codepoint
- the number of the DSCP codepoint
- range: [0...63]
Table 16.14-2 "DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration Command For D1p-dscp-contract"
Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] dscp-value Parameter type: <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0L
- the DSCP value the dscp value to be assigned to
- range: [0...63] the codepoint
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for Dot1P and single DSCP.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles marker ( no d1p-dscp (name) ) | ( d1p-dscp (name) default-dscp
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> default-dot1p <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> )
Command Parameters
Table 16.15-1 "QoS Dot1P and Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 16.15-2 "QoS Dot1P and Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
default-dscp Parameter type: <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> mandatory parameter
Format: the default DSCP value to be
- the DSCP value applied on all frames
- range: [0...63]
default-dot1p Parameter type: <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> mandatory parameter
Format: the default dot-1p bit value to be
- the dot-1p bit value applied on all frames
- range: [0...7]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for Dot1P alignment.
Default value for the global DSCP To Dot1P Alignment Table
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles marker ( no d1p-alignment (name) ) | ( d1p-alignment (name) (alignment) [ no
dscp-pbit-prof | dscp-pbit-prof <Qos::QosDscpToPbitProfileName> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 16.16-1 "QoS Dot1P Alignment Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 16.16-2 "QoS Dot1P Alignment Marker Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
(alignment) Format: mandatory parameter
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for a Dot1P Remark table. To configure the Dot1P
Remark value in remark table, the command "configure qos profiles marker dot1p-remark (name) dot1p-value
(val) remark-value (val)" is to be used.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 16.17-1 "QoS Dot1P Remark Table Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure remark dot1p value in the Dot1P Remark table. To configure the
remark value in the Dot1P Remark table, use the command "configure qos profiles marker dot1p-remark (name)
dot1p-value (val) remark-value (val)".
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles marker dot1p-remark (name) dot1p-value (dot1p-value) [ no remark-value | remark-value
<Qos::ExtVlanSysPrioNc> ]
Command Parameters
Table 16.18-1 "QoS Dot1P Remark Table Dot1p-value Configuration Command For
Dot1P-Remark" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
(dot1p-value) Format: the dot1p value
- the dot-1p bit value
- range: [0...7]
Table 16.18-2 "QoS Dot1P Remark Table Dot1p-value Configuration Command For
Dot1P-Remark" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] remark-value Parameter type: <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrioNc> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 8L
- the remarked dot-1p bit value (8 means no change) the remarked dot1p value
- range: [0...8]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS policer profile. A QoS policer profile contains all settings
related to a policer. The ISAM supports single token bucket policers, where the action upon conformance is either
pass or discard.
The L3 line cards units support both upstream and downstream policing. A policer profile can be used within a
QoS session profile for upstream and downstream policing.
The L2 line cards units do not support policing.
The SHub/IHub supports ingress policing, but it does not use policer profiles. See the section about the QoS
Ingress Policing Configuration Command to set up ingress policing on the SHub/IHub.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no policer (name) ) | ( policer (name) committed-info-rate <Qos::CommittedInfoRate>
committed-burst-size <Qos::CommittedBurstSize> [ no policer-type | policer-type <Qos::PolicerType> ] [ no
excess-info-rate | excess-info-rate <Qos::ExcessInfoRate > ] [ no excess-burst-size | excess-burst-size
<Qos::ExcessBurstSize> ] [ no coupling-flag | coupling-flag <Qos::CouplingFlag> ] [ no color-mode | color-mode
<Qos::ColorMode> ] [ no green-action | green-action <Qos::GreenAction> ] [ no yellow-action | yellow-action
<Qos::YellowAction> ] [ no red-action | red-action <Qos::RedAction> ] [ no policed-size-ctrl | policed-size-ctrl
<Qos::PoliceFrameCtrl> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 16.19-1 "QoS Policer Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 16.19-2 "QoS Policer Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
committed-info-rate Parameter type: <Qos::CommittedInfoRate> mandatory parameter
Format: committed information rate of a
- information rate policer
- unit: kbps
- range: [0...2147483647]
committed-burst-size Parameter type: <Qos::CommittedBurstSize> mandatory parameter
Format: committed burst size of a policer
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an L2 filter. The created L2 filter can be reused to build policy
actions based on L2 filtering criteria, inside QoS session profiles.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no l2-filter (name) ) | ( l2-filter (name) [ no dst-mac-addr | dst-mac-addr
<Qos::MacAddrAndMask> ] [ no src-mac-addr | src-mac-addr <Qos::MacAddrAndMask> ] [ no ethertype |
ethertype <Qos::FilterEthernetType> ] [ no dot1p-priority | dot1p-priority <Qos::MatchDot1pValue> ] [ no
canonical-format | canonical-format <Qos::FilterCfi> ] [ no vlan-id | vlan-id <Qos::FilterVlanId> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 16.20-1 "QoS L2 Filter Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 16.20-2 "QoS L2 Filter Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] dst-mac-addr Parameter type: <Qos::MacAddrAndMask> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
<Qos::MacAddress> / <Qos::MacPrefixLength> 00/0"
Field type <Qos::MacAddress> destination mac address to be
- a mac-address (example : 01:02:03:04:05:06) matched with the packet
- length: 6
Field type <Qos::MacPrefixLength>
- the mac address prefix length
- range: [0...48]
[no] src-mac-addr Parameter type: <Qos::MacAddrAndMask> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
<Qos::MacAddress> / <Qos::MacPrefixLength> 00/0"
Field type <Qos::MacAddress> source mac address to be
- a mac-address (example : 01:02:03:04:05:06) matched with the packet
- length: 6
Field type <Qos::MacPrefixLength>
- the mac address prefix length
- range: [0...48]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an L3 filter. The created L3 filter can be reused to build policy
actions based on L3 filtering criteria, inside QoS session profiles.
DSCP mask is supported with defined L3-filter name with a prefix "DSCPMASKx_", 'x' must be 1~6, which means
treat dscp-value as a last 'x' bits masking -The first 8 characters are UPPER CASE ALPHABETIC = DSCPMASK;
and -The 9 character is NUMERICAL = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}; and -The 10 character is UNDERSCORE; -the remaining
is configurable.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no l3-filter (name) ) | ( l3-filter (name) [ no filter-type | filter-type <Qos::L3FilterType> ]
[ no dst-ip-addr | dst-ip-addr <Ip::AddressAndMaskFull> ] [ no src-ip-addr | src-ip-addr
<Ip::AddressAndMaskFull> ] [ no dst-ipv6-addr | dst-ipv6-addr <ipv6::PrefixAndLength> ] [ no src-ipv6-addr |
src-ipv6-addr <ipv6::PrefixAndLength> ] [ no min-dst-port | min-dst-port <Qos::L4PortNumber> ] [ no
max-dst-port | max-dst-port <Qos::L4PortNumber> ] [ no min-src-port | min-src-port <Qos::L4PortNumber> ] [ no
max-src-port | max-src-port <Qos::L4PortNumber> ] [ no dscp-value | dscp-value <Qos::MatchDscpValue> ] [ no
protocol | protocol <Qos::Protocol> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 16.21-1 "QoS L3 Filter Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 16.21-2 "QoS L3 Filter Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] filter-type Parameter type: <Qos::L3FilterType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "ipv4"
( ipv4 The parameter is not visible
| ipv6 ) during modification.
Possible values: L3 Filter type. Indicates to what
- ipv4 : ipv4 kind of ip frames (ipv4 or ipv6)
- ipv6 : ipv6 the L3 filter is applicable.
[no] dst-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::AddressAndMaskFull> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0/0"
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> destination ipv4 address to be
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS policy action profile. A QoS policy action contains: discard
packet, set a DSCP value, set a Dot1P value, policing with a policer, policer sharing attribute.
Dot1P and DSCP values are set to frames matched by the filter associated with this policy action.
The forwarding action for the frames matched by the filter can be discard or pass. The default forwarding action is
pass. When the forwarding action is discard, the other policy actions in this entry will not be checked; the frame
will be discarded immediately.
Policy sharing causes multiple QoS subflow with the same policy action profile to share their policer instance, in
case they are set up within the same session profile in the same direction.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no policy-action (name) ) | ( policy-action (name) [ no dscp-value | dscp-value
<Qos::SetDscpValue> ] [ no dot1p-value | dot1p-value <Qos::SetDot1pValue> ] [ [ no ] discard-packet ] [ [ no ]
shared-policer ] [ no policer-profile | policer-profile <Qos::QosPolicerProfileName> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 16.22-1 "QoS Policy Action Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 16.22-2 "QoS Policy Action Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] dscp-value Parameter type: <Qos::SetDscpValue> optional parameter with default
Format: value: -1L
- dscp value set in a matched packet, -1 means no change dscp value set in a matched
- range: [-1...63] packet, -1 means no change
[no] dot1p-value Parameter type: <Qos::SetDot1pValue> optional parameter with default
Format: value: -1L
- dot1p value set in a matched packet, -1 means no change dot1p value set in a matched
- range: [-1...7] packet, -1 means no change
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS policy profile. A policy rule groups together a policy
condition (filter) with a set of associated actions. A policy rule contains:
• Filter type (L2 filter or L3 filter)
• L2 or L3 filter
• Precedence of this policy rule
• Policy action
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no policy (name) ) | ( policy (name) filter <Qos::PolicyFilter> [ no precedence |
precedence <Qos::PolicyPrecedence> ] [ no policy-action | policy-action <Qos::QosPolicyActionProfileName> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 16.23-1 "QoS Policy Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 16.23-2 "QoS Policy Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
filter Parameter type: <Qos::PolicyFilter> mandatory parameter
Format: the filter for the policy rule
( l2-name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
| l3-name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> )
Possible values:
- l2-name : refer to a l2 filter
- l3-name : refer to a l3 filter
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Description
This commmand allows the operator to configure the QoS session profile. The QoS session profile is the main
building block for conveying user traffic contractual rights and treatment. The QoS session profile is a
"macro"-profile, which consists of individual settings as well as references to smaller profiles.
A QoS session profile is composed of
• a logical flow type,
• a marker profile,
• two policer profiles for up and downstream policing,
• two lists for upstream and downstream policy conditions and actions.
The logical flow type is a legacy parameter which is ignored. Any value is interpreted as "Generic", that is, the
QoS session profile can be attached to any interface. If the QoS session profile contains settings that are not
supported on the interface, then these are silently ignored by the system.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no session (name) ) | ( session (name) logical-flow-type <Qos::LogicalFlowType> [ no
up-policer | up-policer <Qos::QosPolicerProfileName> ] [ no down-policer | down-policer
<Qos::QosPolicerProfileName> ] [ no up-marker | up-marker <Qos::QosMarkerProfileName> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 16.24-1 "QoS Session Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 16.24-2 "QoS Session Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
logical-flow-type Parameter type: <Qos::LogicalFlowType> mandatory parameter
Format: a traffic stream up on which
( generic policy to be made. Important
| pvc note: this mandatory parameter is
| dot-1x-session depreciated. No distinction is
| pvc-vlan-combination made any more between the
| ppp-session different flow types : independent
| ip-session on what is configured, generic is
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a list of upstream policies in a QoS session profile. However the
number of these policy rules are hardware dependent.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles session (name) ( no up-policy (name) ) | ( up-policy (name) )
Command Parameters
Table 16.25-1 "QoS Session Upstream Policy List Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
(name) Format: policy profile name applicable
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a list of downstream policies in a QoS session profile.However the
number of these policy rules are hardware dependent.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles session (name) ( no down-policy (name) ) | ( down-policy (name) )
Command Parameters
Table 16.26-1 "QoS Session Downstream Policy List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
(name) Format: policy profile name applicable
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS shaper profile. A QoS shaper profile contains all settings
related to a shaper. The ISAM supports single token bucket shapers. EIR is only applicable if shaper type is
singleTokenBucketGpon. CBS is applicable only if the shaper type is singleTokenBucket.
The L2+ line cards support shaping on queue.
1. GPON supports EIR and CIR. If CBS is non-zero for GPON; CLI will return an error.
2. DSL doesn't support EIR. So if user enters non-zero for EIR for DSL; CLI will return an error.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 16.27-1 "QoS Shaper Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 16.27-2 "QoS Shaper Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
committed-info-rate Parameter type: <Qos::ShaperCommittedInfoRate> mandatory parameter
Format: committed information rate of a
- committed information rate of a shaper shaper
- unit: kbps
- range: [0...2147483647]
committed-burst-size Parameter type: <Qos::ShaperCommittedBurstSizeNew> mandatory parameter
Format: committed burst size of shaper
- committed burst size of shaper
- unit: byte
- range: [0,64...2147483647]
[no] excess-info-rate Parameter type: <Qos::ShaperExcessiveInfoRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS Ingress profile.The IngressQoS Profile table stores the pbit
to TC mappings that can be used by a L2 Forwarder in the upstream and dowstream directions.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no ingress-qos (name) ) | ( ingress-qos (name) [ no dot1-p0-tc | dot1-p0-tc
<Qos::TCMask_0> ] [ no dot1-p1-tc | dot1-p1-tc <Qos::TCMask_1> ] [ no dot1-p2-tc | dot1-p2-tc
<Qos::TCMask_2> ] [ no dot1-p3-tc | dot1-p3-tc <Qos::TCMask_3> ] [ no dot1-p4-tc | dot1-p4-tc
<Qos::TCMask_4> ] [ no dot1-p5-tc | dot1-p5-tc <Qos::TCMask_5> ] [ no dot1-p6-tc | dot1-p6-tc
<Qos::TCMask_6> ] [ no dot1-p7-tc | dot1-p7-tc <Qos::TCMask_7> ] [ [ no ] usedei ] [ no dot1-p0-color |
dot1-p0-color <Qos::NibbleMask_0> ] [ no dot1-p1-color | dot1-p1-color <Qos::NibbleMask_1> ] [ no
dot1-p2-color | dot1-p2-color <Qos::NibbleMask_2> ] [ no dot1-p3-color | dot1-p3-color <Qos::NibbleMask_3> ] [
no dot1-p4-color | dot1-p4-color <Qos::NibbleMask_4> ] [ no dot1-p5-color | dot1-p5-color <Qos::NibbleMask_5>
] [ no dot1-p6-color | dot1-p6-color <Qos::NibbleMask_6> ] [ no dot1-p7-color | dot1-p7-color
<Qos::NibbleMask_7> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 16.28-1 "QoS IngressQoS Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 16.28-2 "QoS IngressQoS Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] dot1-p0-tc Parameter type: <Qos::TCMask_0> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 15
- traffic class corresponding to pbit0 traffic class corresponding to
- range: [0...7,15] pbit0
[no] dot1-p1-tc Parameter type: <Qos::TCMask_1> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 15
- traffic class corresponding to pbit1 traffic class corresponding to
- range: [0...7,15] pbit1
[no] dot1-p2-tc Parameter type: <Qos::TCMask_2> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS rate limit profile. A QoS rate limit profile contains all rate
limit values related to different protocols, or total protocol values
Total protocol ratelimit value and supported protocol ratelimit value
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles ( no rate-limit (name) ) | ( rate-limit (name) [ no total-rate | total-rate
<Qos::RateLimitTotalRate> ] [ no total-burst | total-burst <Qos::RateLimitTotalBurst> ] [ no arp-rate | arp-rate
<Qos::RateLimitProtocolRate> ] [ no arp-burst | arp-burst <Qos::RateLimitProtocolBurst> ] [ no dhcp-rate |
dhcp-rate <Qos::RateLimitProtocolRate> ] [ no dhcp-burst | dhcp-burst <Qos::RateLimitProtocolBurst> ] [ no
igmp-rate | igmp-rate <Qos::RateLimitProtocolRate> ] [ no igmp-burst | igmp-burst
<Qos::RateLimitProtocolBurst> ] [ no pppoe-rate | pppoe-rate <Qos::RateLimitProtocolRate> ] [ no pppoe-burst |
pppoe-burst <Qos::RateLimitProtocolBurst> ] [ no nd-rate | nd-rate <Qos::RateLimitProtocolRate> ] [ no nd-burst |
nd-burst <Qos::RateLimitProtocolBurst> ] [ no icmpv6-rate | icmpv6-rate <Qos::RateLimitProtocolRate> ] [ no
icmpv6-burst | icmpv6-burst <Qos::RateLimitProtocolBurst> ] [ no mld-rate | mld-rate
<Qos::RateLimitProtocolRate> ] [ no mld-burst | mld-burst <Qos::RateLimitProtocolBurst> ] [ no dhcpv6-rate |
dhcpv6-rate <Qos::RateLimitProtocolRate> ] [ no dhcpv6-burst | dhcpv6-burst <Qos::RateLimitProtocolBurst> ] [
no cfm-rate | cfm-rate <Qos::RateLimitProtocolRate> ] [ no cfm-burst | cfm-burst <Qos::RateLimitProtocolBurst> ]
)
Command Parameters
Table 16.29-1 "QoS Rate Limit Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 16.29-2 "QoS Rate Limit Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] total-rate Parameter type: <Qos::RateLimitTotalRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- protocol rate limit total rate committed total rate limit value
- unit: pps
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS DSCP to Pbit mapping profile. To configure the DSCP
codepoints in the DSCP to dot1p mapping, the command "configure qos profiles dscp-pbit (name) codepoint
(codepoint) (value)" is to be used.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 16.30-1 "QoS DSCP to Pbit Mapping Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS DSCP to Pbit mapping profile. To configure the DSCP
codepoints in the DSCP to dot1p mapping, the command "configure qos profiles dscp-pbit (name) codepoint
(codepoint) (value)" is to be used.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos profiles dscp-pbit (name) codepoint (codepoint) [ dot1p-value <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlign> ]
Command Parameters
Table 16.31-1 "QoS DSCP to Pbit Mapping Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
(codepoint) Format: the value of the codepoint
- the number of the DSCP codepoint
- range: [0...63]
Table 16.31-2 "QoS DSCP to Pbit Mapping Profile Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
dot1p-value Parameter type: <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlign> optional parameter
Format: the dot1p value to be assigned to
- the DOT1P value the dscp codepoint
- range: [0...7]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure various parameters related to board-level traffic load and packet
loss.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 16.32-1 "QoS Board-Level Queue and Performance Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the physical number of the slot
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Table 16.32-2 "QoS Board-Level Queue and Performance Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] buffer-occ-thresh Parameter type: <Qos::PercentThresh> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure various parameters related to subscriber interface and queue level
traffic load and packet loss.
Load per physical line is calculated by matching the total number of bytes transmitted versus the capacity of the
interface in the relevant measurement epoch. Load per queue is measured in terms of the contribution to the
interface level load of traffic passed in a certain queue.
Threshold crossing alarms can be specified for the load and packet loss parameters per line and per traffic class.
This feature can be useful to detect network anomalies by watching over packet discard or load level in
high-priority traffic classes.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos tca (index) queue <Qos::TcaQueues> [ [ no ] tca-enable ] [ no load-thresh | load-thresh
<Qos::PercentThresh> ] [ no dis-frame-th | dis-frame-th <Qos::QosQueueStatsDiscFramesTcaThreshold> ]
Command Parameters
Table 16.33-1 "QoS Queue Threshold Crossing Alarm Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical port or lag port of a dsl
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / link
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
queue Parameter type: <Qos::TcaQueues> the queue with in the scope of
Format: one dsl link of tca
- output dsl/gpon/epon port queue number
- range: [0...7,255]
Table 16.33-2 "QoS Queue Threshold Crossing Alarm Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] tca-enable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
each queue statistic TCA of this
queue
[no] load-thresh Parameter type: <Qos::PercentThresh> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- Percentage of the QoS Thresh The threshold of queue traffic
- range: [0...100] load.
[no] dis-frame-th Parameter type: optional parameter with default
<Qos::QosQueueStatsDiscFramesTcaThreshold> value: 0
Format: The threshold of discarded
- Qos thresh frames of this queue.
- range: [0...2147483647]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure QoS settings on a user-port Interface. A user-port Interface can be
a DSL-link, an Shdsl-link, an Ethernet Line, a Link Aggregation Group or a pon, ont or uni interface. For each
Interface the operator can apply scheduling and CAC and shaper settings.
A scheduler node profile is used to configure egress scheduler settings for each egress Interface. A CAC profile is
used to configure CAC settings for each Interface. A shaper profile is used to configure downstream flooding
shaper settings for each Interface.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 16.34-1 "QoS Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical port or la-group of a
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / user-port Interface
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 16.34-2 "QoS Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] scheduler-node Parameter type: <Qos::SchedulerNodeProfName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none the name of the scheduler-node
| name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> ) profile to be mapped on this
Possible values: user-port Interface
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS Line Card queue. On the L3 line cards, each user-port
(DSL-Link, Shdsl-link or Ethernet Line or LA-Group) supports four downstream buffers, which can be configured
independently using buffer acceptance control (BAC) profiles.
The operator can configure downstream buffers, such that the total buffer pool is oversubscribed. Please take note
that this allows QoS un-aware packet discard under extreme traffic conditions. When the total downstream buffer
pool is over-subscribed, the system logs a warning message.
Queue profile none only for epon,queue profile must have a name for other boards.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure qos interface (index) queue (queue) [ priority <Qos::QosPriority> ] [ weight <Qos::QosWeight> ] [
oper-weight <Qos::QosWeight> ] [ queue-profile <Qos::QosQueueProfName> ] [ shaper-profile
<Qos::QosShaperProfileName> ]
Command Parameters
Table 16.35-1 "QoS Interface Queue Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical port or la-group of a
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / user-port Interface
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(queue) Format: queue in scope of 1 user-port
- output dsl/gpon/epon port queue number Interface on a
- range: [0...7,255] line-interface-module
Table 16.35-2 "QoS Interface Queue Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure police rate and burst per protocl.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 16.36-1 "QoS Line Control Packets Rate Limit Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(protocol-id) Format: protocol id for
( arp arp,igmp,dhcpv4,dhcpv6,icmpv6,cfm,pp
| igmp
| dhcpv4
| dhcpv6
| icmpv6
| cfm
| pppox )
Possible values:
- arp : arp
- igmp : igmp
- dhcpv4 : dhcpv4
- dhcpv6 : dhcpv6
- icmpv6 : icmpv6
- cfm : cfm
- pppox : pppox
Table 16.36-2 "QoS Line Control Packets Rate Limit Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] sustained-rate Parameter type: <Qos::SustainedRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 15
- the police rate of inc user pkts in pps police the user incoming packets
- range: [1...64] on all pvc's for the protocol of a
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the P-bit based scheduling for the S+C VLAN forwarder model for
Cross Connect / Residential Bridge.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 16.37-2 "P-bit Based Scheduling For SC Forwarder Cross Connect/Residential Bridge
Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] sc-xcon-us Parameter type: <Qos::PbitSched> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "svlanpbitbased"
( svlanpbitbased This objects configure the
| cvlanpbitbased ) behavior of pbit scheduling in
Possible values: S+C Vlan Cross Connect in
- svlanpbitbased : S-VLAN p-bit based upstream direction
- cvlanpbitbased : C-VLAN p-bit based
[no] sc-xcon-dn Parameter type: <Qos::PbitSched> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "svlanpbitbased"
( svlanpbitbased This objects configure the
| cvlanpbitbased ) behavior of pbit scheduling in
Possible values: S+C Vlan Cross Connect in
- svlanpbitbased : S-VLAN p-bit based downstream direction
- cvlanpbitbased : C-VLAN p-bit based
[no] sc-rb-us Parameter type: <Qos::PbitSched> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "svlanpbitbased"
( svlanpbitbased This objects configure the
| cvlanpbitbased ) behavior of pbit scheduling in
Possible values: S+C Vlan iBridge in upstream
- svlanpbitbased : S-VLAN p-bit based direction
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "VLAN Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----vlan
- [no] broadcast-frames
- priority-policy
----vmac-address-format
- host-id
----[no] id
- (vlanid)
- [no] name
- mode
- [no] sntp-proxy
- [no] priority
- [no] vmac-translation
- [no] vmac-dnstr-filter
- [no] vmac-not-in-opt61
- [no] new-broadcast
- [no] protocol-filter
- [no] pppoe-relay-tag
- [no] dhcp-opt-82
- [no] circuit-id-dhcp
- [no] remote-id-dhcp
- [no] dhcp-linerate
- [no] pppoe-linerate
- [no] dhcpv6-linerate
- [no] circuit-id-pppoe
- [no] remote-id-pppoe
- [no] new-secure-fwd
- [no] aging-time
- [no] l2cp-transparent
- [no] dhcpv6-itf-id
- [no] dhcpv6-remote-id
- [no] dhcpv6-trst-port
- [no] enterprise-number
- [no] icmpv6-sec-fltr
- [no] in-qos-prof-name
- [no] ipv4-mcast-ctrl
- [no] ipv6-mcast-ctrl
- [no] mac-mcast-ctrl
- [no] dis-proto-rip
- [no] proto-ntp
- [no] dis-ip-antispoof
- [no] unknown-unicast
- [no] mac-movement-ctrl
- [no] voice-usage
- [no] cvlan4095passthru
----[no] vlan-port
- (port)
- unicast-mac
----[no] port-protocol
- (port)
- protocol-group
- vlan-id
- priority
----pbit-statistics
----[no] port
- (vlan-port)
- min-dot1p
- max-dot1p
----[no] priority-regen
- (profile-idx)
- profile-name
- [no] pbit0
- [no] pbit1
- [no] pbit2
- [no] pbit3
- [no] pbit4
- [no] pbit5
- [no] pbit6
- [no] pbit7
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify VLAN parameters that are globally applicable to VLANs:
- broadcast-frames : applies to VLANs of type residential bridge.when configured,broadcasting of frames is
configurable on a per vlan basis, when the parameter is configured as "no broadcast-frames", downstream
broadcast is disabled globally for all vlans.
- priority-policy : applies to VLANs of type residential bridge, cross-connect and QoS-aware.Indicates if the
priority of upstream frames is selected from the vlan (pvid) or port-default.This configuration is only applicable for
untagged user traffic.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 17.2-2 "VLAN General Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] broadcast-frames Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
broadcasting of frames is
configurable per vlan
priority-policy Parameter type: <Vlan::PriorityMap> optional parameter
Format: specifies how to deal with
( vlan-specific ethernet priority of the upstream
| port-default ) frames
Possible values:
- vlan-specific : the priority of the vlan
- port-default : the default priority of the port
Command Description
This command allows the user to configure the format in which a virtual MAC address is defined.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 17.3-2 "Virtual MAC Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
host-id Parameter type: <Vlan::vmacUniqueHostID> optional parameter
Format: Value of vMac unique host
- A unique host Id within an EMAN connected to the same ID.Range 1...524287 for
IP edges DSL/ETH vMAC range 1...65535
- range: [1...524287] for GPON vMAC
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify a VLAN and its attributes. The following combination is not
allowed:pppoe-relay-tag=configurable, while circuit-id-pppoe and remote-id-pppoe are both disable or
customer-id or physical-id.
The circuit-id-pppoe and remote-id-pppoe take effect when the pppoe-relay-tag is configurable.
The circuit-id-dhcp and remote-id-dhcp take effect when the dhcp-opt-82 is true.
- broadcast-frames: applies to VLANs of type residential bridge.The configured value of this parameter has no
meaning when broadcast-frames is not enabled at node level, meaning globally for all VLANs
- priority: The selection of the vlan based priority can apply provided the prioritypolicy at node level is
vlan-specific.
- vmac-translation: this configuration value has no effect in case mac learning is disabled (mac-learn-off).
- Note that vmac-translation, vmac-dnstr-filter and vmac-not-in-opt61 parameters can be enabled only at SVLAN
level in case of SC-VLAN CC mode.
- RIP will be enabled automatically by default during the creation of VLAN.
The vlan numbering space is the concatenation of an Service Provider VLAN, say S-VLAN-ID, and a Customer
VLAN, say C-VLAN-ID. Remark that the S-VLAN-ID is assumed to be unique.
The VLAN-ID value "0" - which is not a valid VLAN-tag value- is used to indicate "not applicable". The value 4097
should not be used as a valid forwarding vlan.
Following convention applies:
- S-VLAN is identified as (S-VLAN-ID, C-VLAN-ID=0)
- unstacked C-VLAN:
- the S-VLAN is absent or not applicable
- C-VLAN-ID > 0. A constraint exists for VLAN 1: it is reserved as the VLAN-unaware bridge. This VLAN is
managed as any other VLAN (i.e. it can be created, modified, removed) but it must be a residential bridged VLAN.
- stacked C-VLAN is identified as (S-VLAN-ID>1, C-VLAN-ID>1)
- ipv6-mcast-ctrl: This parameter is used in the following cases: - on the NGLT-A GPON linecard, ipv6-mcast-ctrl
parameter is used to allow or disallow upstream and downstream IPv6 multicast traffic - for all other linecards, in
case no DHCPv6 protocol processing is performed on the linecard (i.e. secure-forwarding,dhcpv6-itf-id and
dhcpv6-remote-id are all disabled), the ipv6-mcast-ctrl parameter is used to control upstream and downstream
DHCPv6 multicast traffic
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 17.4-1 "VLAN Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlanid) Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
Table 17.4-2 "VLAN Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] name Parameter type: <Vlan::AdminString> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- char string name
- length: x<=80
mode Parameter type: <Vlan::SystemMode> mandatory parameter
Format: mode
( cross-connect
| residential-bridge )
Possible values:
- cross-connect : crossconnect vlan
- residential-bridge : residential bridge vlan
[no] sntp-proxy Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable SNTP proxy
[no] priority Parameter type: <Vlan::Priority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- priority of ethernet frames default frame priority
- range: [0...7]
[no] vmac-translation Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify entries in the Layer 2 filtering database for a specific VLAN Port and
unicast MAC address.
This information is used by the bridge in determining how to propagate a received frame.
This command will in time obsolete and replace the VLAN Filtering Database Configuration command. Already
now, it must be used in case multiple vlan ports are configured on the same bridge port and attached to the same
I-Bridge.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure vlan ( no vlan-port (port) unicast-mac <Vlan::MacAddr> ) | ( vlan-port (port) unicast-mac
<Vlan::MacAddr> )
Command Parameters
Table 17.5-1 "VLAN Port Filtering Database Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: vlan port
( vlan-port-nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port-nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
Command Description
For protocol-based VLANs, this command allows the operator to specify how incoming traffic on a port is
allocated to a particular VLAN and priority.
For Ethernet frames, the mapping to either the PPPoE or IPoE protocol is:
• protocol value 0x8863: PPPoE
• protocol value 0x8864: PPPoE
• protocol value 0x0800: IPoE
• protocol value 0x0806: IPoE
• protocol value 0x8035: IPoE
For RFC_1042 frames the mapping to either PPPoE or IPoE protocol is:
• protocol value 0x8863: PPPoE
• protocol value 0x8864: PPPoE
• protocol value 0x0800: IPoE
• protocol value 0x0806: IPoE
• protocol value 0x8035: IPoE
priority: The selection of the priority for upstream frames, in case of a protocol based vlan, is not dependent on the
configuration of the priority-policy configured at node level.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure vlan ( no port-protocol (port) protocol-group <Vlan::GroupId> ) | ( port-protocol (port) protocol-group
<Vlan::GroupId> vlan-id <Vlan::StackedVlan> priority <Vlan::Priority> )
Command Parameters
Table 17.6-1 "VLAN Protocol-based Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port,...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the p-bit traffic counter.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure vlan pbit-statistics ( no port (vlan-port) min-dot1p <Vlan::Dot1pMin> max-dot1p <Vlan::Dot1pMax> )
| ( port (vlan-port) min-dot1p <Vlan::Dot1pMin> max-dot1p <Vlan::Dot1pMax> )
Command Parameters
Table 17.7-1 "Vlan Pbit Traffic Counter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-port) Format: vlan port
( vlan-port-nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port-nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a priority regeneration profile. The priority regeneration profile
table stores the pbit to TC mappings that can be used by a L2 Forwarder in the upstream and downstream
directions. The first 10 profiles are hard-coded and may be neither edited nor deleted.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 17.8-1 "Vlan Priority Regeneration Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(profile-idx) Format: A unique profile index
- a unique index value for the priority regeneration profile
- range: [11...32]
Table 17.8-2 "Vlan Priority Regeneration Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
profile-name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: A unique profile name
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
[no] pbit0 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMaskRestricted_0> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 8
- nibble mask pbit mapping corresponding to
- range: [0...8] pbit0
[no] pbit1 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMaskRestricted_1> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 8
- nibble mask pbit mapping corresponding to
- range: [0...8] pbit1
[no] pbit2 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMaskRestricted_2> optional parameter with default
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Bridge Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----bridge
- [no] ageing-time
----[no] port
- (port)
- [no] pvid
- [no] default-priority
- [no] mac-learn-off
- [no] max-unicast-mac
- [no] qos-profile
- [no] prio-regen-prof
- [no] prio-regen-name
- [no] max-committed-mac
- [no] mirror-mode
- [no] mirror-vlan
- [no] pvid-tagging-flag
----[no] vlan-id
- (index)
- [no] tag
- [no] network-vlan
- [no] vlan-scope
- [no] qos
- [no] qos-profile
- [no] prior-best-effort
- [no] prior-background
- [no] prior-spare
- [no] prior-exc-effort
- [no] prior-ctrl-load
- [no] prior-less-100ms
- [no] prior-less-10ms
- [no] prior-nw-ctrl
- [no] in-qos-prof-name
- [no] max-up-qos-policy
- [no] max-ip-antispoof
- [no] max-unicast-mac
- [no] max-ipv6-antispf
- [no] mac-learn-ctrl
- [no] ds-dedicated-q
----static-user
----[no] ip-address
- (ipaddr)
----[no] ipv6-address
- (prefixandlength)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify the aging time for dynamically learned MAC addresses in the filtering
database. The setting is applicable to the entire bridge.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 18.2-2 "Bridge General Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] ageing-time Parameter type: <Vlan::AgingTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 300
- ageing time ageing timeout for dynamic mac
- unit: sec entries
- range: [10...1000000]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify various parameters applicable to a specific bridge port. These
parameters determine the handling of frames on the bridge port.
Priority Regeneration Profile: these profiles are predetermined. Following profiles are available:
• Profile 1: Trusted Port
• Profile 2: Best Effort
• Profile 3: Controlled Load, all priority 3 traffic
• Profile 4: Controlled Load, all priority 4 traffic
• Profile 5: Background
• Profile 6: Best Effort, Controlled Load, Voice
• Profile 7: Best Effort, Controlled Load, Voice according 802.1d Annex G
• Profile 8: Best Effort, Voice
• Profile 9: L2 VPN with 3 traffic classes
• Profile 10: L2 VPN with 4 traffic classes
The configuration of this value should not be combined with the configuration of:
• a port default vlan, or
• a port-protocol default vlan for PPPoE, or
• a terminated PPPoE interface, or
• a port-protocol default vlan for IPoE, or
• a terminated IPoE interface.
untagged: This configuration allows the user to send untagged frames and on some types of HW also priority
tagged frames. Processing untagged / priority tagged frames requires additional configuration. Such frames will be
discarded in absence of such additional configuration. The configuration of the acceptable-Frame-Type to this
value results also in the autonomous creation by the system of an 'IGMP channel' and of an '802.1x Port'
associated to this Bridge Port. These objects are created with default values such that the corresponding function is
'disabled'. The configuration this value should be completed with the creation of:
• one or more port-vlan associations and
• a port default vlan, and/or
• a port-protocol default vlan for PPPoE, and/or
• a port-protocol default vlan for IPoE,
However, note that this value is not always strictly forced on all HW. E.g. some type of LSMs will accept and
forward single tagged frames when the VLAN-id matches a configured port-vlan association. Other type of LSMs
will always discard single tagged frame.
Note that for the multivlan feature, tagged user traffic will be sent but the "acceptable frame types" must be set to
"untagged".
mixed-untagged: This value allows the user to send single tagged frames, untagged frames, and on some types of
HW also priority tagged frames. The VLAN-id of single tagged frames will be verified against the configured
port-vlan associations. Untagged / priority tagged frames will be processed according additional configuration.
Such frames will be discarded in absence of such additional configuration. The configuration of this value should
be completed with the configuration of:
• one or more port-vlan associations, and
• a port default vlan, and/or
• a port-protocol default vlan for PPPoE, and/or
• a port-protocol default vlan for IPoE.
default-priority: The selection of the port default-priority can apply provided the priority-policy at node level is
port-default.
mac-learn-off : The configuration value has no effect in case the bridge port is used for IpoA CC and EPON
boards: the system accepts all values but no mac learning will be done.
Remark: Please note that in case the RADIUS server returns a VLAN for 802.1x authenticated ports, it is
recommended to not configure a port default VLAN ID (PVID) on that user port. In any case, the VLAN ID
returned by the RADIUS server may not equal the pre- configured PVID on the user port. In addition, the returned
VLAN ID by the RADIUS server may not be configured as the PVID on the user port after successful 802.1x
authentication.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure bridge ( no port (port) ) | ( port (port) [ no pvid | pvid <Vlan::StackedVlan> ] [ no default-priority |
default-priority <Vlan::Priority> ] [ [ no ] mac-learn-off ] [ no max-unicast-mac | max-unicast-mac
<Vlan::MaxMac> ] [ no qos-profile | qos-profile <Qos::QosSessionProfileName> ] [ no prio-regen-prof |
prio-regen-prof <Vlan::PrioRegenProfile> ] [ no prio-regen-name | prio-regen-name
<Vlan::PrioRegenProfileName> ] [ no max-committed-mac | max-committed-mac <Vlan::ComitMaxMac> ] [ no
mirror-mode | mirror-mode <Vlan::MirrorMode> ] [ no mirror-vlan | mirror-vlan <Vlan::MirrorVlan> ] [ no
pvid-tagging-flag | pvid-tagging-flag <Vlan::PvidTaggingFlag> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 18.3-1 "Bridge Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identity of a port(e.g. uplink port,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / atm pvc, efm port, eth port, la
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> group ...)
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
Command Description
This command allows the operator to associate a VLAN to a bridge port and to define VLAN attributes on this port.
The parameters that allow to configure the priority bits (prior-best-effort till prior-nw-ctrl) only apply in case of a
qos-aware VLAN.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure bridge port (port) ( no vlan-id (index) ) | ( vlan-id (index) [ no tag | tag <Vlan::PortUntagStatus> ] [ no
network-vlan | network-vlan <Vlan::StackedVlan> ] [ no vlan-scope | vlan-scope <Vlan::VlanScope> ] [ no qos |
qos <Vlan::QosPolicy> ] [ no qos-profile | qos-profile <Qos::QosSessionProfileName> ] [ [ no ] prior-best-effort ] [
[ no ] prior-background ] [ [ no ] prior-spare ] [ [ no ] prior-exc-effort ] [ [ no ] prior-ctrl-load ] [ [ no ]
prior-less-100ms ] [ [ no ] prior-less-10ms ] [ [ no ] prior-nw-ctrl ] [ no in-qos-prof-name | in-qos-prof-name
<Qos::QosIngressProfileNameForVlan> ] [ no max-up-qos-policy | max-up-qos-policy <Vlan::MaxUpQoSPolicy>
] [ no max-ip-antispoof | max-ip-antispoof <Vlan::MaxIpAntispoof> ] [ no max-unicast-mac | max-unicast-mac
<Vlan::BridgeMaxMac> ] [ no max-ipv6-antispf | max-ipv6-antispf <Vlan::MaxIpAntispoof> ] [ no mac-learn-ctrl |
mac-learn-ctrl <Vlan::MacLearnCtrl> ] [ no ds-dedicated-q | ds-dedicated-q <Vlan::DsDedicatedQueue> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 18.4-1 "Bridge Port to VLAN Association Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identity of a port(e.g. uplink port,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / atm pvc, efm port, eth port, la
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> group ...)
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId>
| nt : sfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : sfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
Command Output
Table 18.4-3 "Bridge Port to VLAN Association Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
prio-regen-name Parameter type: <Vlan::PrioRegenProfileName> priority regeneration profile name
( none This element is only shown in
| name : <Vlan::IgnoredVlanProfileName> ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IP-address for a user interface(vlan-port) of a L2 forwarder.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure bridge port (port) vlan-id (index) static-user ( no ip-address (ipaddr) ) | ( ip-address (ipaddr) )
Command Parameters
Table 18.5-1 "L2 Static User Ip Address Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identity of a port(e.g. uplink port,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / atm pvc, efm port, eth port, la
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> group ...)
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId>
| nt : sfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : sfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : xfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : sfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : xfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex> )
Possible values:
- nt : the nt slot
- nt-a : the nt-a slot
- nt-b : the nt-b slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IPv6-address for a user interface(vlan-port) of a L2 forwarder.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure bridge port (port) vlan-id (index) static-user ( no ipv6-address (prefixandlength) ) | ( ipv6-address
(prefixandlength) )
Command Parameters
Table 18.6-1 "L2 Static User Ipv6 Address Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identity of a port(e.g. uplink port,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / atm pvc, efm port, eth port, la
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> group ...)
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId>
| nt : sfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : sfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : xfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : sfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : xfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex> )
Possible values:
- nt : the nt slot
- nt-a : the nt-a slot
- nt-b : the nt-b slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "ARP-RELAY Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----arp-relay
----[no] statistics
- (vlan-port)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable/disable the detailed arp-relay statistics.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 19.2-1 "Arp-Relay Statistics Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-port) Format: the vlan-port
( vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip :
stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni :
stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "IGMP Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----igmp
----[no] channel
- (port)
- [no] perm-pkg-bitmap
- [no] max-num-group
- [no] mode
X (cac-disable)
X (ip-anti-spoof-dis)
- [no] igmp-version
- [no] forking
- [no] lt-ont-signaling
- [no] mcast-vlan-id
- [no] mcast-svc-context
- [no] max-msg-rate
----[no] fullview-packages
- (package)
----[no] preview-packages
- (package)
----package
- (index)
- [no] name
- [no] template-name
- [no] template-version
----system
- [no] src-ip-address
- [no] verify-checksum
- [no] query-interval
- [no] max-rsp-time
- [no] robustness
- [no] mem-query-int
- [no] last-memb-cnt
- [no] last-max-resp-tim
- [no] host-report-intv
- [no] start
- [no] preview-valid
- [no] cdr-validation
- [no] cdr-generation
- [no] except-cdr-rate
- [no] cdr-export
- [no] cdr-file-aging
- [no] cdr-polling
- [no] user-igmp-version
- [no] netw-igmp-version
- [no] v3-max-num-rec
- [no] forking
- [no] lt-ont-signaling
- [no] vlan-selection
- [no] disc-lwr-version
----cdr-type
- [no] periodic
- [no] period
- [no] attempt-max-pview
- [no] attempt-blackout
- [no] attempt-no-perm
----[no] vlan
- (vlan-id)
- netw-igmp-version
- [no] v3-max-num-rec
----[no] mcast-svc-context
- (name)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to create and configure the IGMP channel parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.2-1 "IGMP Channel Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identification of the port, vlanport
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / or virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IGMP channel permission package members.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.3-1 "IGMP Channel Permission Package Members Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identification of the port, vlanport
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / or virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IGMP channel preview package members.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.4-1 "IGMP Channel Preview Package Members Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identification of the port, vlanport
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / or virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure IGMP package bitmaps. The package is intended primarily for use
by a network/element manager, such as an AMS, to support multiple sets of packages in different regions.
A package is a group of zero or more multicast sources that share a common access permission. Grouping the
source channels into one or more packages provides flexibility for the service provider to deliver different levels of
services to the end users; for example, "Basic Package", "Middle-Tier Package", and "Premium Package".
NOTE:There is no requirement to configure the package. If the package is modified, there is no effect on the
multicast source.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.5-1 "IGMP Package Bitmaps Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the package
- index of the package
- range: [1...1024]
Table 20.5-2 "IGMP Package Bitmaps Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] name Parameter type: <Igmp::igmpPackageName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a printable string name of the package
- length: x<=32
[no] template-name Parameter type: <Igmp::igmpPackageTemplateName> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- a printable string name of the service template
- length: x<=32 containing this pkg
[no] template-version Parameter type: <Igmp::igmpPackageTemplateVersion> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- version of the service template containing this package version of the service template
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IGMP parameters that are globally applicable to the Node.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.6-2 "IGMP System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] src-ip-address Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"
- IPv4-address source ip addr which is tx in
every mcast IP datagram
[no] verify-checksum Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
verification performed on Rx
IGMP frame
[no] query-interval Parameter type: <Igmp::SystemQueryInterval> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 125
- interval at which general membership queries transmitted interval at which general
- unit: sec membership queries transmitted
- range: [2...3175]
[no] max-rsp-time Parameter type: <Igmp::SystemQueryMaxResponseTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 100
- max query resp time advertised in IGMPv2 queries max query response time
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IGMP system Call Detail Record
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.7-2 "IGMP System CDR Type Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] periodic Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
interim CDR records generated
for fullview/preview
[no] period Parameter type: <Igmp::IntermGenCDRPeriod> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 15
- intermediate CDR generation period, in multiples of 5 intermediate CDR generation
- unit: min period
- range: [15...60]
[no] attempt-max-pview Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
CDR generated when max nbr
preview exceeded is true
[no] attempt-blackout Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
CDR generated allowed when
blackout period is active
[no] attempt-no-perm Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
CDR generated to join a mcast
with no access rights
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IGMP parameters on a per Vlan basis.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.8-1 "IGMP Vlan System Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: index of the system vlan
- vlan index
- range: [1...4093]
Table 20.8-2 "IGMP Vlan System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
netw-igmp-version Parameter type: <Igmp::VlanV3ProcessStatus> mandatory parameter
Format: IGMP version of the protocol
(2
|3)
Possible values:
- 2 : IGMP version2
- 3 : IGMP version3
[no] v3-max-num-rec Parameter type: <Igmp::V3MaxNumRecordReport> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- max num of group records in one IGMPv3 report (2 exp N) max num of group records in one
- range: [0...10] IGMPv3 report (2 exp N)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure multicast service context
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 20.9-1 "Igmp Multicast Service Context Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name for the
- a profile name service context
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Multicast Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----mcast
----general
- [no] fast-change
- [no] pkg-memb-bitmap
- [no] max-bitrate
- [no] mean-bit-rate
----[no] package-member
- (package)
----capacity
- [no] max-num-group
- [no] max-num-uncfg
- [no] cfg-res-time
- [no] uncfg-res-time
----X [no] channel
- (grp-ip-addr)
- src-ip-addr
- [no] dis-fast-change
- [no] pkg-mem-bitmap
- [no] name
- [no] guaranteed-serv
- [no] peak-bit-rate
- vlan-id
- [no] service-name
- [no] preview-duration
- [no] preview-number
- [no] preview-blackout
----[no] packagemember
- (package)
----[no] chn
- (grp-ip-addr)
- src-ip-addr
- vlan-id
- [no] end-ip-addr
- [no] mcast-svc-context
- [no] dis-fast-change
- [no] name
- [no] guaranteed-serv
- [no] peak-bit-rate
- [no] service-name
- [no] preview-duration
- [no] preview-number
- [no] preview-blackout
----[no] packagemember
- (package)
----monitor
----[no] src
- (grp-ip-addr)
- src-ip-addr
- [no] loss-duration
- [no] loss-thresh-alert
----[no] chn
- (grp-ip-addr)
- src-ip-addr
- vlan-id
- [no] loss-duration
- [no] loss-thresh-alert
----static
----[no] branch
- (grp-ip-addr)
- src-ip-addr
- port
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure general multicast parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 21.2-2 "Multicast General Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] fast-change Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable fast channel change
[no] pkg-memb-bitmap Parameter type: <Igmp::PkgMemBitMap> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff
- a binary string : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff :
- length: 128 ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff
: ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff :
ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff
: ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff :
ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff
: ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff :
ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff
: ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff :
ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff
: ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff :
ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff
: ff : ff : ff : ff : ff : ff"
package(s) a class D address
belongs
[no] max-bitrate Parameter type: <Igmp::GeneralMcastMaxBitRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2500
- reasonable max bitrate in ATM level for upstream reasonable downstream max
- unit: kbps bitrate in ATM level
- range: [0...100000]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IGMP general multicast package members.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 21.3-1 "General Multicast Package Members Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(package) Format: package member
- the package number
- range: [1...1024]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the multicast capacity parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 21.4-2 "Multicast Capacity Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] max-num-group Parameter type: <Igmp::McastCapacityMaxNumGroup> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1024
- no of groups the system can support in enough bandwidth max number of groups the system
- range: [0...2048] (per LT) supports in enough
bandwidth
[no] max-num-uncfg Parameter type: <Igmp::McastCapacityMaxNumUnCfg> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 64
- no of uncfg grps,system can support in enough bandwidth max number of uncfg groups the
- range: [0...1024] system (per LT) supports in
enough bandwidth
[no] cfg-res-time Parameter type: optional parameter with default
<Igmp::multicastCapacityCfgSourceReserveTime> value: 125
Format: time to reserve the unused
- time to reserve guaranteed configured groups
- unit: sec
- range: [0...2147483647]
[no] uncfg-res-time Parameter type: optional parameter with default
<Igmp::multicastCapacityUnCfgSourceReserveTime> value: 0
Format: time to reserve the unused
- time to reserve unconfigured groups
- unit: sec
- range: [0...2147483647]
Command Description
Obsolete command, replaced by configure mcast chn.
This command allows the operator to configure the multicast channel.
Note:Mcast channel can not be deleted when VlanSelection is enabled.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure mcast ( no channel (grp-ip-addr) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> ) | ( channel (grp-ip-addr) src-ip-addr
<Ip::V4Address> [ [ no ] dis-fast-change ] [ no pkg-mem-bitmap | pkg-mem-bitmap <Igmp::PkgMemBitMap> ] [
no name | name <Igmp::multicastSrcName> ] [ [ no ] guaranteed-serv ] [ no peak-bit-rate | peak-bit-rate
<Igmp::McastSrcEtherPeakBitRate> ] vlan-id <Igmp::McastSrcVLANID> [ no service-name | service-name
<Igmp::multicastSrcServiceName> ] [ no preview-duration | preview-duration
<Igmp::multicastSrcMaxPreDuration> ] [ no preview-number | preview-number
<Igmp::multicastSrcMaxPreNumber> ] [ no preview-blackout | preview-blackout
<Igmp::multicastSrcPreBlackout> ] )
Obsolete command, replaced by configure mcast chn.
Command Parameters
Table 21.5-1 "Multicast Channel Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(grp-ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255) multicast group
src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ip address of the multicast server
Format: originating the multicast
- IPv4-address channel,value 0.0.0.0 means
ASM(any-src-ip-addr),range:0.0.0.0....22
Table 21.5-2 "Multicast Channel Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] dis-fast-change Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
disable fast channel change
[no] pkg-mem-bitmap Parameter type: <Igmp::PkgMemBitMap> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "01 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00
- a binary string : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
- length: 128 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the multicast channel package members.
A multicast channel can be member of maximum 20 packages or be member of all (1024) packages, any value in
between will be rejected.
Using this command packages will be added or removed from/to the list of packages of which the multicast channel
is currently a member.
If the multicast channel is member of all packages care must be taken when removing packages, meaning that the
command will only be accepted if after execution the multicast channel will be member of 20 packages or less.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 21.6-1 "Multicast Channel Package Members Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(grp-ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255) multicast group
src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ip address of the multicast server
Format: originating the multicast
- IPv4-address channel,value 0.0.0.0 means
ASM(any-src-ip-addr),range:0.0.0.0....22
(package) Format: package member
- the package number
- range: [1...1024]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the multicast channel.
Note:Mcast channel can not be deleted when VlanSelection is enabled.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure mcast ( no chn (grp-ip-addr) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> vlan-id <Igmp::McastChannelVlan> ) | ( chn
(grp-ip-addr) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> vlan-id <Igmp::McastChannelVlan> [ no end-ip-addr | end-ip-addr
<Ip::V4Address> ] [ no mcast-svc-context | mcast-svc-context <Igmp::McastSvcCtxtName> ] [ [ no ]
dis-fast-change ] [ no name | name <Igmp::multicastSrcName> ] [ [ no ] guaranteed-serv ] [ no peak-bit-rate |
peak-bit-rate <Igmp::McastSrcEtherPeakBitRate> ] [ no service-name | service-name
<Igmp::multicastSrcServiceName> ] [ no preview-duration | preview-duration
<Igmp::multicastSrcMaxPreDuration> ] [ no preview-number | preview-number
<Igmp::multicastSrcMaxPreNumber> ] [ no preview-blackout | preview-blackout
<Igmp::multicastSrcPreBlackout> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 21.7-1 "Multicast Channel Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(grp-ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255) multicast group
src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ip address of the multicast server
Format: originating the multicast
- IPv4-address channel,value 0.0.0.0 means
ASM(any-src-ip-addr),range:0.0.0.0....22
vlan-id Parameter type: <Igmp::McastChannelVlan> vlanid of the multicast channel
Format: which is configured in it
- vlan id for multicast
- range: [1...4093]
Table 21.7-2 "Multicast Channel Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] end-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"
- IPv4-address The parameter is not visible
during modification.
end ip address of the range of
multicast addresses starting from
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the multicast channel package members.
A multicast channel can be member of maximum 20 packages or be member of all (1024) packages, any value in
between will be rejected.
Using this command packages will be added or removed from/to the list of packages of which the multicast channel
is currently a member.
If the multicast channel is member of all packages care must be taken when removing packages, meaning that the
command will only be accepted if after execution the multicast channel will be member of 20 packages or less.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 21.8-1 "Multicast Channel Package Members Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(grp-ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255) multicast group
src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ip address of the multicast server
Format: originating the multicast
- IPv4-address channel,value 0.0.0.0 means
ASM(any-src-ip-addr),range:0.0.0.0....22
vlan-id Parameter type: <Igmp::McastChannelVlan> vlanid of the multicast channel
Format: which is configured in it
- vlan id for multicast
- range: [1...4093]
(package) Format: package member
- the package number
- range: [1...1024]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure on demand monitoring for a specified multicast stream.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure mcast monitor ( no src (grp-ip-addr) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> ) | ( src (grp-ip-addr) src-ip-addr
<Ip::V4Address> [ no loss-duration | loss-duration <Igmp::LossDuration> ] [ no loss-thresh-alert | loss-thresh-alert
<Igmp::LossThreshold> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 21.9-1 "Multicast Monitoring Source Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(grp-ip-addr) Format: mcast src address in network-byte
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255, order(big-endian)
except for 224.0.0.22)
src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> Unicast IP address in case SSM
Format: multicast channel, value 0.0.0.0
- IPv4-address means ASM(any-src-ip-addr)
Table 21.9-2 "Multicast Monitoring Source Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] loss-duration Parameter type: <Igmp::LossDuration> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 15
- duration set the duration to count packets
- unit: sec
- range: [5...2147483647]
[no] loss-thresh-alert Parameter type: <Igmp::LossThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the threshold for loss of traffic alert, 0 - disable set loss of traffic threshold, alert
- range: [0...4294967295] generated if packet count is less
or equal to the threshold.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure on demand monitoring for a specified multicast stream.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure mcast monitor ( no chn (grp-ip-addr) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> vlan-id <Igmp::McastMonitorVlan>
) | ( chn (grp-ip-addr) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> vlan-id <Igmp::McastMonitorVlan> [ no loss-duration |
loss-duration <Igmp::LossDuration> ] [ no loss-thresh-alert | loss-thresh-alert <Igmp::LossThreshold> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 21.10-1 "Multicast Monitoring Channel Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(grp-ip-addr) Format: mcast src address in network-byte
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255, order(big-endian)
except for 224.0.0.22)
src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> Unicast IP address in case SSM
Format: multicast channel, value 0.0.0.0
- IPv4-address means ASM(any-src-ip-addr)
vlan-id Parameter type: <Igmp::McastMonitorVlan> vlanid of the multicast channel.
Format: Value 0 means any VLAN ID
- vlan id for multicast
- range: [0...4093]
Table 21.10-2 "Multicast Monitoring Channel Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] loss-duration Parameter type: <Igmp::LossDuration> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 15
- duration set the duration to count packets
- unit: sec
- range: [5...2147483647]
[no] loss-thresh-alert Parameter type: <Igmp::LossThreshold> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- the threshold for loss of traffic alert, 0 - disable set loss of traffic threshold, alert
- range: [0...4294967295] generated if packet count is less
or equal to the threshold.
Command Description
This command allow the operator to configure the static multicast branch. When at least one static multicast
branch is created, the corresponding static multicast root is created.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure mcast static ( no branch (grp-ip-addr) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> port <Itf::VlanPort> ) | ( branch
(grp-ip-addr) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> port <Itf::VlanPort> )
Command Parameters
Table 21.11-1 "Multicast Static Branch Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(grp-ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255) multicast group
src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ip address of the multicast server
Format: originating the multicast channel,
- IPv4-address value 0.0.0.0 means
ASM(any-src-ip-addr),range:0.0.0.0....22
port Parameter type: <Itf::VlanPort> identification of the vlanport
Format:
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----pppox-relay
----cross-connect
----global-session
- [no] pado-timeout
- [no] pads-timeout
- [no] max-pad-attempts
- [no] trans-max-age
- [no] cc-max-age
----[no] engine
- (vlan-id)
- [no] mac-addr-conc
- [no] dslf-iwf-tag
- [no] max-payload-tag
- [no] name
- [no] lock
- [no] service-name
----[no] monitor
----tca
- [no] enable
- [no] tran-ageout-15min
- [no] sess-ageout-15min
- [no] tran-ageout-1day
- [no] sess-ageout-1day
----[no] client-port
- (port)
- vlan-id
- default-priority
- [no] max-cc
- [no] qos-profile
----[no] monitor
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify the system-wide configuration parameters applicable to all PPP
sessions.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges, and executed by operators with pppoe
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 22.2-2 "PPPoX Cross-connect Global Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] pado-timeout Parameter type: <PPPoX::PadTimeOut> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- timeout for PAD-O PAD-S messages timeout for PAD-O message
- unit: sec
- range: [1...60]
[no] pads-timeout Parameter type: <PPPoX::PadTimeOut> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3
- timeout for PAD-O PAD-S messages timeout for PAD-S message
- unit: sec
- range: [1...60]
[no] max-pad-attempts Parameter type: <PPPoX::PadRRetrials> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- maximum number of PAD-R messages maximum number of PAD-R
- range: [1...16] messages
[no] trans-max-age Parameter type: <PPPoX::TransactionMaxAge> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 300
- maximum age of PPP transaction maximum age of PPP transaction
- unit: sec
- range: [1...300]
[no] cc-max-age Parameter type: <PPPoX::CcMaxAge> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 300
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the PPP cross-connect engine. The PPP cross-connect engine is
identified by a VLAN ID. The name is the name used to identify the PPP cross-connect engine. The lock command
locks or unlocks the PPP control plane. For example, if the control plane is unlocked, no new PPP
cross-connections can be established, but the existing connections remain until they are released by the PPP server
or client.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges, and executed by operators with pppoe
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 22.3-1 "PPPoX Cross-connect Engine Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: vlan identity
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
Table 22.3-2 "PPPoX Cross-connect Engine Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] mac-addr-conc Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
The parameter is not visible
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the exception event counters for the PPP cross-connect engine.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges, and executed by operators with pppoe
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 22.4-1 "PPPoX Cross-connect Engine Monitoring Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: vlan identity
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Threshold Crossing Alert (TCA) thresholds. The configuration
is specific per PPP CC Engine.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges, and executed by operators with pppoe
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 22.5-1 "PPPCC Engine TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: vlan identity
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
Table 22.5-2 "PPPCC Engine TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] enable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable the reporting of TCA's for
this pppcc engine
[no] tran-ageout-15min Parameter type: <PPPoX::TcaThreshold> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify the PPP cross-connect client port. When creating a client port on a
vlan port, only a Cvlan may be used.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges, and executed by operators with pppoe
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 22.6-1 "PPPoX Cross-connect Client Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: client port identification
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the exception event counters for the PPP cross-connect client port.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges, and executed by operators with pppoe
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 22.7-1 "PPPoX Cross-connect Client Port Monitoring Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: client port identification
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "DHCP Relay Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----dhcp-relay
----[no] port-stats
- (port-interface)
----[no] v6-port-stats
- (port-interface)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the DHCP relay user port statistics.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges, and executed by operators with dhcp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 23.2-1 "DHCP Relay User Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port-interface) Format: identification of the vlan port
( vlan-port-nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port-nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip :
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the DHCP v6 relay user port statistics.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges, and executed by operators with dhcp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 23.3-1 "DHCP v6 Relay User Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port-interface) Format: identification of vlan port
( vlan-port-nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port-nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip :
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "XDSL Bonding Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----xdsl-bonding
- group-assembly-time
----[no] group-profile
- (index)
- name
- (scope)
- version
- [no] min-bitrate-up
- [no] min-bitrate-down
- [no] plan-bitrate-up
- [no] plan-bitrate-down
- [no] max-bitrate-up
- [no] max-bitrate-down
- [no] max-delay-down
- [no] max-delay-up
- [no] imp-noise-prot-dn
- [no] imp-noise-prot-up
- [no] delay-opt-mode-ds
- [no] grp-assembly-time
- [no] active
----[no] group-rtx-profile
- (index)
- name
- version
- [no] rtx-mode-dn
- [no] rtx-mode-up
- [no] min-exp-thrpt-dn
- [no] min-exp-thrpt-up
- [no] plan-exp-thrpt-dn
- [no] plan-exp-thrpt-up
- [no] max-exp-thrpt-dn
- [no] max-exp-thrpt-up
- [no] max-net-rate-dn
- [no] max-net-rate-up
- [no] min-delay-dn
- [no] min-delay-up
- [no] max-delay-dn
- [no] max-delay-up
- [no] min-inp-shine-dn
- [no] min-inp-shine-up
- [no] min-inp-rein-dn
- [no] min-inp-rein-up
- [no] int-arr-time-dn
- [no] int-arr-time-up
- [no] shine-ratio-dn
- [no] shine-ratio-up
- [no] leftr-thresh-dn
- [no] leftr-thresh-up
- [no] active
----group
- (bonding-group-idx)
- [no] group-profile
- [no] group-rtx-profile
X [no] admin-up
- [no] up
----[no] link
- (bonding-link-id)
----board
- (board-index)
----vect-fallback
- [no] group-profile
- [no] group-rtx-profile
Command Description
This node provides the provisioning of the bonding group assembly timeout. Default value is zero ('0', represents
an infinite time ), and will have as consequence that the bonding group will not come up till all lines in this bonding
group are up. This parameter may be overruled by the grp-assembly-time parameter on bonding group-profile
level.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 24.2-2 "XDSL Bonding Assembly Timer Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
group-assembly-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerSEC> optional parameter
Format: Max waiting period for group to
- second become operational
- unit: sec
- range: [0...65535]
Command Description
This command allows to manage the xDSL bonding group profile. A profile can be created in one step with all the
necessary parameters and making it active. It can also be created in several steps by specifying a few parameters in
each step and make the profile active in the last step.
DESCRIPTION FOR THE COMMAND PARAMETER-SCOPE:The combination scope+profile must be
unique.Typically local-profile must be used especially when configuring via CLI.Use of network-profile is
depreciated.The network-profile was foreseen to allow management agents to define network-wide unique
profiles,independent of what local profiles may have been created.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure xdsl-bonding ( no group-profile (index) ) | ( group-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> (scope)
version <SignedInteger> [ no min-bitrate-up | min-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BondingBitRate> ] [ no min-bitrate-down |
min-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BondingBitRate> ] [ no plan-bitrate-up | plan-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BondingBitRate> ] [ no
plan-bitrate-down | plan-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BondingBitRate> ] [ no max-bitrate-up | max-bitrate-up
<Xdsl::BondingBitRate> ] [ no max-bitrate-down | max-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BondingBitRate> ] [ no
max-delay-down | max-delay-down <Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> ] [ no max-delay-up | max-delay-up
<Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> ] [ no imp-noise-prot-dn | imp-noise-prot-dn <Xdsl::ImpNoiseProtection> ] [ no
imp-noise-prot-up | imp-noise-prot-up <Xdsl::ImpNoiseProtection> ] [ no delay-opt-mode-ds | delay-opt-mode-ds
<Xdsl::BondingGroupDelayOptimMode> ] [ no grp-assembly-time | grp-assembly-time
<Xdsl::BondingGroupProfileAssemblyTimer> ] [ [ no ] active ] )
Command Parameters
Table 24.3-1 "xDSL Bonding Group Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile
- bonding group profile index
- range: [1...100]
Table 24.3-2 "xDSL Bonding Group Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> mandatory parameter
Format: name of the profile
- a profile name
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the bonding group RTX profile which can be used to configure the
modem for each contributing physical line of the bonding group
RTX downstream/upstream parameters will have effect on lines supporting RTX, only when the retransmission
feature in downstream/upstream is not "forbidden"
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 24.4-1 "xDSL Bonding Group Rtx Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the profile
- a profile index value
- range: [1...128]
Table 24.4-2 "xDSL Bonding Group Rtx Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Command Description
This command allows to configure a bonding group, which consists of assigning a predefined bonding group
profile and optional assigning a group rtx-profile.
Configuring bonding group will fail when a service is already configured on the secondary DSL line of the bonding
group
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 24.5-1 "xDSL Bonding Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(bonding-group-idx) Format: a unique interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 24.5-2 "xDSL Bonding Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] group-profile Parameter type: <Xdsl::GroupProfileIndexWithRemove> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
( none a valid profile index for the
| <Xdsl::GroupProfileIndexWithRemove> interface
| name : <PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile to associate
- name : profile name
Field type <Xdsl::GroupProfileIndexWithRemove>
Command Output
Table 24.5-3 "xDSL Bonding Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
group-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the group profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
group-rtx-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the bonding group rtx
- ignored printable string profile
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This node provides the provisoning of the bonding group, which consists of adding/removing links to/from the
bonding group.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 24.6-1 "xDSL Bonding Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(bonding-group-idx) Format: a unique interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(bonding-link-id) Format: a bonding link interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure xdsl bonding parameters related with a specific board.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 24.7-1 "xDSL Bonding Board Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(board-index) Format: board index
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure per board the profile selection in case the bonding group enters the
vectoring fallback mode.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 24.8-1 "xDSL Bonding Board Vectoring Fallback Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(board-index) Format: board index
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Table 24.8-2 "xDSL Bonding Board Vectoring Fallback Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] group-profile Parameter type: <Xdsl::VectFbGroupProfileIndex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "group-level"
( group-level a valid profile index for the
| <Xdsl::VectFbGroupProfilePointer> interface
| name : <PrintableString> )
Possible values:
- group-level : use the original group profile in fallback
mode
- name : profile name
Field type <Xdsl::VectFbGroupProfilePointer>
Command Output
Table 24.8-3 "xDSL Bonding Board Vectoring Fallback Configuration Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
group-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the group profile
- ignored printable string This element is only shown in
detail mode.
group-rtx-profile-name Parameter type: <Xdsl::IgnoredPrintableString> name of the bonding group rtx
- ignored printable string profile
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Voice Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----voice
----sip
----[no] server
- (name)
- [no] admin-status
- address
- [no] port
- [no] server-role
- [no] priority
- [no] weight
- [no] site
- [no] transproto
- [no] dnsname-type
- admin-domain-name
----lineid-syn-prof
- (name)
- [no] syntax-pattern
- [no] pots-syntax
----[no] user-agent
- (name)
- [no] ip-addr-policy
- [no] ip-config-mode
- [no] signal-gateway-ip
- signal-vlan-id
- [no] signal-dscp
- [no] signal-pbits
- [no] signal-link-mtu
- [no] rtp-gateway-ip
- rtp-vlan-id
- [no] rtp-dscp
- [no] rtp-pbits
- [no] rtp-link-mtu
- [no] dhcp-optreq-list
- [no] admin-status
----vsp
- (name)
- [no] domain-name
- [no] admin-status
- [no] tinfo
- [no] ta4
- [no] ttir1
- [no] t-acm-delta
- [no] access-held-time
- [no] awaiting-time
- [no] digit-send-mode
- [no] overlap-484-act
- [no] dmpm-intdgt-expid
- [no] dial-start-timer
- [no] dial-long-timer
- [no] dial-short-timer
- [no] uri-type
- [no] rfc2833-pl-type
- [no] rfc2833-process
- [no] min-data-jitter
- [no] init-data-jitter
- [no] max-data-jitter
- [no] release-mode
- [no] dyn-pt-nego-type
- [no] vbd-g711a-pl-type
- [no] vbd-g711u-pl-type
- [no] vbd-mode
- [no] warmline-dl-timer
- [no] timer-b
- [no] timer-f
- [no] timer-t1
- [no] timer-t2
- [no] reg-sub
- [no] sub-period
- [no] sub-head-start
- [no] t38-same-udp
- [no] dhcp-option82
----user-agent-ap
- (ua-name)
- slot-id
- signal-ip
- rtp-ip
- [no] dhcp-fqdn
- [no] dhcp-customer-id
- [no] admin-status
----[no] dialplan
- (name)
- [no] pre-activated
- [no] static-prefix
- [no] static-suffix
- [no] digitmap-mode
----[no] digitmap
- (name)
- type
- rule
- [no] access-type
----[no] termination
- (if-index)
- [no] directory-number
- [no] user-name
- [no] display-name
- [no] uri
- [no] direct-uri
- [no] line-feed
- [no] md5-realm
- [no] md5-password
- [no] admin-status
- [no] clip-mode
- [no] anti-tapping
- [no] impedance
- [no] rx-gain
- [no] tx-gain
- [no] warmline-service
- [no] linesig-remanswer
- [no] line-id
- [no] force-hold
- [no] callwait-service
- [no] callhold-service
- [no] callconf-service
- [no] calltras-service
- [no] testaccessstate
- [no] busyoverwrite
- [no] accessontimeout
----tca
- [no] enable
- [no] high-jbfl
- [no] low-jbfl
----register
- (provider-name)
- [no] register-uri
- [no] register-intv
- [no] reg-retry-intv
- [no] reg-prev-ava-intv
- [no] reg-head-start
- [no] reg-start-min
----[no] transport
- (trans-protocol)
- provider-name
- [no] admin-status
- [no] port-rcv
- [no] tcp-idle-time
- [no] max-out-udp-size
----redundancy
- (admin-domain-name)
- [no] support-redun
- [no] dns-purge-timer
- [no] dns-ini-retr-int
- [no] dns-max-retr-nbr
- [no] fg-monitor-method
- [no] fg-monitor-int
- [no] bg-monitor-method
- [no] bg-monitor-int
- [no] stable-obs-period
- [no] fo-hystersis
- [no] del-upd-threshold
- [no] auto-server-fo
- [no] auto-server-fb
- [no] auto-sos-fo
- [no] auto-sos-fb
- [no] rtry-after-thrsh
- [no] options-max-fwd
- [no] dns-redun-mode
----system
----session-timer
X [no] enable
- [no] status
- [no] min-se-time
- [no] se-time
- [no] admin-status
----[no] dnsserver
- (name)
- [no] admin-status
- address
- [no] priority
- [no] site
- admin-domain-name
- [no] port
----[no] dhcp-authent-para
- (ua-name)
- secret-id
- [no] key
- [no] action-type
----redundancy-cmd
- (domain-name)
- [no] start-time
- [no] end-time
- fail-x-type
----statistics
----stats-config
- [no] per-line
- [no] per-board
- [no] per-system
- [no] per-call
- [no] out-any-rsp
- [no] out-180-rsp
- [no] out-200-rsp
- [no] in-any-rsp
- [no] in-180-rsp
----cluster
- (cluster-id)
----ip
- ivps-ip
- netmask
- router-ip
- vlan-id
- [no] private-ip
- [no] private-netmask
- [no] private-vlan-id
----[no] equipment
- (equip-id)
- asam-id
- ip-address
- [no] next-hop
----[no] board
- (board-id)
- planned-type
- lanx-port
----[no] termination
- (port-id)
- [no] type
- [no] isdn-codec
- [no] switch-type
- [no] activate-type
- termination-id
- media-gateway-id
- [no] admin-status
- [no] line-feed
- [no] rx-gain
- [no] tx-gain
- [no] impedance
- [no] rtp-dscp
- [no] rtp-pbits
- [no] clip-mode
- [no] metering-type
- [no] directory-number
----tca
- [no] tca-enable
- [no] rtp-pktloss-thres
- [no] rtp-jitter-thres
- [no] rtp-delay-thres
----[no] media-gateway
- (media-gateway-id)
- [no] name
- ip-address
- netmask
- [no] udp-port
- [no] router-ip
- vlan-id
- [no] mgc-type
- prim-mgc-ip
- [no] mgc-id
- [no] prim-mgc-udp
- [no] sec-mgc-ip
- [no] sec-mgc-udp
- [no] tert-mgc-ip
- [no] tert-mgc-udp
- [no] quat-mgc-ip
- [no] quat-mgc-udp
- [no] esa-mgc-service
- [no] mg-mid-type
- [no] mg-domain-name
- [no] svcreason-format
- [no] mg-profile-name
- [no] admin-status
- [no] termid-type
- [no] pstn-term-format
- isdn-term-format
- isdn-suffix1
- isdn-suffix2
- [no] max-transhandling
- [no] max-network-delay
- [no] max-retrans
- [no] red-bat-delay
- [no] release-delay
- [no] release-type
- [no] wt-rls-delay
- [no] active-heartbeat
- [no] passive-heartbeat
- [no] retrans
- [no] max-waiting-delay
- [no] prov-rpl-time
- [no] signal-dscp
- [no] signal-pbits
- [no] rtp-dscp
- [no] rtp-pbits
- [no] event-req-id
- [no] stml-stdsg-evt
- [no] al-of-evt
- [no] al-on-evt
- [no] al-of-strict-evt
- [no] al-on-strict-evt
- [no] mg-overload-evt
- [no] mg-dummy-evt
- [no] rfc2833-pl-type
- [no] rfc2833-process
- [no] dial-start-timer
- [no] dial-long-timer
- [no] dial-short-timer
- [no] min-data-jitter
- [no] init-data-jitter
- [no] max-data-jitter
- [no] ephe-term-prefix
- [no] ephe-term-min
- [no] ephe-term-max
----[no] signal-gateway
- (signal-gateway-id)
- prim-asp-ip
- prim-sctp-port
- sec-asp-ip
- [no] sec-sctp-port
- tert-asp-ip
- [no] tert-sctp-port
- quat-asp-ip
- [no] quat-sctp-port
- ip-address
- sgi-user-label
- sgi-mgi
- [no] admin-status
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip Server profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice sip ( no server (name) ) | ( server (name) [ no admin-status | admin-status
<Sip::ServerAdminStatus> ] address <Sip::ServerAddr> [ no port | port <Sip::ServerPort> ] [ no server-role |
server-role <Sip::ServerRole> ] [ no priority | priority <Sip::ServerPriority> ] [ no weight | weight
<Sip::ServerWeight> ] [ no site | site <Sip::ServerSite> ] [ no transproto | transproto <Sip::ServerTransproto> ] [ no
dnsname-type | dnsname-type <Sip::DnsDomNameType> ] admin-domain-name <Sip::AdminDomName> )
Command Parameters
Table 25.2-1 "Voice Sip Server Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: uniquely identify of this voice
- uniquely identifies this voice server server
- length: x<=32
Table 25.2-2 "Voice Sip Server Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] admin-status Parameter type: <Sip::ServerAdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "down"
( up administrative status of this sip
| down ) server
Possible values:
- up : unlock the sip server
- down : lock the sip server
address Parameter type: <Sip::ServerAddr> mandatory parameter
Format: The address(ipv4 or DNS or
( ipv4 : <Ip::V4Address> FQDN) of this SIP server
| dns : <Sip::ServerAddr> )
Possible values:
- ipv4 : the address type of the server is ipv4
- dns : the address type of the server is DNS
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Sip::ServerAddr>
- name of the SipServer that can be resolved to an IP address
via a DNS Server
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip LineId Syntax profile. This command can help operator
to get different types of sip termination contact-user-info: physicallineid or terminationuriordn. If the syntax is
'physicalLineId', then the system will construct a value according the syntax as specified in the next parameters
(depending of the type of line being pots or isdn). In case the value is 'terminationuriordn', then the value will be
taken from the corresponding parameter of the SipTermination object (chapter 38.9): the uri will be taken firstly if
it is valid, otherwise the dn can be taken. The keywords apply to the profile syntax include: "Access_Node_ID",
"Rack", "Frame", "Slot", "ShSlt", "Port","ShPrt", "Channel". The sip termination contact-user-info can be learned
using the show command: show voice sip termination.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 25.3-1 "Voice Sip LineId Syntax Profile Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: uniquely identify of this lineid
- the lineid syntax profile name, can only be profile1 syntax profile, can only be
- length: x<=32 profile1
Table 25.3-2 "Voice Sip LineId Syntax Profile Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] syntax-pattern Parameter type: <SIP::LineIdSyntaxPattern> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "terminationuriordn"
( rpregisterdialog pattern of the sip LineID Syntax
| rpregister
| physicallineid
| terminationuriordn )
Possible values:
- rpregisterdialog : random per register and dialog
- rpregister : random per register
- physicallineid : physical line id
- terminationuriordn : termination uri
[no] pots-syntax Parameter type: <SIP::PotsSyntax> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip user agent profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice sip ( no user-agent (name) ) | ( user-agent (name) [ no ip-addr-policy | ip-addr-policy
<Sip::IpAddrPolicy> ] [ no ip-config-mode | ip-config-mode <Sip::IpConfigMode> ] [ no signal-gateway-ip |
signal-gateway-ip <Sip::UserAgentIpAddr> ] signal-vlan-id <Sip::UserAgentVlanId> [ no signal-dscp | signal-dscp
<Sip::UserAgentSignalDscp> ] [ no signal-pbits | signal-pbits <Sip::UserAgentSignalPbits> ] [ no signal-link-mtu |
signal-link-mtu <Sip::UserAgentLinkMTU> ] [ no rtp-gateway-ip | rtp-gateway-ip <Sip::UserAgentIpAddr> ] [
rtp-vlan-id <Sip::UserAgentVlanId> ] [ no rtp-dscp | rtp-dscp <Sip::UserAgentRtpDscp> ] [ no rtp-pbits | rtp-pbits
<Sip::UserAgentRtpPbits> ] [ no rtp-link-mtu | rtp-link-mtu <Sip::UserAgentLinkMTU> ] [ no dhcp-optreq-list |
dhcp-optreq-list <Sip::UserAgentDHCPOptionReqList> ] [ no admin-status | admin-status
<Sip::UserAgentAdminStatus> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 25.4-1 "Voice Sip User Agent Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: uniquely identify of this user
- uniquely identifies the User Agent agent
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 25.4-2 "Voice Sip User Agent Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] ip-addr-policy Parameter type: <Sip::IpAddrPolicy> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "distributed"
( distributed The ip address policy of the sip
| centralized ) user agent
Possible values:
- distributed : the ip address policy of the user agent
operation is to use an IP address per Voice LT, not
applicable for NGVR
- centralized : the ip address policy of the user agent
operation is to use a single IP address for the ISAM Voice
and NGVR
[no] ip-config-mode Parameter type: <Sip::IpConfigMode> optional parameter with default
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Voice Service Provider.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice sip vsp (name) [ no domain-name | domain-name <Sip::VspDomainName> ] [ no admin-status |
admin-status <Sip::VspAdminStatus> ] [ no tinfo | tinfo <Sip::VspTinfo> ] [ no ta4 | ta4 <Sip::VspTa4> ] [ no ttir1
| ttir1 <Sip::VspTtir1> ] [ no t-acm-delta | t-acm-delta <Sip::VspTAcmDelta> ] [ no access-held-time |
access-held-time <Sip::VSPAccessHeldTimer> ] [ no awaiting-time | awaiting-time <Sip::VSPAwaitingTimer> ] [
no digit-send-mode | digit-send-mode <Sip::VSPDigitSendingMode> ] [ no overlap-484-act | overlap-484-act
<Sip::VSPOverlap484Action> ] [ no dmpm-intdgt-expid | dmpm-intdgt-expid <Sip::VSPDMPMIntDgtExpid> ] [
no dial-start-timer | dial-start-timer <Sip::VSPDialStartTimer> ] [ no dial-long-timer | dial-long-timer
<Sip::VSPDialLongTimer> ] [ no dial-short-timer | dial-short-timer <Sip::VSPDialShortTimer> ] [ no uri-type |
uri-type <Sip::VSPURIType> ] [ no rfc2833-pl-type | rfc2833-pl-type <Sip::VSPRfc2833PayloadType> ] [ no
rfc2833-process | rfc2833-process <Sip::VSPRfc2833Process> ] [ no min-data-jitter | min-data-jitter
<Sip::VSPDataJitter> ] [ no init-data-jitter | init-data-jitter <Sip::VSPDataJitter> ] [ no max-data-jitter |
max-data-jitter <Sip::VSPDataJitter> ] [ no release-mode | release-mode <Sip::VSPReleaseMode> ] [ no
dyn-pt-nego-type | dyn-pt-nego-type <Sip::VSPDynamicPTNegoType> ] [ no vbd-g711a-pl-type |
vbd-g711a-pl-type <Sip::VSPVbdG711APayloadType> ] [ no vbd-g711u-pl-type | vbd-g711u-pl-type
<Sip::VSPVbdG711UPayloadType> ] [ no vbd-mode | vbd-mode <Sip::VSPVbdMode> ] [ no warmline-dl-timer |
warmline-dl-timer <Sip::VSPWarmlineDelayTimer> ] [ no timer-b | timer-b <Sip::CommonCfgTimerB> ] [ no
timer-f | timer-f <Sip::CommonCfgTimerF> ] [ no timer-t1 | timer-t1 <Sip::CommonCfgTimerT1> ] [ no timer-t2 |
timer-t2 <Sip::CommonCfgTimerT2> ] [ no reg-sub | reg-sub <Sip::VSPRegSubscribe> ] [ no sub-period |
sub-period <Sip::VSPSubscribePeriod> ] [ no sub-head-start | sub-head-start <Sip::VSPSubscribeHeadStart> ] [ no
t38-same-udp | t38-same-udp <Sip::VSPT38withSameUDP> ] [ no dhcp-option82 | dhcp-option82
<Sip::DHCPOption82> ]
Command Parameters
Table 25.5-1 "Sip Voice Service Provider Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: uniquely identify of this sip voice
- uniquely identify of this SIP voice service provider, can service provider, can only be
only be vsp1 vsp1
Table 25.5-2 "Sip Voice Service Provider Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Voice Sip User Agent Access Point. This command depends on
the Voice Sip UserAgent Configuration command. When a SIP User Agent is created/deleted, the user agent access
point(s) will be created/deleted automatically according to the SIP UA ip-address-policy. The user agent access
point(s) can be learned using the show command: show voice sip user-agent-ap.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice sip user-agent-ap (ua-name) slot-id <SIP::SlotIndex> [ signal-ip <SIP::IpAddressAndMask> ] [
rtp-ip <SIP::IpAddressAndMask> ] [ no dhcp-fqdn | dhcp-fqdn <Sip::UaApDHCPFQDN> ] [ no dhcp-customer-id
| dhcp-customer-id <Sip::UaApDHCPCustomerID> ] [ no admin-status | admin-status <Sip::UaApAdminStatus> ]
Command Parameters
Table 25.6-1 "Voice Sip User Agent Access Point Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ua-name) Format: uniquely identify of the user
- uniquely identifies the User Agent agent
- length: 1<=x<=32
slot-id Parameter type: <SIP::SlotIndex> slot id associated with this user
Format: agent access point
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt
| ntio
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt : nt-slot
- ntio : ntio-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Table 25.6-2 "Voice Sip User Agent Access Point Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
signal-ip Parameter type: <SIP::IpAddressAndMask> optional parameter
Format: signalling ip address and prefix
<Ip::V4Address> / <Sip::PrefixLength> length of the sip user agent access
Field type <Ip::V4Address> point
- IPv4-address
Field type <Sip::PrefixLength>
- prefix length of the subnet
- range: [0...32]
rtp-ip Parameter type: <SIP::IpAddressAndMask> optional parameter
Format: rtp ip address and prefix length of
<Ip::V4Address> / <Sip::PrefixLength> the sip user agent access point
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Sip::PrefixLength>
- prefix length of the subnet
- range: [0...32]
[no] dhcp-fqdn Parameter type: <Sip::UaApDHCPFQDN> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- the string for FQDN in Option81 When UA send out the FQDN in Option81 When UA
DHCP request send out DHCP request
- length: x<=255
[no] dhcp-customer-id Parameter type: <Sip::UaApDHCPCustomerID> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "Physical-ID"
- the string for Customer id in Option82 When UA send out the Customer id in Option82
DHCP request When UA send out DHCP
- length: x<=64 request
[no] admin-status Parameter type: <Sip::UaApAdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "down"
( up administrative status of this sip
| down ) user agent access point
Possible values:
- up : unlock the sip Ua AccessPoint
- down : lock the sip Ua AccessPoint
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip dial plan profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice sip ( no dialplan (name) ) | ( dialplan (name) [ no pre-activated | pre-activated
<Sip::DialPlanPreActivated> ] [ no static-prefix | static-prefix <Sip::DialPlanStaticPrefix> ] [ no static-suffix |
static-suffix <Sip::DialPlanStaticSuffix> ] [ no digitmap-mode | digitmap-mode <Sip::DialPlanDigitMapMode> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 25.7-1 "Voice Sip Dial Plan Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: unique identity of a voice sip dial
- uniquely identifies the dial plan plan
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 25.7-2 "Voice Sip Dial Plan Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] pre-activated Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanPreActivated> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "off"
( on identify the status for sip dial
| off ) plan prefix
Possible values:
- on : Prefix activated of dial plan is on
- off : Prefix activated of dial plan is off
[no] static-prefix Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanStaticPrefix> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- static prefix added to all valid DNs identify static prefix(area code)
- length: x<=32 added to valid DNs
[no] static-suffix Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanStaticSuffix> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- static suffix added to all valid DNs identify static suffix(area code)
- length: x<=32 added all valid DNs
[no] digitmap-mode Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanDigitMapMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "maximum"
( maximum identify the digit match mode for
| minimum ) dial plan
Possible values:
- maximum : standard match mode
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip dialplan digitmap profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 25.8-1 "Voice Sip Dial Plan Digitmap Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: identify voice application dial
- uniquely identifies the dial plan plan within the scope
- length: 1<=x<=32
type Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanDigitmapType> identify the type of sip dial plan
Format: digitmap
regular
Possible values:
- regular : digitmap type
rule Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanDigitmapValue> identify the value of sip dial plan
Format: digitmap
- identity the value of digitmap
- length: 1<=x<=100
Table 25.8-2 "Voice Sip Dial Plan Digitmap Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] access-type Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanDigitmapAccessType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "allowed"
allowed The parameter is not visible
Possible values: during creation.
- allowed : the digitmap can be used The access type of digitmap
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip termination profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 25.9-1 "Voice Sip Termination Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: The unique internal identifier of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the termination port
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable/disable tca or configure the high/low threshold for jitter buffer fill
level of the sip termination.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice sip termination (if-index) tca [ [ no ] enable ] [ no high-jbfl | high-jbfl <Sip::JBFL> ] [ no
low-jbfl | low-jbfl <Sip::JBFL> ]
Command Parameters
Table 25.10-1 "Voice Sip Termination TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: The unique internal identifier of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the termination port
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 25.10-2 "Voice Sip Termination TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] enable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
Enable the reporting of tca for sip
termination
[no] high-jbfl Parameter type: <Sip::JBFL> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 90
- average of jitter buffer fill level percentage for the the high threshould for jitter
termination buffer fill level. it can not be
- unit: percentage smaller than low-jbfl. 100 mean
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the SIP Voice Register parameters .
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice sip register (provider-name) [ no register-uri | register-uri <Sip::RegisterUri> ] [ no register-intv |
register-intv <Sip::RegisterIntv> ] [ no reg-retry-intv | reg-retry-intv <Sip::RegisterRetryIntv> ] [ no
reg-prev-ava-intv | reg-prev-ava-intv <Sip::RegisterPrevAvaIntv> ] [ no reg-head-start | reg-head-start
<Sip::RegisterHeadStart> ] [ no reg-start-min | reg-start-min <Sip::RegisterStartMin> ]
Command Parameters
Table 25.11-1 "Sip Voice Register Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(provider-name) Format: uniquely identify register
- provider name,Currently support only vsp1 provider name
- length: x<=32
Table 25.11-2 "Sip Voice Register Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] register-uri Parameter type: <Sip::RegisterUri> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- The registration URI to be used by all SIP terminations that The registration URI to be used
have a service agreement with this SIP Voice Service by all SIP terminations that have
provider a service agreement with this SIP
- length: x<=80 Voice Service provider.
[no] register-intv Parameter type: <Sip::RegisterIntv> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 3600
- The registration expiration time that UA will propose in The registration expiration time
the Expires header of a REGISTER request, unless the value that UA will propose in the
is 0. If the value is set to 0 the UA shall not refresh a Expires header of a REGISTER
registration even if the server specifies an expiration request, unless the value is 0. If
interval. Accept value greater than or equal to 60 the value is set to 0 the UA shall
[0|(60..86400)] not refresh a registration even if
- unit: second the server specifies an expiration
- range: [0...86400] interval.
[no] reg-retry-intv Parameter type: <Sip::RegisterRetryIntv> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 60
- The interval between successive registration retries after a The interval between successive
failed registration. The value of 0 shall disable registration registration retries after a failed
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip Transport params.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 25.12-1 "Voice Sip Transport Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(trans-protocol) Format: Terminations will use this
( udp transport for establishing the calls
| tcp
| udp_tcp )
Possible values:
- udp : transport protocol is udp
- tcp : transport protocol is support tcp
- udp_tcp : transport protocol is udp and tcp
provider-name Parameter type: <Sip::TransportProviderName> uniquely identify transport
Format: provider name
- provider name,Currently supports only vsp1
- length: x<=32
Table 25.12-2 "Voice Sip Transport Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] admin-status Parameter type: <Sip::TransportAdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "down"
( up change administrative status
| down )
Possible values:
- up : unlock the dns server
- down : lock the dns server
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip Redundancy table.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 25.13-1 "Voice Sip Redundancy Table Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(admin-domain-name) Format: The administrative domain name
- uniquely name of this element of the (farm of) SIP First hop(s)
- length: x<=32
Table 25.13-2 "Voice Sip Redundancy Table Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] support-redun Parameter type: <Sip::NetwRedunSupported> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( enable This object allows the
| disable ) administrator to define whether
Possible values: the Voice Service Provider
- enable : support Redundancy network supports redundancy or
- disable : doesn't supprot Redundancy not.
Command Description
this command allows the operator to manage the voice sip session timer profile. The timer is used to consult with
remote, and at last, if session timer was enabled, the refresh timer will be started by IPTK. The SIP Session Timer
feature adds the capability to periodically refresh SIP sessions by sending repeated INVITE requests. The repeated
INVITE requests, or re-INVITEs, are sent during an active call leg to allow user agents (UA) or SIP proxies to
determine the status of a SIP session. Without this keep alive mechanism, proxies that remember incoming and
outgoing requests (stateful proxies) may continue to retain call state needlessly. If a UA fails to send a BYE
message at the end of a session or if the BYE message is lost because of network problems, a stateful proxy does
not know that the session has ended. The re-INVITES ensure that active sessions stay active and completed sessions
are terminated.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice sip system session-timer [ [ no ] enable ] [ no status | status <Sip::SessionTimerAdminState> ] [
no min-se-time | min-se-time <Sip::SessionTimerMinSE> ] [ no se-time | se-time
<Sip::SessionTimerSessionExpire> ] [ no admin-status | admin-status <Sip::SysObjectsAdminStatus> ]
Command Parameters
Table 25.14-2 "Voice Sip System Session Timer Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] enable Parameter type: boolean obsolete parameter replaced by
parameter "status"
Prefix activated of session timer
is enable
[no] status Parameter type: <Sip::SessionTimerAdminState> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "disable"
( enable To configure the SIP Session
| disable Timer feature capability. If it's
| enable-uas ) disable, shall not request session
Possible values: expiration in initial INVITE
- enable : Prefix activated of session timer is enable requests and 200 OK responses If
- disable : Prefix activated of session timer is disable it's enable, shall request session
- enable-uas : Prefix activated of session timer is expiration in initial INVITE
enableAsUas requests and 200 OK responses,
and in both cases, if an incoming
initial INVITE request contains a
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip DNS Server profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice sip ( no dnsserver (name) ) | ( dnsserver (name) [ no admin-status | admin-status
<Sip::sipDNSServerAdminStatus> ] address <Sip::sipDNSServerAddr> [ no priority | priority
<Sip::sipDNSServerPriority> ] [ no site | site <Sip::sipDNSServerSite> ] admin-domain-name
<Sip::AdminDomName> [ no port | port <Sip::sipDNSServerPort> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 25.15-1 "Voice Sip DNS Server Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: uniquely identify of this sip DNS
- uniquely identifies this voice dns server server
- length: 1<=x<=32
Table 25.15-2 "Voice Sip DNS Server Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] admin-status Parameter type: <Sip::sipDNSServerAdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "down"
( up administrative status of this DNS
| down ) server
Possible values:
- up : unlock the dns server
- down : lock the dns server
address Parameter type: <Sip::sipDNSServerAddr> mandatory parameter
Format: The address(ipv4) of this DNS
ipv4 : <Ip::V4Address> server
Possible values:
- ipv4 : the address type of the server is ipv4
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
[no] priority Parameter type: <Sip::sipDNSServerPriority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 100
- the SIP dns server priority, lower value with higher priority The priority of sip DNS
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Sip DHCP authentication params.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 25.16-1 "Voice Sip DHCP Authentication Params Configuration Commands" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ua-name) Format: uniquely identify of the user
- uniquely identifies the User Agent agent
- length: 1<=x<=32
secret-id Parameter type: <Sip::DHCPAuthentParaSecretId> A unique identifier of the DHCP
Format: message authentication parameter
- Unique identifier of the DHCP message authentication record
parameter record
- range: [1...4294967295]
Table 25.16-2 "Voice Sip DHCP Authentication Params Configuration Commands" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] key Parameter type: <Sip::DHCPAuthentParaKey> optional parameter with default
Format: value: ""
- DHCP secret key used for DHCP message authentication. DHCP secret key used for DHCP
Every letter in key must be in '0'~'9', 'a'~'f', 'A'~'F' and the message authentication. Every
string length must be even. letter in key must be in '0'~'9',
- length: x<=32 'a'~'f', 'A'~'F' and the string length
must be even.
[no] action-type Parameter type: <Sip::DHCPAuthentParaActionType> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "normal-send-req"
( normal-req-key the action type for the configured
| force-discover DHCP secret keys
Command Description
This command allows the operator to change the Failover/Failback type or mode.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 25.17-1 "Voice Sip Restoration Failover/Failback Type/Mode Configuration Commands"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(domain-name) Format: uniquely identify of admin
- provider name,Currently supports only vsp1 domain name
- length: x<=32
Table 25.17-2 "Voice Sip Restoration Failover/Failback Type/Mode Configuration Commands"
Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] start-time Parameter type: <Sip::FailXStartTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- an unsigned integer Fail X start time.
[no] end-time Parameter type: <Sip::FailXEndTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 0
- an unsigned integer Fail X end time.
fail-x-type Parameter type: <Sip::FailXType> optional parameter
Format: Fail X type, failover or failback.
( geo-fail-over
| geo-fail-back )
Possible values:
- geo-fail-over : geo fail over
- geo-fail-back : geo fail back
Command Description
Set statistics configuration.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges, and executed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice sip statistics stats-config [ [ no ] per-line ] [ [ no ] per-board ] [ [ no ] per-system ] [ [ no ] per-call
] [ [ no ] out-any-rsp ] [ [ no ] out-180-rsp ] [ [ no ] out-200-rsp ] [ [ no ] in-any-rsp ] [ [ no ] in-180-rsp ]
Command Parameters
Table 25.18-2 "Voice Statistics Configure Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] per-line Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable per line statistics function
[no] per-board Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable per board statistics
function
[no] per-system Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable per system statistics
function
[no] per-call Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable per call statistics function
[no] out-any-rsp Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable Arbitrary Response Mode
for out-going call answered
[no] out-180-rsp Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable 180 Response Mode for
out-going call answered
[no] out-200-rsp Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable 200 Response Mode for
out-going call answered
[no] in-any-rsp Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable Arbitrary Response Mode
for in-coming call answered
[no] in-180-rsp Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable 180 Response Mode for
in-coming call answered
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Cluster.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with megaco privileges, and executed by operators with megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 25.19-1 "Voice Cluster Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(cluster-id) Format: uniquely identify of this xvps
- the xvps cluster id cluster
- range: [1...8]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Megaco xvps ip.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with megaco privileges, and executed by operators with megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice cluster (cluster-id) ip [ ivps-ip <Ip::V4Address> ] [ netmask <Ip::V4Address> ] [ router-ip
<Ip::V4Address> ] [ vlan-id <MEGACO::ivpsXLESVLAN> ] [ no private-ip | private-ip <Ip::V4Address> ] [ no
private-netmask | private-netmask <Ip::V4Address> ] [ no private-vlan-id | private-vlan-id
<MEGACO::ivpsPrivateVLAN> ]
Command Parameters
Table 25.20-1 "Voice Megaco IP Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(cluster-id) Format: uniquely identify of this xvps
- the xvps cluster id cluster
- range: [1...8]
Table 25.20-2 "Voice Megaco IP Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
ivps-ip Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter
Format: xles ip address of this xvps
- IPv4-address cluster.When operator configure
Ip parameters first time ,operator
should provide ivps-ip,netmask
and vlan-id at the same time.
netmask Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter
Format: xles ip subnet mask address of
- IPv4-address this xvps cluster.When operator
configure Ip parameters first time
,operator should provide
ivps-ip,netmask and vlan-id at the
same time.
router-ip Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter
Format: the next hop ip address of this
- IPv4-address xvps cluster.When operator
configure Ip parameters first time
,operator should provide
ivps-ip,netmask and vlan-id at the
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice equipment.One ivps can manage at most 256
equipments,so the id of equipment is from 1 to 256.
If you want to configure a board or a termination ,you must configure a equipment first.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with megaco privileges, and executed by operators with megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice cluster (cluster-id) ( no equipment (equip-id) ) | ( equipment (equip-id) asam-id
<MEGACO::accessEquipmentAsamId> ip-address <Ip::V4Address> [ no next-hop | next-hop <Ip::V4Address> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 25.21-1 "Voice Megaco Equipment Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(cluster-id) Format: uniquely identify of this xvps
- the xvps cluster id cluster
- range: [1...8]
(equip-id) Format: uniquely identify of this
- id of equipment equipment
- range: [1...32]
Table 25.21-2 "Voice Megaco Equipment Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
asam-id Parameter type: <MEGACO::accessEquipmentAsamId> mandatory parameter
Format: asam identify of this ne
- the equipment asam id of ne
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_./]
- length: x<=64
ip-address Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
- IPv4-address during modification.
the voice ip address of this
isam-v ne
[no] next-hop Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "0.0.0.0"
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice board.Before you confiure a board,you must configure a
equipment first.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with megaco privileges, and executed by operators with megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice cluster (cluster-id) equipment (equip-id) ( no board (board-id) ) | ( board (board-id) planned-type
<Equipm::BoardFuncType> lanx-port <MEGACO::accessBoardLanxPort> )
Command Parameters
Table 25.22-1 "Voice Megaco Equipment Board Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(cluster-id) Format: uniquely identify of this xvps
- the xvps cluster id cluster
- range: [1...8]
(equip-id) Format: uniquely identify of this
- id of equipment equipment
- range: [1...32]
(board-id) Format: uniquely identify of this board.
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::NewSlotId> the CLI slot numbering method is
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::NewSlotId> ) based on logical concept.for XD
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> shelf, CLI logic slot-id(1 to 16) is
- the rack number mapped to physical slot-id from 4
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId> to 19. for FD shelf, CLI logic
- the shelf number slot-id(1 to 16) is mapped to
Field type <Eqpt::NewSlotId> physical slot-id from 1 to 8 and
- the LT slot number 12 to 19. In extend-lt mode, the
slot-id range shall be 1 to 18.For
XD shelf, CLI logic slot-id(17 to
18) is mapped to physical slot-id
from 2 to 3. for FD shelf, CLI
logic slot-id(17 to 18) is mapped
to physical slot-id from 10 to 11
Table 25.22-2 "Voice Megaco Equipment Board Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice termination.Before you configure a termination ,you must
configure a equipment first.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with megaco privileges, and executed by operators with megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice cluster (cluster-id) equipment (equip-id) ( no termination (port-id) ) | ( termination (port-id) [ no
type | type <MEGACO::accTerminationUserPortType> ] [ no isdn-codec | isdn-codec
<MEGACO::IsdnCodecType> ] [ no switch-type | switch-type <MEGACO::accTerminationPacketSwitchType> ] [
no activate-type | activate-type <MEGACO::accTerminationL1ActivateType> ] [ termination-id
<MEGACO::accessTerminationId> ] media-gateway-id <MEGACO::MediaGatewayId> [ no admin-status |
admin-status <MEGACO::accTerminationAdminStatus> ] [ no line-feed | line-feed
<MEGACO::accTerminationLineCharact> ] [ no rx-gain | rx-gain <MEGACO::accTerminationRxGain> ] [ no
tx-gain | tx-gain <MEGACO::accTerminationTxGain> ] [ no impedance | impedance
<MEGACO::accTerminationImpedance> ] [ no rtp-dscp | rtp-dscp <MEGACO::accTerminationVoiceDscp> ] [ no
rtp-pbits | rtp-pbits <MEGACO::accTerminationVoiceDot1P> ] [ no clip-mode | clip-mode
<MEGACO::accTerminationETSIClipDataMode> ] [ no metering-type | metering-type
<MEGACO::accTerminationMeteringPulseType> ] [ no directory-number | directory-number
<MEGACO::accTerminationDirectoryNumber> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 25.23-1 "Voice Megaco Equipment Termination Configuration Commands" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(cluster-id) Format: uniquely identify of this xvps
- the xvps cluster id cluster
- range: [1...8]
(equip-id) Format: uniquely identify of this
- id of equipment equipment
- range: [1...32]
(port-id) Format: unique identifier of this
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::NewSlotId> / termination port
<Eqpt::MegacoPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable/disable tca or configure the threshold for rtp packetloss, jitter and
delay of the Voice termination.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with megaco privileges, and executed by operators with megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure voice cluster (cluster-id) equipment (equip-id) termination (port-id) tca [ no tca-enable | tca-enable
<MEGACO::accTerminationTCAEnable> ] [ no rtp-pktloss-thres | rtp-pktloss-thres
<MEGACO::accTerminationRtpPacketLossTCAThreshold> ] [ no rtp-jitter-thres | rtp-jitter-thres
<MEGACO::accTerminationRtpJitterTCAThreshold> ] [ no rtp-delay-thres | rtp-delay-thres
<MEGACO::accTerminationRtpDelayTCAThreshold> ]
Command Parameters
Table 25.24-1 "Voice Megaco Termination Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(cluster-id) Format: uniquely identify of this xvps
- the xvps cluster id cluster
- range: [1...8]
(equip-id) Format: uniquely identify of this
- id of equipment equipment
- range: [1...32]
(port-id) Format: unique identifier of this
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::NewSlotId> / termination port
<Eqpt::MegacoPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::NewSlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::MegacoPortId>
- the port number of Megaco
Table 25.24-2 "Voice Megaco Termination Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Megaco media gateway.
- pstn-term-format: the termination id format pattern of pstn user.
If termid-type is hierarchy, It should be a string constructed according to the following rule:
[prefix][['Dslam_Id'][deli1]][['rack'][formater][deli2]]'shelf'[formater][deli3]'slot'[formater][deli4]'port'[formater]
and thereinto:
'Dslam_Id' is key to indicate whether the Dslam id should be filled into hierarchy termination id. It is optional.
'rack' is key to indicate whether the rack id should be filled into hierarchy termination id. It is optional.
'shelf' is key to indicate the shelf id. It is mandatory.
'slot' is key to indicate the slot id. It is mandatory.
'port' is key to indicate the port id. It is mandatory.
Each key should present only once and the order of the keys should keep as in the rule.
deli can be zero or several characters, be note that the char must be valid for MEGACO termination id.
formater is a format string to indicate how ISAMV should format the id right before it. It must be
constructed by zero or at most five digits. The number of digits indicate the minimum width of the id
in the termination id, so if the width of the id is less than number of digits in formater, '0' is
filling at the beginning. The value that converted by the digits into a integer indicates the value of
the first device NO. in the termination id. If the no digit existing, it indicates that no format need to
be applied.
prefix is a string constructed by any character that is valid for MEGACO termination id.
At least one of the deli and the formater must be presenting after the key(exclude 'Dslam_Id').
for example:
format string port position termination id
(dslamid/rack/shelf/slot/port)
-------------------------------------------------------------------
AL/Dslam_Id/rack/shelf/slot/port nod01/1/1/1/1 AL/nod01/1/1/1/1
AL/Dslam_Id/shelf/slot/port nod01/1/1/1/1 AL/nod01/1/1/1
AL/rack/shelf/slot/port nod01/1/1/1/1 AL/1/1/1/1
AL/rack0/shelf0/slot0/port00 nod01/1/1/1/1 AL/0/0/0/00
ALDslam_Idrack0shelf0slot0port00 nod01/1/1/1/1 ALnod0100000
ALDslam_Idrack0shelf0slot0port0 nod01/1/1/1/12 ALnod0100012
-------------------------------------------------------------------
If the termid-type is flat,It should be a string constructed according to the following rule:
[prefix]['<tid'[formater]'>']
and thereinto:
prefix is a string construct by any character that is valid for MEGACO termination id.
formater is a format string to indicate how ISAMV should format the id right before it.
It must be constructed by zero or at most five digits. The number of digits indicat the
minimum width of the id in the termination id,If contains no digit, it indicat that no
format need to be applied. for example:
format string port position termination id
(termination-id)
------------------------------------------------
AL/ 0 AL/0
AL 0 AL0
AL<tid000> 0 AL000
AL<tid000> 888 AL888
-------------------------------------------------
- isdn-term-format: the termination id format pattern of isdn user.
If termid-type is hierarchy, It should be a string constructed according to the following rule:
[prefix][['Dslam_Id'][deli1]][['rack'][formater][deli2]]'shelf'[formater][deli3]'slot'[formater]
[deli4]'port'[formater]][deli4]'channel'
and thereinto:
'Dslam_Id' is key to indicate whether the Dslam id should be filled into hierarchy termination id.
It is optional.
'rack' is key to indicate whether the rack id should be filled into hierarchy termination id.
It is optional.
'shelf' is key to indicate the shelf id. It is mandatory.
'slot' is key to indicate the slot id. It is mandatory.
'port' is key to indicate the port id. It is mandatory.
'channel' is key to indicate channel id. It is mandatory.
Each key should present only once and the order of the keys should keep as in the rule.
deli can be zero or several characters, be note that the char must be valid for MEGACO termination id.
formater is a format string to indicate how ISAMV should format the id right before it. It must be
constructed by zero or at most five digits. The number of digits indicate the minimum width of the id
in the termination id, so if the width of the id is less than number of digits in formater, '0' is
filling at the beginning. The value that converted by the digits into a integer indicates the value of
the first device NO. in the termination id. If the no digit existing, it indicates that no format need to
be applied. suffix already includes delimiter, so deli4 is will be replaced by suffix.
prefix is a string constructed by any character that is valid for MEGACO termination id.
At least one of the deli and the formater must be presenting after the key(exclude 'Dslam_Id').
for example:
format string port position termination id
(dslamid/rack/shelf/slot/port suffix)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BA/Dslam_Id/rack/shelf/slot/port/channel nod01/1/1/1/1 /B1 BA/nod01/1/1/1/1/B1
BA/Dslam_Id/shelf/slot/port/channel nod01/1/1/1/1 /B1 BA/nod01/1/1/1/B1
BA/rack/shelf/slot/port/channel nod01/1/1/1/1 /B1 BA/1/1/1/1/B1
BA/rack0/shelf0/slot0/port00/channel/channel nod01/1/1/1/1 /B1 BA/0/0/0/00/B1
BADslam_Idrack0shelf0slot0port00 nod01/1/1/1/1 /B1 BAnod0100000/B1
BADslam_Idrack0shelf0slot0port0/channel nod01/1/1/1/12 B1 BAnod0100012B1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If the termid-type is flat,It should be a string constructed according to the following rule:
[prefix]['<tid'[formater]'>']
and thereinto:
prefix is a string construct by any character that is valid for MEGACO termination id.
formater is a format string to indicate how ISAMV should format the id right before it.It must be
constructed by zero or at most five digits. The number of digits indicat the minimum width of the id
in the termination id,If contains no digit, it indicat that no format need to be applied. ISDN
termination id should not be zero because zero is reserved for special use of IID.
for example:
format string port position termination id
(termination-id sufix)
----------------------------------------------------
BA/ 1 /B1 BA/1/B1
BA 1 /B1 BA1/B1
BA<tid000> 1 /B1 BA001/B1
BA<tid000> 888 /B1 BA888/B1
----------------------------------------------------
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with megaco privileges, and executed by operators with megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 25.25-1 "Voice Megaco Media Gateway Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(cluster-id) Format: uniquely identify of this xvps
- the xvps cluster id cluster
- range: [1...8]
(media-gateway-id) Format: uniquely identify of this media
- the media gateway table index gateway
- range: [1]
Table 25.25-2 "Voice Megaco Media Gateway Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Voice Megaco signal gateway.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with megaco privileges, and executed by operators with megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 25.26-1 "Voice Megaco Signal Gateway Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(cluster-id) Format: uniquely identify of this xvps
- the xvps cluster id cluster
- range: [1...8]
(signal-gateway-id) Format: uniquely identify of this signal
- the signal gateway table index gateway
- range: [1]
Table 25.26-2 "Voice Megaco Signal Gateway Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
prim-asp-ip Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> mandatory parameter
Format: the primary asp ip
- IPv4-address
prim-sctp-port Parameter type: mandatory parameter
<MEGACO::signallingGatewayInterfacePrimarySCTPPort> the sctp port of the primary asp
Format:
- the sctp port of the primary asp
- range: [1...65534]
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Debug Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----debug-trace
----[no] protocol-trace
- (trace-subject)
- protocol
- syslog
- [no] events
- [no] packet-summary
Command Description
This commands allows the operator to enable/disable protocol tracing. The operator can enter the protocol, port
and level of detail for which tracing can be enabled. It is mandatory to enable/disable atleast one of the tracings,
events or packet-summary.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 26.2-1 "Protocol Tracing Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(trace-subject) Format: subject for which tracing is
( dsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / enabled(e.g ADSL line,PVC)
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Debug::PortId>
| atm-pvc : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Debug::PortId> :
<Eqpt::VpiMandatoryId> : <Eqpt::VciMandatoryId>
| shdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Debug::PortId>
| ethernet-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Debug::PortId>
| uni : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| voip : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> )
Possible values:
- dsl-line : the xDSL line
- atm-pvc : the PVC of the ADSL line
- shdsl-line : a static shdsl line interface
- ethernet-line : a native ethernet line interface
- uni : GPON ONT uni interface
- voip : virtual uni identifier
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Ethernet Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----ethernet
----line
- (if-index)
- port-type
- [no] admin-up
----tca-line-threshold
- [no] enable
- [no] los
- [no] fcs
- [no] rx-octets
- [no] tx-octets
- [no] los-day
- [no] fcs-day
- [no] rx-octets-day
- [no] tx-octets-day
----mau
- (index)
- type
- power
- [no] autonegotiate
- [no] cap1000base-xfd
- [no] cap1000base-tfd
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the ethernet line.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges, and executed by operators with transport
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 27.2-1 "Ethernet Line Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
( nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> )
Possible values:
- nt : the nt slot
- nt-a : the nt-a slot
- nt-b : the nt-b slot
Possible values:
- sfp : sfp port
- xfp : xfp port
Field type <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
- the faceplate port number
Table 27.2-2 "Ethernet Line Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
port-type Parameter type: <ETHITF::PortType> optional parameter
Format: the whole network service model
uplink based on this interface
Possible values:
- uplink : uplink port type
[no] admin-up Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
admin status is up
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Threshold Crossing Alert (TCA) thresholds. The configuration
is specific per ethernet line.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges, and executed by operators with transport
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure ethernet line (if-index) tca-line-threshold [ [ no ] enable ] [ no los | los <ETHITF::TcaThreshold> ] [ no
fcs | fcs <ETHITF::TcaThreshold> ] [ no rx-octets | rx-octets <ETHITF::TcaThresholdMB> ] [ no tx-octets |
tx-octets <ETHITF::TcaThresholdMB> ] [ no los-day | los-day <ETHITF::TcaThreshold> ] [ no fcs-day | fcs-day
<ETHITF::TcaThreshold> ] [ no rx-octets-day | rx-octets-day <ETHITF::TcaThresholdMB> ] [ no tx-octets-day |
tx-octets-day <ETHITF::TcaThresholdMB> ]
Command Parameters
Table 27.3-1 "Ethernet Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
( nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> )
Possible values:
- nt : the nt slot
- nt-a : the nt-a slot
- nt-b : the nt-b slot
Possible values:
- sfp : sfp port
- xfp : xfp port
Field type <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
- the faceplate port number
Table 27.3-2 "Ethernet Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] enable Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable the reporting of TCA's for
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Mau. The configuration is specific per ethernet line.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges, and executed by operators with transport
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure ethernet line (if-index) mau (index) [ type <Ether::MAUType> ] [ power <ETHITF::Power> ] [ [ no ]
autonegotiate ] [ [ no ] cap1000base-xfd ] [ [ no ] cap1000base-tfd ]
Command Parameters
Table 27.4-1 "Ethernet Line Mau Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
( nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> )
Possible values:
- nt : the nt slot
- nt-a : the nt-a slot
- nt-b : the nt-b slot
Possible values:
- sfp : sfp port
- xfp : xfp port
Field type <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
- the faceplate port number
(index) Format: identify MAU, among others
- port to which the MAU is connected connected to same interface
- range: [1...2147483647]
Table 27.4-2 "Ethernet Line Mau Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
type Parameter type: <Ether::MAUType> optional parameter
Format: the mau type
( 10baset
| 100basetxhd
| 100basetxfd
| 100basefxhd
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Efm Oam Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----efm-oam
----interface
- (interface)
- [no] admin-up
- [no] passive-mode
- [no] keep-alive-intvl
- [no] response-intvl
- [no] data-length
- [no] bitrate
- [no] smac
- [no] dmac
Command Description
This command will allow the operator to enable/disable EFM OAM on the specified Ethernet-like interface and
configure the mode, alive timer and response timer intervals. In addition also the internal traffic generator data
applicable to this interface can be configured.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges, and executed by operators with transport
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 28.2-1 "Efm Oam Interface ConfigurationCommand" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(interface) Format: identification of EFM port /
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / Ethernet port
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 28.2-2 "Efm Oam Interface ConfigurationCommand" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] admin-up Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
enable efm oam
[no] passive-mode Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
oam mode is passive
[no] keep-alive-intvl Parameter type: <Ether::KeepAliveTimeTicks> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 300
- a timeout value expressed in seconds keep alive time interval
- unit: seconds
- range: [1...300]
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "CFM Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----cfm
----[no] domain
- (domain-index)
- name
- level
----[no] association
- (association-index)
- [no] bridgeport
- [no] vlan
- [no] mhf-creation
- name
- [no] ccm-interval
- [no] ccm-aware
- [no] ccm-admin-state
----[no] mep
- (mepid)
- location
- [no] cci-enable
- [no] ccm-priority
- [no] low-pri-defect
- [no] fng-alarm-time
- [no] fng-reset-time
- [no] slm-resp-enable
- [no] dm-resp-enable
- [no] lm-resp
- [no] slm-init-enable
- [no] lm-init
----[no] remote-mep
- (rmepid)
----slm
- [no] inactivity-time
----y1731pm
----[no] domain
- (domain-index)
- association
- mep
- session-id
- type
- target-mac
- [no] priority
- [no] adminup
- interval
- size
- measurement-intvl
Command Description
This command is used to define a Maintenance Domain (MD) at particular maintenance level. There are 8 possible
levels. Note that once created, the MD cannot be modified. To modify, delete the entry and create a new one.
Note that, if an MD is deleted, any subtending Maintenance Associations (MAs), and their subtending Maintenance
Points (MPs), will be automatically deleted only if CCM Admin State is locked for all of the MAs.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure cfm ( no domain (domain-index) ) | ( domain (domain-index) name <Cfm::FormatedName> level
<Cfm::MdLevelType> )
Command Parameters
Table 29.2-1 "Maintenance Domain Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(domain-index) Format: Maintenance Domain (MD)
- Maintenance Domain (MD) index index
- range: [1...4294967295]
Table 29.2-2 "Maintenance Domain Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
name Parameter type: <Cfm::FormatedName> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
( dns : <Cfm::PrintableString> during modification.
| mac : <Cfm::MacAddress> Maintenance Domain (MD) name
| string : <Cfm::PrintableString> type and unique name
| none )
Possible values:
- dns : DNS name (e.g. alcatel.com)
- mac : MAC address plus 2 hex octets, e.g.
11:22:33:44:55:66:77:88
- string : A character string (e.g. operator)
- none : No MD name.
Field type <Cfm::PrintableString>
- all characters except for characters 0 to 31
- length: 1<=x<=43
Field type <Cfm::MacAddress>
- MAC address plus 2 hex octets, e.g.
11:22:33:44:55:66:77:88
Command Description
This command is used to create or modify a Maintenance Association (MA). Only modification of the
MHFCreation is allowed. As a result, the VlanId has been made optional in the Command Syntax as VlanId is
mandatory for creation and is not applicable for modification. Each Maintenance Domain (MD) can have one or
more MAs.
Note that, if an MA is deleted, any subtending Maintenance Points (MPs) will automatically be deleted.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 29.3-1 "Maintenance Association Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(domain-index) Format: Maintenance Domain (MD)
- Maintenance Domain (MD) index index
- range: [1...4294967295]
(association-index) Format: Maintenance Association (MA)
- Maintenance Association (MA) index. Unique within an index. Unique within an MD
MD
- range: [1...4294967295]
Table 29.3-2 "Maintenance Association Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] bridgeport Parameter type: <Cfm::InterfaceZeroIndex> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "none"
none The parameter is not visible
Possible values: during modification.
- none : no port IfIndex of UNI
[no] vlan Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "stacked : 0 : 4097"
Command Description
This command is used to configure a Maintenance association End Point (MEP) within a Maintenance Association
(MA). Each MA can have zero or more MEPs. Once a MEP is created, it cannot be modified. To modify the MEP,
delete the entry and create a new one.
Note that there are correlations between a MEP and a VLAN port location. To create a MEP, the MEP's MA must
be associated with the port location's VLAN. Also if the port location is deleted, the related MEP(s) will
automatically be deleted.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure cfm domain (domain-index) association (association-index) ( no mep (mepid) ) | ( mep (mepid)
location <Cfm::location> [ [ no ] cci-enable ] [ no ccm-priority | ccm-priority <Cfm::MepCcmPriority> ] [ no
low-pri-defect | low-pri-defect <Cfm::MepLowPriorityDefect> ] [ no fng-alarm-time | fng-alarm-time
<Cfm::MepFngAlarmTime> ] [ no fng-reset-time | fng-reset-time <Cfm::MepFngResetTime> ] [ [ no ]
slm-resp-enable ] [ [ no ] dm-resp-enable ] [ no lm-resp | lm-resp <Cfm::MepLmEnableDisable> ] [ [ no ]
slm-init-enable ] [ no lm-init | lm-init <Cfm::MepLmInitEnableDisable> ] )
Command Parameters
Table 29.4-1 "Maintenance Association End Point Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(domain-index) Format: Maintenance Domain (MD)
- Maintenance Domain (MD) index index
- range: [1...4294967295]
(association-index) Format: Maintenance Association (MA)
- Maintenance Association (MA) index. Unique within an index. Unique within an MD
MD
- range: [1...4294967295]
(mepid) Format: MA End Point (MEP) ID. Unique
- MA End Point (MEP) ID. Unique within an MA within an MA
- range: [1...8191]
Table 29.4-2 "Maintenance Association End Point Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
location Parameter type: <Cfm::location> mandatory parameter
Command Description
This command is used to configure a Remote Maintenance association End Point (RMEP) within a Maintenance
Association (MA). Once a RMEP is created, it cannot be modified. To modify the RMEP, delete the entry and
create a new one.
Note
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure cfm domain (domain-index) association (association-index) ( no remote-mep (rmepid) ) | ( remote-mep
(rmepid) )
Command Parameters
Table 29.5-1 "Remote Maintenance Association End Point Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(domain-index) Format: Maintenance Domain (MD)
- Maintenance Domain (MD) index index
- range: [1...4294967295]
(association-index) Format: Maintenance Association (MA)
- Maintenance Association (MA) index. Unique within an index. Unique within an MD
MD
- range: [1...4294967295]
(rmepid) Format: Remote MA End Point (MEP)
- MA End Point (MEP) ID. Unique within an MA ID. Unique within an MA
- range: [1...8191]
Command Description
This command can be used to configure the parameters for synthetic loss measurement
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 29.6-2 "Synthetic Loss Measurement configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] inactivity-time Parameter type: <Cfm::slmInactivityTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 100L
- inactivity time value of slm inactivity timer
- unit: seconds
- range: [10...100]
Command Description
This command is used to configure PM-Proactive tests.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Description
This command is used to configure PM Proactive tests.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 29.8-1 "CFM PM Proactive test management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(domain-index) Format: Maintenance Domain Index.
- Maintenance Domain (MD) index
- range: [1...4294967295]
association Parameter type: <Cfm::CfmMaIndexType> Maintenance Association Index.
Format:
- Maintenance Association (MA) index. Unique within an
MD
- range: [1...4294967295]
mep Parameter type: <Cfm::MepIdType> Maintenance Association End
Format: Point (MEP) ID. Unique within
- MA End Point (MEP) ID. Unique within an MA an MA.
- range: [1...8191]
session-id Parameter type: <Cfm::SessionIdType> PM Proactive test SessionId.
Format:
- Session Id for PM proactive
- range: [1...960]
Table 29.8-2 "CFM PM Proactive test management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
type Parameter type: <Cfm::PmTestType> mandatory parameter
Format: The parameter is not visible
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Trouble-Shooting Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----trouble-shooting
----statistics
----[no] interface
- (if-index)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to enable or disable the extensive trouble-shooting counters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 30.2-1 "Trouble-shooting Interface Configuration Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Possible values:
- voip : virtual uni identifier
obsolete alternative replaced by vuni
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "IPoA/E IW Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----ipoa/e-iw
----[no] port
- (interworking-port)
- user-ip
- gw-ip
----[no] gateway
- (vlanid)
- gw-ip-addr
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the parameter on the IPOA L2 interworking port level
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 31.2-1 "IPoA/E IW Interworking Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(interworking-port) Format: index of rack/shelf/slot/port
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / user-bridgeport
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Table 31.2-2 "IPoA/E IW Interworking Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
user-ip Parameter type: <Ip::V4AddressHex> optional parameter
Format: ip address for user
- IPv4-address
gw-ip Parameter type: <Ip::V4AddressHex> optional parameter
Format: ip address for next-hop gateway
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure gateway address per L2 forwarder vlan
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 31.3-1 "IPoA/E IW Gateway Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlanid) Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
Table 31.3-2 "IPoA/E IW Gateway Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
gw-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4AddressHex> mandatory parameter
Format: the gateway ip address
- IPv4-address
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "LineTest Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----linetest
----cluster
- (cluster-id)
----ltsession
- (sessionid)
- session-cmd
- ownerid
- timeout-period
- line-num
- type-high
- type-low
- test-parm-num
- test-mode
- type-extend
----ltline
- (sessionid)
- lineid
- line-status
----ltparm
- (sessionid)
- test-name(unit)
- value1
- value2
- value3
- value4
- value5
- min-threshold
- max-threshold
- min-threshold2
- max-threshold2
----single
----ltsession
- (sessionid)
- session-cmd
- ownerid
- timeout-period
- line-num
- type-high
- type-low
- test-parm-num
- test-mode
- inactive-timer
- type-extend
- [no] group-opt
- [no] busy-overwrite
----ltline
- (sessionid)
- lineid
- line-status
----ltparm
- (sessionid)
- test-name(unit)
- value1
- value2
- value3
- value4
- value5
- min-threshold
- max-threshold
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the MEGACO LineTest session parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with megaco privileges, and executed by operators with megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 32.2-1 "Megaco LineTest Session Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(cluster-id) Format: uniquely identify of this xvps
- the xvps cluster id cluster
- range: [1...8]
(sessionid) Format: uniquely identify of session
- available session id
- range: [1]
Table 32.2-2 "Megaco LineTest Session Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
session-cmd Parameter type: <LineTest::SessCmdForConfig> optional parameter
Format: the linetest session command
( create
| starttest
| sendinfo
| startinfo
| destroy
| recv-subtest
| start-subtest
| repeat
| endtest )
Possible values:
- create : create a test session
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the MEGACO LineTest line parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with megaco privileges, and executed by operators with megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure linetest cluster (cluster-id) ltline (sessionid) lineid <Itf::LineTestMegacoLineId> [ line-status
<LineTest::LineStatusForConfig> ]
Command Parameters
Table 32.3-1 "Megaco LineTest Line Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(cluster-id) Format: uniquely identify of this xvps
- the xvps cluster id cluster
- range: [1...8]
(sessionid) Format: uniquely identify of session
- available session id
- range: [1]
lineid Parameter type: <Itf::LineTestMegacoLineId> Identify of line
Format:
<Eqpt::NodeId> / <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::NewSlotId> / <Eqpt::MegacoPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::NodeId>
- the Node number
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::NewSlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::MegacoPortId>
- the port number of Megaco
Table 32.3-2 "Megaco LineTest Line Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
line-status Parameter type: <LineTest::LineStatusForConfig> optional parameter
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage megaco linetest parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with megaco privileges, and executed by operators with megaco
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> configure linetest cluster (cluster-id) ltparm (sessionid) test-name(unit) <LineTest::TestTypeMegaco> [ value1
<LineTest::ExtRpVal> ] [ value2 <LineTest::ExtRpVal> ] [ value3 <LineTest::ExtRpVal> ] [ value4
<LineTest::ExtRpVal> ] [ value5 <LineTest::ExtRpVal> ] [ min-threshold <LineTest::TestThreshold> ] [
max-threshold <LineTest::TestThreshold> ] [ min-threshold2 <LineTest::TestThreshold> ] [ max-threshold2
<LineTest::TestThreshold> ]
Command Parameters
Table 32.4-1 "MEGACO LineTest Param Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(cluster-id) Format: uniquely identify of this xvps
- the xvps cluster id cluster
- range: [1...8]
(sessionid) Format: uniquely identify of session
- available session id
- range: [1...16]
test-name(unit) Parameter type: <LineTest::TestTypeMegaco> test type
Format:
( feeded-ac-tr(mv)
| feeded-ac-tg(mv)
| feeded-ac-rg(mv)
| foreign-ac-tr(mv)
| foreign-ac-tg(mv)
| foreign-ac-rg(mv)
| feeded-dc-tr(mv)
| foreign-dc-tr(mv)
| foreign-dc-tg(mv)
| foreign-dc-rg(mv)
| feed-current(ua)
| feeded-dc-rt(mv)
| resist-tr(ohm)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the single LineTest session parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip , xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with sip , xdsl
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 32.5-1 "SINGLE LineTest Session Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(sessionid) Format: uniquely identify of session
- available session id
- range: [1]
Table 32.5-2 "SINGLE LineTest Session Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
session-cmd Parameter type: <LineTest::SessCmdForConfig> optional parameter
Format: the linetest session command
( create
| starttest
| sendinfo
| startinfo
| destroy
| recv-subtest
| start-subtest
| repeat
| endtest )
Possible values:
- create : create a test session
- starttest : transfer data done, start a test
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the single LineTest line parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip , xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with sip , xdsl
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 32.6-1 "SINGLE LineTest Line Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(sessionid) Format: uniquely identify of session
- available session id
- range: [1]
lineid Parameter type: <Itf::LineTestSingleLineId> Identify of line
Format:
<Eqpt::NodeId> / <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::NodeId>
- the Node number
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 32.6-2 "SINGLE LineTest Line Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
line-status Parameter type: <LineTest::LineStatusForConfig> optional parameter
Format: status of line for test
( intest
| testover
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage single linetest parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip , xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with sip , xdsl
privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 32.7-1 "SINGLE LineTest Param Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(sessionid) Format: uniquely identify of session
- available session id
- range: [1]
test-name(unit) Parameter type: <LineTest::TestTypeSip> test type
Format:
( feeded-ac-tr(mv)
| feeded-ac-tg(mv)
| feeded-ac-rg(mv)
| foreign-ac-tr(mv)
| foreign-ac-tg(mv)
| foreign-ac-rg(mv)
| feeded-dc-tr(mv)
| foreign-dc-tr(mv)
| foreign-dc-tg(mv)
| foreign-dc-rg(mv)
| feed-current(ua)
| feeded-dc-rt(mv)
| resist-tr(ohm)
| resist-rt(ohm)
| resist-tg(ohm)
| resist-rg(ohm)
| resist-tbat(ohm)
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "LACP Configuration Commands".
Command Tree
----configure
----link-agg
----general
- [no] priority
----port
- (port)
- [no] passive-lacp
- [no] short-timeout
- [no] actor-port-prio
----group
- (group)
- load-sharing-policy
- [no] max-active-port
- mode
----[no] port
- (port)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the general LACP parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with lacp privileges, and executed by operators with lacp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 33.2-2 "LACP general configuration command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] priority Parameter type: <Lacp::SysPriority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- the lacp system priority the lacp system priority
- range: [1...65535]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the link aggregation port parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with lacp privileges, and executed by operators with lacp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 33.3-1 "LACP port configuration command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: interface index of the port
( nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> )
Possible values:
- nt : the nt slot
- nt-a : the nt-a slot
- nt-b : the nt-b slot
Possible values:
- sfp : sfp port
- xfp : xfp port
Field type <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
- the faceplate port number
Table 33.3-2 "LACP port configuration command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] passive-lacp Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
set lacp inactive for the actor
[no] short-timeout Parameter type: boolean optional parameter
short timeout for the lacp
protocol
[no] actor-port-prio Parameter type: <Lacp::ActorPortPriority> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "1"
- la aggregate port priority port priority for the actor
- range: [0...255]
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the link aggregation group parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with lacp privileges, and executed by operators with lacp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 33.4-1 "LACP group configuration command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(group) Format: interface index of the link
( nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> aggregation group
| nt-a : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> )
Possible values:
- nt : the nt slot
- nt-a : the nt-a slot
- nt-b : the nt-b slot
Possible values:
- sfp : sfp port
- xfp : xfp port
Field type <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
- the faceplate port number
Table 33.4-2 "LACP group configuration command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
load-sharing-policy Parameter type: <Lacp::LoadSharingPolicy> optional parameter
Format: link aggregation load sharing
( mac-src policy
| mac-dst
| mac-src-dst
| ip-src
| ip-dst
| ip-src-dst )
Possible values:
- mac-src : source mac based
Command Description
This command allows the operator to add/remove link aggregation group member ports.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with lacp privileges, and executed by operators with lacp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 33.5-1 "LACP Group Port configuration command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(group) Format: interface index of the link
( nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> aggregation group
| nt-a : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> )
Possible values:
- nt : the nt slot
- nt-a : the nt-a slot
- nt-b : the nt-b slot
Possible values:
- sfp : sfp port
- xfp : xfp port
Field type <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
- the faceplate port number
(port) Format: Interface index of the port
( nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> )
Possible values:
- nt : the nt slot
- nt-a : the nt-a slot
- nt-b : the nt-b slot
Possible values:
- sfp : sfp port
- xfp : xfp port
Field type <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Equipment Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----equipment
----slot
- (slot)
----shelf-summary
- (shelf)
----diagnostics
----sfp
- (position)
----temperature
- (slot)
- sensor-id
----auth
----planned-resource
- (slot)
- resource-id
----transceiver-inventory
- (index)
----isam
----rack
- (rack)
----shelf
- (shelf)
----power
- (shelf)
Command Description
This commands shows the slot status. The following information is shown for each slot:
• type : describes the type of the unit that is currently present in the slot.
• capab-profile: capabilty profile assigned to the slot, applicable for line boards, NTIOs and mini-NT NRNT-A.
• oper-status: describes whether the unit is able to perform its normal operation.
• error-status: provides the reason why the board is not operational. These values correspond to the alarms
generated in case of a failure.
• available-status: provides further information regarding the state of the unit.
• manufacturer: provides an identification of the unit manufacturer.
• inventory-pba: provides the Alcatel-Lucent Printed Board Assembly code of the unit.
• inventory-fpba: provides the Alcatel-Lucent Printed Board Assembly code of the unit which also identifies the
boot software.
• inventory-ics: provides the Item Change Status iteration code of the unit.
• inventory-clei: provides the (USA) Common Language Equipment Identification code of the unit.
• serial-no: provides the serial number of the board.
• failed-test: provides identification of the last failing test using four numbers, from MSB to LSB:
- - table number (1 byte)
- - segment number (1 byte)
- - case number (1 byte)
- - check number (1 byte)
As long as there has been no failing self test, the value of this attribute will be 0.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 34.2-1 "Slot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(slot) Format: the physical slot position
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt-a
| nt-b
| nt
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
Command Output
Table 34.2-2 "Slot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
planned-type Parameter type: <Equipm::BrdType> A string representing the board
Data driven field type that is planned in the slot.
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration This element is only shown in
and software. detail mode.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
actual-type Parameter type: <Equipm::ActBoardType> A string representing the board
Data driven field type that is actually present in the slot.
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration This element is always shown.
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
oper-status Parameter type: <Equipm::OperStatus> Specifies whether the plug-in unit
short name: enabled ( ( enabled | yes ) is able to perform its normal
| ( disabled | no ) ) operation.
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- enabled :
- yes :
- disabled :
- no :
error-status Parameter type: <Equipm::OperError> Specifies for what reason the
( no-error board is not operational. These
| type-mismatch values correspond with the
| board-missing alarms which are generated in
| no-installation case of a failure.
| no-planned-board This element is always shown.
| waiting-for-sw
| init-boot-failed
| init-download-failed
| init-connection-failed
| configuration-failed
| board-reset-protection
| invalid-parameter
| temperature-alarm
| tempshutdown
| defense
| board-not-licensed
| sem-power-fail
| sem-ups-fail
| incompatible-slot
| download-ongoing
| unknown-error )
Command Description
This commands shows a summary of the slots in a shelf.
The least significant bit of the first byte shown corresponds to the slot position 1.
User Level
none
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 34.3-1 "Shelf Summary Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(shelf) Format: the physical shelf position
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Command Output
Table 34.3-2 "Shelf Summary Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
changes Parameter type: <Counter> Number of configuration or status
- 32 bit counter changes for slots/boards within
this shelf.
This element is always shown.
occupied-slots Parameter type: <Equipm::Octet-8> Specifies the occupation of slots.
- a binary string This element is only shown in
- length: 8 detail mode.
admin-unlocked Parameter type: <Equipm::Octet-8> Specifies the administrative state
- a binary string of the boards whether it is locked
- length: 8 or not.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
oper-unlocked Parameter type: <Equipm::Octet-8> Specifies the operational state of
- a binary string the boards whether it is locked or
Command Description
This command allows the operator to read real-time diagnostic measurements from the A2 bank of a specified SFP
or lower data bank of XFP. The following information is shown for each specified sfp/xfp:
• The slot index of the sfp
• The number of the sfp cage
• The diagnostics availability: For XFP, AO denotes the upper bank and A2 denotes the lower bank.
• The Loss of Signal status
• The Transmit Fault status
• The transmit power (tx-power): This parameter displays the transmit power of the SFP/XFP.It is a string that
can be one of the following possible values:
- A string containing power value ranging from "-40.00 dBm" to "8.16 dBm", in 0.01 dBm increments.
- "No Power" - When no optical power is being transmitted by an sfp.
- "NotApplicable" - This is used for an electrical SFP.
- "NotAvailable" - The measurement could not be obtained.
- "Invalid" - The calibration calculation returned an invalid result.
• The received power (rx-power): This parameter displays the received power of the SFP/XFP(not applicable for
pon ports). It is a string that can be one of the following possible values:
- A string containing power value ranging from "-40.00 dBm" to "8.16 dBm", in 0.01 dBm increments.
- "No Power" - When no optical power is being received by an sfp.
- "NotApplicable" - This is used for an electrical SFP.
- "NotAvailable" - The measurement could not be obtained.
- "Invalid" - The calibration calculation returned an invalid result.
• The transmit bias current (tx-bias-current) : This parameter displays the transmit bias current of the SFP/XFP.
It is a string that can be one of the following possible values:
- A string containing a current value ranging from "0.00 mA" to "131.10 mA", in 0.01 mA increments.
- "NotApplicable" - This is used for an electrical SFP.
- "NotAvailable" - The measurement could not be obtained.
- "Invalid" - The calibration calculation returned an invalid result.
• The transceiver supply voltage (supply-voltage) : This parameter displays the transceiver supply voltage of the
SFP/XFP. It is a string that can be one of the following possible values:
- A string containing a voltage value ranging from "0.00 VDC" to "6.55 VDC", in 0.01 VDC increments.
- "NotAvailable" - The measurement could not be obtained.
- "Invalid" - The calibration calculation returned an invalid result.
• The temperature : This parameter displays the temperature of the SFP/XFP. It is a string that can be one of the
following possible values:
- A string containing a temperature value ranging from "-128.00 degrees Celsius" to "128.00 degrees
Celsius" in 0.01 degrees Celsius increments.
- "NotAvailable" - The measurement could not be obtained.
• temperature-tca : This parameter displays the freshly-measured temperature alarm/warning threshold crossing
status of the specified SFP/SFP+/XFP. It is a string that can be one of the following possible values:
- "not-available" - the measurement could not be obtained
- "normal-value" - No threshold crossing, present value is within the threshold
- "low-warning-th" - Present value is greater than the low warning level threshold
- "low-alarm-th" - Present value is greater than the low alarm level threshold
- "high-warning-th" - Present value is greater than the high warning level threshold
- "high-alarm-th" - Present value is greater than the high alarm level threshold
• voltage-tca : This parameter displays the freshly-measured voltage alarm/warning threshold crossing status of
the specified SFP/SFP+/XFP. It is a string that can be one of the following possible values:
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 34.4-1 "SFP/XFP Diagnostics Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(position) Format: the physical sfp or xfp cage
( nt : sfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber> position
| nt : xfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| nt-a : sfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| nt-a : xfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
Command Output
Table 34.4-2 "SFP/XFP Diagnostics Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
diag-avail-status Parameter type: <Eqpt::SfpDiagAvailable> sfp/xfp diagnostics availability
( no-error status. for xfp, a0 denotes the
| cage-no-diag-supp upper bank and a2 denotes the
| cage-empty lower bank
| cage-no-a2-supp This element is always shown.
| a0-read-failed
| a0-checksum-failed
| sfp-no-a2-supp
| a2-read-failed
| a2-checksum-failed )
Possible values:
- no-error : sfp diag is available
- cage-no-diag-supp : cage does not support diag
- cage-empty : cage is empty
- cage-no-a2-supp : cage does not support A2
- a0-read-failed : A0 read failed
- a0-checksum-failed : A0 checksum failed
- sfp-no-a2-supp : SFP does not support A2
- a2-read-failed : A2 read failed
- a2-checksum-failed : A2 checksum failed
los Parameter type: <Eqpt::SfpDiagLos> loss of signal
( los This element is always shown.
| no-los
| not-available )
Possible values:
- los : loss of signal info
- no-los : no los
- not-available : not available
tx-fault Parameter type: <Eqpt::SfpDiagTxFault> sfp/xfp tx fault
( tx-fault This element is always shown.
| no-tx-fault
| not-applicable
| not-available )
Possible values:
- tx-fault : transmit fault info
- no-tx-fault : no tx fault
- not-applicable : not applicable
- not-available : not available
Command Description
This commands shows the board temperature status. The following information is shown for each thermal sensor:
• act-temp : actual temperature of thermal sensor; expressed in degrees Celsius.
• tca-low: low thresholds for the alarm "Temperature Exceeded"; expressed in degrees Celsius.
• tca-high: high thresholds for the alarm "Temperature Exceeded"; expressed in degrees Celsius.
• shut-low: low threshold for the alarm "Temperature Shutdown"; expressed in degrees Celsius.
• shut-high: high threshold for the alarm "Temperature Shutdown"; expressed in degrees Celsius.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 34.5-1 "Board Temperature Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(slot) Format: the physical slot position
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt-a
| nt-b
| nt )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
sensor-id Parameter type: <Equipm::SensorId> the sensor id of a board
Format:
- the sensor id of a board
- range: [1...8]
Command Output
Command Description
This command displays common values related to the authentication.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 34.6-2 "Authentication Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
loid Parameter type: <Equipm::Loid> logical onu identifier
- logical onu identifier This element is always shown.
- length: 1<=x<=24
slid-mode Parameter type: <Equipm::slidMode> the interpret mode of subscriber
( ascii location id
| hex ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- ascii : ascii string to store slid
- hex : hex string to store slid
slid Parameter type: <Equipm::slid> subscriber location id of the ont
- subscriber location id of the ont,length should be less than This element is always shown.
or equal to 10 when slidMode is ascii
- length: x<=20
loid-auth-status Parameter type: <Equipm::loidAuthStatus> the interpret mode of subscriber
( initstatus location id
| authpass This element is always shown.
| loidnotexist
| pwdnotmatch
| loidconflicts )
Possible values:
- initstatus : loid authentication is initialized
- authpass : loid authentication is passed
- loidnotexist : loid is not exist in olt
- pwdnotmatch : pwd is not match loid
- loidconflicts : loid is conflict with exist loid
reg-status Parameter type: <Equipm::registerStatus> the interpret mode of subscriber
( initstatus location id
| succeed This element is always shown.
Command Description
This commands shows the actual values of configured hardware resources on boards.. The following information is
shown for each resource:
• current: The actual planned value for the resource
• max-value: The maximum value that the board supports for this resource.
• description: A string describing the planned resource for this board.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 34.7-1 "Board Planned Resource Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(slot) Format: the physical slot position
lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
resource-id Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the planned resource id of a board
Format:
- a signed integer
Command Output
Table 34.7-2 "Board Planned Resource Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
current-value Parameter type: <SignedInteger> The actual planned value for the
short name: cur-val - a signed integer resource.
This element is always shown.
maximum-value Parameter type: <SignedInteger> The maximum value that the
Command Description
This command retrieves the configuration data associated with SFP/SFP+/XFP.The following information is
shown for each specified sfp/sfp+/xfp:
• For the following data, output "not-Available" implies that the the measurement could not be obtained.
• inventory-status - the transceiver inventory status. For XFP, AO denotes the upper bank and A2 denotes the
lower bank.
• alu-part-num - the alcatel lucent part number available in sfp or xfp eeprom
• clei-code - the clei code available in sfp or xfp eeprom
• tx-wavelength - the transmission wavelength available in sfp or xfp eeprom
• fiber-type - the fiber type available in sfp or xfp eeprom
• additional-info - the customer specific additional information of the specified sfp or sfp+ or xfp
• mfg-name - the manufacturer name available in sfp or xfp eeprom
• mfg-oui - the manufacturer code available in sfp or xfp eeprom
• mfg-date - the manufacturer date available in sfp or xfp eeprom
• vendor-serial-num - the vendor serial number available in sfp or xfp eeprom
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 34.8-1 "Transceiver Inventory Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the physical sfp or xfp cage
( nt : sfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber> position
| nt : xfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| nt-a : sfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| nt-a : xfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| nt-b : sfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
| nt-b : xfp : <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber> )
Possible values:
- nt : active nt slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
Possible values:
- sfp : SFP port
- xfp : XFP port
Field type <Eqpt::SfpCageNumber>
- the SFP cage number
Command Output
Table 34.8-2 "Transceiver Inventory Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
inventory-status Parameter type: <Eqpt::InvStatus> transceiver inventory status. for
( no-error xfp, a0 denotes the upper bank
| cage-empty and a2 denotes the lower bank
| cage-no-a2-supp This element is always shown.
| a0-read-failed
| a0-checksum-failed
| sfp-no-a2-supp
| a2-read-failed
| a2-checksum-failed )
Possible values:
- no-error : sfp inventory is available
- cage-empty : cage is empty
- cage-no-a2-supp : cage does not support A2
- a0-read-failed : A0 read failed
- a0-checksum-failed : A0 checksum failed
- sfp-no-a2-supp : SFP does not support A2
- a2-read-failed : A2 read failed
- a2-checksum-failed : A2 checksum failed
alu-part-num Parameter type: <PrintableString> the alcatel lucent part number
- printable string available in sfp or xfp eeprom
This element is always shown.
clei-code Parameter type: <PrintableString> the clei code available in sfp or
- printable string xfp eeprom
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
tx-wavelength Parameter type: <PrintableString> the transmission wavelength
- printable string available in sfp or xfp eeprom
This element is always shown.
fiber-type Parameter type: <Eqpt::FiberType> the fiber type available in sfp or
( single-mode xfp eeprom.
| multi-mode This element is always shown.
| not-available )
Possible values:
- single-mode : single-mode fiber
- multi-mode : multi-mode
- not-available : fiber type is not available
mfg-name Parameter type: <PrintableString> the manufacturer name available
- printable string in sfp or xfp eeprom
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
mfg-oui Parameter type: <PrintableString> the manufacturer code available
- printable string in sfp or xfp eeprom
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
mfg-date Parameter type: <PrintableString> the manufacturer date in
- printable string dd/mm/yyyy format available in
sfp or xfp eeprom
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the status of the NE.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 34.9-2 "NE Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
planned-type Parameter type: <Equipm::SystemType> Specifies the planned isam type.
( laus This element is only shown in
| laeu detail mode.
| leeu
| maus
| leus
| lneu
| leww
| lnww )
Possible values:
- laus : large ASAM US / ANSI market (6 racks, 3 shelves
per rack)
- laeu : large ASAM EU / ETSI market (6 racks, 3 shelves
per rack)
- leeu : large ISAM for EU / ETSI market
- maus : mini RAM ASAM for US / ANSI market
- leus : large ISAM for US / ANSI market
- lneu : new equipment practice (NEP)
- leww : large ISAM World wide
- lnww : large ISAM World wide
actual-type Parameter type: <Equipm::SystemType> A string representing the system
( laus type that is actually present.
| laeu This element is always shown.
| leeu
| maus
| leus
| lneu
| leww
Command Description
This command shows the rack status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 34.10-1 "Rack Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(rack) Format: the rack identifier
<Eqpt::RackId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Command Output
Table 34.10-2 "Rack Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
planned-type Parameter type: <Equipm::RackType> Specifies the planned rack type.
( altr-e This element is only shown in
| altr-a detail mode.
| not-planned
| not-allowed
| empty )
Possible values:
- altr-e : ISAM ETSI DSL line termination rack (2200mm)
- altr-a : ISAM ANSI DSL line termination rack
- not-planned : holder is not planned
- not-allowed : shelf is not allowed in this position
- empty : shelf is empty in this position
actual-type Parameter type: <Equipm::RackType> A string representing the racktype
( altr-e that is actually present.
| altr-a This element is always shown.
| not-planned
| not-allowed
Command Description
This command shows the shelf status. The following information is shown in addition to configuration information:
• oper-status: describes whether the board is able to perform its normal operation.
• error-status: provides the reason why the board is not operational. These values correspond to the alarms
generated in case of a failure.
• available-status: provides further information regarding the state of the board.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 34.11-1 "Shelf Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(shelf) Format: a shelf identifier: <rack>/<shelf>
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Command Output
Table 34.11-2 "Shelf Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
planned-type Parameter type: <Equipm::ShelfType> Specifies the planned shelf type.
Data driven field type This element is only shown in
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration detail mode.
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
actual-type Parameter type: <Equipm::ShelfType> A string representing the
Data driven field type shelftype that is actually present
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration in the rack.
and software. This element is always shown.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
admin-status Parameter type: <Equipm::HolderAdminStatus> Specifies the shelf is locked or
Command Description
This command shows the power data of the shelf. The following information is shown in addition to configuration
information:
• admin-mode: shows the configured power mode.
• power-oper-mode: shows the power mode the NE is using at the moment of reading.
• bat-type: shows the configured battery type.
• bat-start-cap: shows the configured capacity of the battery at the moment of installation (in 1/100 Ah).
• bat-lifetime: shows the configured planned lifetime of the installed battery (in 1/10 year).
• bat-state: provides a view on the state of the battery (charging, charged, discharging).
• bat-failure: provides a view on the failure state of the battery (voltage good, voltage out of range, ...).
• bat-temperature: shows the measured temperature of the battery (in 1/10 Celcius).
• bat-actual-capacity: shows the capacity of the battery (in % of a fully charged battery).
• bat-defense-mode: shows the configured preferred power defense mode (no defense, voice priority).
• bat-defense-threshold: shows the configured power defense threshold, the remaining capacity of the battery at
the moment the defense should be started.
• ac-state: provides a view on the state of the AC power supply (active, active failure, failure).
• ac-failure: provides a view on the failure state of the AC power supply (voltage good, voltage out of range).
• ndca-state: provides a view on the state of the network DC a power supply (active, active failure, failure).
• ndca-failure: provides a view on the failure state of the network DC a power supply (voltage good, low voltage,
under voltage).
• ndcb-state: provides a view on the state of the network DC b power supply (active, active failure, failure).
• ndcb-failure: provides a view on the failure state of the network DC a power supply (active, active failure,
failure).
• ldca-state: provides a view on the state of the local DC a power supply (active, active failure, failure).
• ldca-failure: provides a view on the failurestate of the local DC a power supply (voltage good, voltage out of
range).
• in-voltage: shows the measured incoming voltage (in 1/10 Volt).
• in-current: shows the measured incoming current (in 1/10 Ampere).
• in-consumed-power: shows the measured incoming consumed power (in 1/10 Watt).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 34.12-1 "Power Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(shelf) Format: a shelf identifier: <rack>/<shelf>
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
Command Output
Table 34.12-2 "Power Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
admin-mode Parameter type: <Equipm::PowerAdminMode> the configured power mode of the
( ( no-powermgnt | no ) shelf
| ac This element is always shown.
| ( ac-and-dc-loc | ac-dcloc )
| ( dc-nw | dcnw )
| ( dc-nw-and-dc-loc | dcnw-dcloc )
| ( dc-local | dcloc ) )
Possible values:
- no-powermgnt : no power management
- no : no power management
- ac : AC, failures on DC local and DC network suppressed
- ac-and-dc-loc : AC + DC local, failures on DC network
suppressed
- ac-dcloc : AC + DC local, failures on DC network
suppressed
- dc-nw : DC network, failures on AC or DC local
suppressed
- dcnw : DC network, failures on AC or DC local suppressed
- dc-nw-and-dc-loc : DC network + DC local, failures on AC
suppressed
- dcnw-dcloc : DC network + DC local, failures on AC
suppressed
- dc-local : DC local, failures on DC network or AC
suppressed
- dcloc : DC local, failures on DC network or AC suppressed
power-oper-mode Parameter type: <Equipm::PowerOperMode> the operational power mode of
( ( no-powermgnt | no ) the shelf
| ac This element is always shown.
| ( ac-and-dc-loc | ac-dcloc )
| ( dc-nw | dcnw )
| ( dc-nw-and-dc-loc | dc-nw-dc-loc )
| ( dc-local | dcloc )
| ( battery-fallback | bat-fback ) )
Possible values:
- no-powermgnt : no power management
- no : no power management
- ac : AC, failures on DC local and DC network suppressed
- ac-and-dc-loc : AC + DC local, failures on DC network
suppressed
- ac-dcloc : AC + DC local, failures on DC network
suppressed
- dc-nw : DC network, failures on AC or DC local
suppressed
- dcnw : DC network, failures on AC or DC local suppressed
- dc-nw-and-dc-loc : DC network + DC local, failures on AC
suppressed
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Trap Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----trap
----manager
- (address)
Command Description
This command displays the status of the trap manager queue.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 35.2-1 "Trap Manager Queue Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(address) Format: the IP address of the manager
<Ip::V4Address> : <Trap::Port>
Field type <Ip::V4Address>
- IPv4-address
Field type <Trap::Port>
- trap port number
- range: [1...65535]
Command Output
Table 35.2-2 "Trap Manager Queue Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-reset-time Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> time when the buffer has been
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) reset.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
buffer-status Parameter type: <Trap::QueueStatus> specifies whether the trap buffer
( no-traps-lost is overflowed or not.
| traps-lost ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- no-traps-lost : the queue did not overflow - no traps were
lost
- traps-lost : the queue did overflow - traps were lost
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Alarm Log Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----alarm
----log
----table
- (index)
----equipment
- (index)
----eqpt-holder
- (index)
----eqpt-holder-ext
- (index)
----plug-in-unit
- (index)
----atm
- (index)
----ether-itf
- (index)
----sw-mgmt
- (index)
----temporal
- (index)
----spatial
- (index)
----xdsl
----misc
- (index)
----near-end
- (index)
----far-end
- (index)
----xdsl-tca
- (index)
----vect-line
- (index)
----vect-board
- (index)
----eo-conversion
- (index)
----bonding-group
- (index)
----custom
- (index)
----sfp
- (index)
----custom-ext-alarm
- (index)
----sfprssi
- (index)
----pppcc-engine-tca
- (index)
----plug-in-unit-ext
- (index)
----sip-server
- (index)
----sip-vsp
- (index)
----sip-dial-plan
- (index)
----sip-plugin-unit
- (index)
----sip-termination
- (index)
----megaco-media-gw
- (index)
----megaco-sig-gw
- (index)
----megaco-plug-unit
- (index)
----megaco-term
- (index)
----megaco-sig-lt
- (index)
----ether-tca
- (index)
----ether-sfp
- (index)
----qos-slot
- (index)
----qos-queue
- (index)
----filetransfer
- (index)
----l2forward
- (index)
----external-device
- (index)
----cfm
- (index)
----efm-oam
- (index)
----alarm-table
- (index)
----auto-switch
- (index)
Command Description
This command displays the alarm log entries.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.2-1 "Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.2-2 "Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmType> unique id for an alarm.
( equipment This element is always shown.
| eqpt-holder
| plug-in-unit
| atm
| custom
| ima-group
| ima-link
| redundancy
| shdsl
| ether-itf
| traffic-overflow
| qos-queue
| temporal
| spatial
| ( software-mngt | sw-mgmt )
| xdsl
| xdsl-tca
| eo-conv
| authentication
Command Description
This command displays the equipment alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.3-1 "Equipment Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.3-2 "Equipment Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
nt-disk Parameter type: <Alarm::ntDiskSpace> current status of nt disk space is
( ( nintyfive-perc | 95%-full ) 95% full or less than that
| ( less-nintyfive-perc | less-than-95% ) ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- nintyfive-perc : NT disk space is 95% full
- 95%-full : NT disk space is 95% full
- less-nintyfive-perc : NT disk space usage less that 95%
- less-than-95% : NT disk space usage less that 95%
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::ntDiskSpace> status of nt disk space with its
( ( nintyfive-perc | 95%-full ) previous logged value.
| ( less-nintyfive-perc | less-than-95% ) ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- nintyfive-perc : NT disk space is 95% full
Command Description
This command displays the equipment holder alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.4-1 "Equipment Holder Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.4-2 "Equipment Holder Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
shelf Parameter type: <Equipm::Shelf> specify which shelf the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> occurred on.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> This element is only shown in
- the rack number detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
rack-power Parameter type: <Alarm::rackPower> current status of rack power
( failing alarm, indicating fuse is broken
| ok ) or intact
Possible values: This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command displays the equipment holder extended alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.5-1 "Equipment Holder Extended Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.5-2 "Equipment Holder Extended Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
shelf Parameter type: <Equipm::Shelf> specify which shelf the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> occurred on.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> This element is only shown in
- the rack number detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
ctl-com-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::ctlComFail> current status of shelf controller
( ( failing | fail ) communication failure.
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the plug-in unit alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.6-1 "Plug-in Unit Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.6-2 "Plug-in Unit Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
board-position Parameter type: <Alarm::SlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| nt
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Command Description
This command displays the ATM alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.7-1 "ATM Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.7-2 "ATM Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Equipm::AtmIndex> identify where the alarm has
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
vpi-vci Parameter type: <Alarm::VpiVciValues> identify where the alarm has
- the vpi and vci value (vpi/vci) occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the ethernet interface alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.8-1 "Ethernet Interface Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.8-2 "Ethernet Interface Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
ether-ifindex Parameter type: <Ether::InterfaceIndex> identify where the alarm has
- index of the collision interface occurred.
- range: [0...2147483647] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::EtherLinkStatus> status of link-down with its
( yes previous logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : board switched off - excess temperature
- no : board switched on
Command Description
This command displays the software management Alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.9-1 "Software Management Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.9-2 "Software Management Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::EqptSlotIndex> identifies the physical position of
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> the slot
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| nt
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
Command Description
This command displays the temporal filter alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.10-1 "Temporal Filter Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.10-2 "Temporal Filter Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
tmp-filter1 Parameter type: <Alarm::alrmFilter1> current status of temporal filter1
( yes alarm is derived or not
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : derived filter1 alarm
- no : not derived filter1 alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::alrmFilter1> status of temporal filter1 alarm
( yes with its previous logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : derived filter1 alarm
- no : not derived filter1 alarm
tmp-filter2 Parameter type: <Alarm::alrmFilter2> current status of temporal filter2
Command Description
This command displays the spatial filter alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.11-1 "Spatial Filter Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.11-2 "Spatial Filter Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
spa-filter1 Parameter type: <Alarm::alrmFilter1> current status of spatial filter1
( yes alarm is derived or not
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : derived filter1 alarm
- no : not derived filter1 alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::alrmFilter1> status of spatial filter1 alarm with
( yes its previous logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : derived filter1 alarm
- no : not derived filter1 alarm
spa-filter2 Parameter type: <Alarm::alrmFilter2> current status of spatial filter2
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL common alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.12-1 "xDSL Common Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.12-2 "xDSL Common Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
line-config Parameter type: <Alarm::LineConfig> specifies whether line
( config-error configuration data is used or not.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL near-end alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.13-1 "xDSL Near-end Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.13-2 "xDSL Near-end Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> Specifies where the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLOS> specifies near end loss of signal
( yes occured or not.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL far-end alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.14-1 "xDSL Far-end Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.14-2 "xDSL Far-end Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies where the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Alarm::FarEndLOS> specifies whether far end loss of
( yes signal occured or not.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL threshold cross alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.15-1 "TCA xDSL Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.15-2 "TCA xDSL Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies where the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
errored-secs Parameter type: <Alarm::ErroredSeconds> number of errored seconds
( above-thres exceeded or below threshold
Command Description
This command displays the vectoring line alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.16-1 "Vectoring Line Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.16-2 "Vectoring Line Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> specifies where the alarm has
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
xtc-variation-vict Parameter type: <Alarm::VectXtcVariation> excessive : abnormal amplitude
( excessive variation in xtc coefficients
Command Description
This command displays the vectoring board alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.17-1 "Vectoring Board Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.17-2 "Vectoring Board Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
board-index Parameter type: <Equipm::EqptVpSlotIndex> specifies where the alarm has
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- nt : nt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
vp-link-index Parameter type: <Alarm::VectVpLinkIdx2> this is the vplink id or the
- specifies the soft-link or the vp-link on the vp-board, or soft-link id. This index has value
zero zero when it is not used
- range: [0,1...8] This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command displays the electrical-to-optical conversion alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.18-1 " Electrical-to-Optical Conversion Alarm Log Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.18-2 " Electrical-to-Optical Conversion Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <SignedInteger> identifies where the alarm
- a signed integer occurred
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
loss-of-signal Parameter type: <Alarm::EoConvLOS> specifies whether loss of signal
( yes detected or not in the EO
| no ) conversion module
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : loss of signal detected in the EO conversion module detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding-related alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.19-1 "xDSL Bonding Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.19-2 "xDSL Bonding Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
group Parameter type: <Xdsl::BondingInterfaceIndex> identifies the bonding group
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / interface index
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
up-plan-bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::UpPlannedBitrate> specifies whether the actual
( failure group upstream bit rate is above
Command Description
This command displays the custom alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.20-1 "Custom Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.20-2 "Custom Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
custom-alarm1 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom1> identify the customizableAlarm1
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::custom1> status of customizableAlarm1
( yes with its previous logged value.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
custom-alarm2 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom2> identify the customizableAlarm2
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command displays the SFP alarm log status.
For Expander card SFP alarms, the remote LT slot-identifier that corresponds to the SFP is displayed in the output
parameter "alarm index 1", and not the SFP faceplate cage-number identifier.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.21-1 "SFP Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.21-2 "SFP Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
alarm index 1 Parameter type: <Alarm::SfpAlarmIdx1Type> this is the host sfp faceplate
( <Alarm::SfpAlarmIdx1> number for host alarms or it is the
| lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> ) equipment slot id for expansion
Possible values: shelf alarms
- lt : the lt-slot This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Alarm::SfpAlarmIdx1>
- the host port faceplate number or the equipment slot-id for
Command Description
This command displays the customizable external alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.22-1 "Custom External Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.22-2 "Custom External Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::EqptSlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is always shown.
| nt-b
| nt
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Command Description
This command displays the SFP RSSI alarm log status.
For NT card SFP alarms, the remote LT slot-identifier that corresponds to the SFP is displayed in the output
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.23-1 "SFP RSSI for NT Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.23-2 "SFP RSSI for NT Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
alarm index 1 Parameter type: <Alarm::SlotIndex> this is the nt/ntio slot id for host
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> alarms.
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| nt
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
Command Description
This command displays the PPP cross-connect engine TCA alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.24-1 "PPP Cross-Connect Engine TCA Alarm Log Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.24-2 "PPP Cross-Connect Engine TCA Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
engine Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlanSigned> this is the ppp-cc engine number
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> This element is only shown in
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4094]
Command Description
This command displays the plug-in unit extended alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.25-1 "Plug In Unit Extended Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.25-2 "Plug In Unit Extended Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::EqptSlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| nt
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
Command Description
This command displays the SIP server alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.26-1 "SIP Server Alarm Log Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.26-2 "SIP Server Alarm Log Status Commands" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
transport-mismatch Parameter type: <Alarm::transportMismatch> specifies isamv and server
( yes transport mismatch or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : mismatch
- no : not mismatch
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::transportMismatch> status of specifies transport
( yes mismatch with its previous
| no ) logged value
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : mismatch detail mode.
- no : not mismatch
dns-lookup-failure Parameter type: <Alarm::dnsLookUpFailure> specifies dns look up fail or not.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : fail
- no : not fail
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::dnsLookUpFailure> status of dns look up fail with its
Command Description
This command displays the SIP vsp alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.27-1 "SIP VSP Alarm Log Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.27-2 "SIP VSP Alarm Log Status Commands" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
none-dns-srv Parameter type: <Alarm::noneDNSSRV> specifies none of dns server give
( yes reply to to DNS look up or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : none of dns server give reply to to DNS look up
- no : dns server give reply to to DNS look up
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::noneDNSSRV> status of specifies none of dns
( yes server give reply to DNS look up
| no ) with its previous logged value
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : none of dns server give reply to to DNS look up detail mode.
- no : dns server give reply to to DNS look up
no-dns-srv Parameter type: <Alarm::noDNSSRV> specifies no dns server
( yes configured when sip request or
| no ) not.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : no dns server configured when sip request detail mode.
- no : dns server configured when sip request
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::noDNSSRV> status of specifies no dns server
Command Description
This command displays the SIP dial plan alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.28-1 "SIP Dial Plan Alarm Log Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.28-2 "SIP Dial Plan Alarm Log Status Commands" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
bad-digitmap Parameter type: <Alarm::badDigitMap> specifies sip digitmap usable or
( yes not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : digit map unusable
- no : digit map usable
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::badDigitMap> status of specifies sip digitmap
( yes with its previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : digit map unusable
- no : digit map usable
Command Description
This command displays the SIP slot alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.29-1 "SIP Slot Alarm Log Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.29-2 "SIP Slot Alarm Log Status Commands" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
dhcp-unreach Parameter type: <Alarm::dhcpServerUnreach> specifies DHCP server status.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : DHCP server unreachable
- no : DHCP server reachable
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::dhcpServerUnreach> status of specifies dhcp server
( yes with its previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : DHCP server unreachable
- no : DHCP server reachable
proxy-srv-unreach Parameter type: <Alarm::sipProxyServerUnreach> specifies sip proxy server status.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : proxy server unreachable
- no : proxy server reachable
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::sipProxyServerUnreach> status of specifies sip proxy
Command Description
This command displays the SIP termination alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.30-1 "SIP Termination Alarm Log Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.30-2 "SIP Termination Alarm Log Status Commands" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
unknown-sub Parameter type: <Alarm::unknownSubscriber> specfies the sip subscriber
( yes unknow or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : wrong subscriber
- no : right subscriber
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::unknownSubscriber> status of specifies subscribers
( yes with its previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : wrong subscriber
- no : right subscriber
ground-key Parameter type: <Alarm::groundKey> status of the ground key.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
Command Description
This command displays the Megaco media gateway alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.31-1 "Megaco Media Gateway Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.31-2 "Megaco Media Gateway Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
mgc-unreachable Parameter type: <Alarm::mgcUnreachable> specifies the media gateway
( yes controller status
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : media gateway controller is unreachable
- no : media gateway controller is reachable
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::mgcUnreachable> status of specifies media gateway
( yes with its previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : media gateway controller is unreachable
- no : media gateway controller is reachable
failover-to-esamgc Parameter type: <Alarm::failovertoESAMGC> specifies the esa mgc status
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
Command Description
This command displays the Megaco signaling gateway alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.32-1 "Megaco Signaling Gateway Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.32-2 "Megaco Signaling Gateway Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
sgc-unreachable Parameter type: <Alarm::sgcUnreachable> specifies the signaling gateway
( yes controller status
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : signallling gateway controller is unreachable
- no : signallling gateway controller is reachable
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::sgcUnreachable> status of specifies signaling
( yes gateway with its previous logged
| no ) value
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : signallling gateway controller is unreachable detail mode.
- no : signallling gateway controller is reachable
Command Description
This command displays the Megaco plug unit alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.33-1 "Megaco Plug Unit Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.33-2 "Megaco Plug Unit Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
lcard-unreach-srvcard Parameter type: <Alarm::lineCardUnreachSrvCard> specifies the line card with server
( yes card status
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : line card is unreachable with server card
- no : line card is reachable with server card
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::lineCardUnreachSrvCard> status of line card and server card
( yes with its previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : line card is unreachable with server card
- no : line card is reachable with server card
lcard-type-mismatch Parameter type: <Alarm::lineCardTypeMismathch> specifies the line card type status
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
Command Description
This command displays the Megaco termination alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.34-1 "Megaco Termination Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.34-2 "Megaco Termination Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
meg-unknown-sub Parameter type: <Alarm::megacoUnknownSubscriber> specifies the megaco subscriber
( yes status
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : unknown wrong megaco subscriber
- no : no wrong megaco subscriber
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::megacoUnknownSubscriber> status of the megaco subscriber
( yes with its previous logged value
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : unknown wrong megaco subscriber
- no : no wrong megaco subscriber
meg-ground-key Parameter type: <Alarm::voicePortGroundKey> specifies the voice port ground
( yes key status
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the Megaco signaling lt alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.35-1 "Megaco Signaling Lt Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.35-2 "Megaco Signaling Lt Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
sig-brd-persist-loss Parameter type: <Alarm::megacoSigBoardPersDataLoss> specifies the voice signaling
( yes board persistenet data status
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : the voice signaling board persistenet data loss
- no : the voice signaling board persistenet data not loss
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::megacoSigBoardPersDataLoss> status of voice signaling board
( yes persistenet data with its previous
| no ) logged value
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : the voice signaling board persistenet data loss detail mode.
- no : the voice signaling board persistenet data not loss
sig-brd-disk-full Parameter type: <Alarm::voiceSigBoard90PercentFull> specifies the voice signaling
( yes board disk status
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the Ether-Tca alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.36-1 "Ether-Tca Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.36-2 "Ether-Tca Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::EthernetPortIndex> identifies the physical position of
( nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> the port
| nt-a : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> This element is only shown in
| nt-a : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> detail mode.
| nt-b : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> )
Possible values:
- nt : the nt slot
- nt-a : the nt-a slot
- nt-b : the nt-b slot
Possible values:
- sfp : sfp port
- xfp : xfp port
Field type <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
- the faceplate port number
Command Description
This command displays the Ether-Sfp alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.37-1 "Ether-Sfp Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.37-2 "Ether-Sfp Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::EthernetPortIndex> identifies the physical position of
( nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> the port
| nt-a : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> This element is only shown in
| nt-a : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> detail mode.
| nt-b : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> )
Possible values:
- nt : the nt slot
- nt-a : the nt-a slot
- nt-b : the nt-b slot
Possible values:
- sfp : sfp port
- xfp : xfp port
Field type <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
- the faceplate port number
Command Description
This command displays the Qos Slot alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.38-1 "Alarm Qos Slot Log Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.38-2 "Alarm Qos Slot Log Status Commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::EqptSlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is always shown.
| nt-b
| nt
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
Command Description
This command displays the Qos Queue alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.39-1 "Alarm Qos Queue Log Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.39-2 "Alarm Qos Queue Log Status Commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
port Parameter type: <Itf::PhyLine> identifies the physical position of
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is always shown.
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| ont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> )
Possible values:
- ont : ont
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Command Description
This command displays the log status of the file transfer server alarm.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.40-1 "Log File Transfer Server Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.40-2 "Log File Transfer Server Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
server-id Parameter type: <Alarm::FileTransfer> this is the server id for file server
- next hop IP address alarms
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
fileserv-unavail Parameter type: <Alarm::FileTransferUnavial> current status specifing that
( unavailable whether file transfer server
| available ) available
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- unavailable : file transfer Server unavailable or file transfer detail mode.
failed
- available : file transfer server available
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::relayNotSet> status of relay with its previous
Command Description
This command displays the log status of the l2 forward alarm.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.41-1 "Log L2 Forward Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.41-2 "Log L2 Forward Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
bridgeport Parameter type: <Vlan::BridgePort> identify the bridge port where the
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / alarm has occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> This element is only shown in
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / detail mode.
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId>
| nt : sfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
Command Description
This command displays the external-device alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.42-1 "External Device Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.42-2 "External Device Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
loss-env-mon Parameter type: <Alarm::LossEnvMon> status of env-monitor box
( lost This element is only shown in
| not-lost ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- lost : env-mon box lost or not alive
- not-lost : env-mon box exists
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::LossEnvMon> status of loss-env-mon with its
( lost previous logged value
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : env-mon box lost or not alive
- not-lost : env-mon box exists
Command Description
This command displays lt cfm alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.43-1 "LT CFM Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.43-2 "LT CFM Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
cfm-mep-id Parameter type: <UnsignedSignedInteger> dot1agCfmMepIdentifier index
- an unsigned integer where the alarm has occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
cfm-unique-id Parameter type: <Alarm::IdentificationIdxOrZero> unique identification for the
- a signed integer alarm or zero when not
applicable, alarm entry is further
specified in additional-info
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
additional-info Parameter type: <PrintableString> Additional information regarding
- printable string the cfm alarm
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
Command Description
This command displays the EFM-OAM alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.44-1 "EFM-OAM Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.44-2 "EFM-OAM Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
line Parameter type: <Itf::EfmEthernetIndex> identifies the physical xdsl line
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / This element is only shown in
<Eqpt::PortId> detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
link-fault Parameter type: <Alarm::linkFaultType> specifies whether link fault is
( yes present or not.
Command Description
This command displays the alarm-table alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.45-1 "Alarm Table Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.45-2 "Alarm Table Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
alrm-tbl-overflow Parameter type: <Alarm::AlrmTblOflow> identify if the alarm table has
( overflow overflowed
| no-overflow ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- overflow : alarm table overflow
- no-overflow : no alarm table overflow
prev-status Parameter type: <Alarm::AlrmTblOflow> previously logged value of the
( overflow alarm table overflow alarm
| no-overflow ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- overflow : alarm table overflow
- no-overflow : no alarm table overflow
Command Description
This command displays log table of autoswitch alarm.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 36.46-1 "Auto-Switch Alarm Log Status command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 36.46-2 "Auto-Switch Alarm Log Status command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current and previous alarm log status
name Type Description
auto-switch-status Parameter type: <Alarm::autoSwitchStatus> show auto-switch alarm status.
( yes This element is only shown in
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Current Alarm Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----alarm
----current
----table
- (index)
----equipment
- (index)
----eqpt-holder
- (index)
----eqpt-holder-ext
- (index)
----plug-in-unit
- (index)
----atm
- (index)
----ether-itf
- (index)
----sw-mgmt
- (index)
----temporal
- (index)
----spatial
- (index)
----xdsl
- (index)
----xdsl-tca
- (index)
----vect-line
- (index)
----vect-board
- (index)
----eo-conversion
- (index)
----bonding-group
- (index)
----custom
- (index)
----sfp
- (index)
----custom-ext-alarm
- (index)
----sfprssi
- (index)
----pppcc-engine-tca
- (index)
----plug-in-unit-ext
- (index)
----sip-server
- (index)
----sip-vsp
- (index)
----sip-dial-plan
- (index)
----sip-plugin-unit
- (index)
----sip-termination
- (index)
----megaco-media-gw
- (index)
----megaco-sig-gw
- (index)
----megaco-plug-unit
- (index)
----megaco-term
- (index)
----megaco-sig-lt
- (index)
----ether-tca
- (index)
----ether-sfp
- (index)
----qos-slot
- (index)
----qos-queue
- (index)
----filetransfer
- (index)
----l2forward
- (index)
----external-device
- (index)
----cfm
- (index)
----efm-oam
- (index)
----alarm-table
- (index)
----auto-switch
- (index)
Command Description
This command displays all current alarms.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.2-1 "Alarm Current Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.2-2 "Alarm Current Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmType> type of the alarms that are active.
( equipment This element is always shown.
| eqpt-holder
| plug-in-unit
| atm
| custom
| ima-group
| ima-link
| redundancy
| shdsl
| ether-itf
| traffic-overflow
| qos-queue
| temporal
| spatial
| ( software-mngt | sw-mgmt )
| xdsl
| xdsl-tca
| eo-conv
| authentication
Command Description
This command displays the equipment current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.3-1 "Equipment Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.3-2 "Equipment Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
persist-data Parameter type: <Alarm::persistDataLoss> current status specifing persistant
( lost data is lost or not
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : persistant data is lost
- not-lost : persistant data is not lost
sntp-comm Parameter type: <Alarm::sntpCommLoss> current status of sntp
( lost communication is lost or not
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : SNTP communication lost
- not-lost : SNTP communication is not lost
nt-disk Parameter type: <Alarm::ntDiskSpace> current status of nt disk space is
( ( nintyfive-perc | 95%-full ) 95% full or less than that
| ( less-nintyfive-perc | less-than-95% ) ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- nintyfive-perc : NT disk space is 95% full
- 95%-full : NT disk space is 95% full
- less-nintyfive-perc : NT disk space usage less that 95%
Command Description
This command displays the equipment holder current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.4-1 "Equipment Holder Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.4-2 "Equipment Holder Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
shelf Parameter type: <Equipm::Shelf> specify which shelf the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> occurred on.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> This element is only shown in
- the rack number detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
rack-power Parameter type: <Alarm::rackPower> current status of rack power
( failing alarm, indicating fuse is broken
| ok ) or intact
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- failing : the fuse is broken detail mode.
- ok : the fuse is intact
fan-unit1 Parameter type: <Alarm::fanUnit1> current status of fan-unit1
short name: fan1 ( ( failing | fail ) This element is only shown in
| ok ) detail mode.
Possible values:
Command Description
This command displays the equipment holder extended current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.5-1 "Equipment Holder Extended Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.5-2 "Equipment Holder Extended Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
shelf Parameter type: <Equipm::Shelf> specify which shelf the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> occurred on.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> This element is only shown in
- the rack number detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
ctl-com-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::ctlComFail> current status of shelf controller
( ( failing | fail ) communication failure.
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : shelf controller communication is failing
- fail : shelf controller communication is failing
- ok : shelf controller communication is ok
network-power-loss Parameter type: <Alarm::netPwrFail> current status of network power
( ( failing | fail ) failure.
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command displays the plug-in unit current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.6-1 "Plug-in Unit Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.6-2 "Plug-in Unit Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-position Parameter type: <Alarm::SlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| nt
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Command Description
This command displays the ATM current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.7-1 "ATM Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.7-2 "ATM Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Equipm::AtmIndex> identify where the alarm has
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
vpi-vci Parameter type: <Alarm::VpiVciValues> identify where the alarm has
- the vpi and vci value (vpi/vci) occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
cell-discard-up Parameter type: <Alarm::CellDiscardUpstream> specifies ATM cell is discarded
( discarded or not in upstream direction.
| no-discard ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the Ethernet Interface current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.8-1 "Ethernet Interface Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.8-2 "Ethernet Interface Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ether-ifindex Parameter type: <Ether::InterfaceIndex> identify where the alarm has
- index of the collision interface occurred.
- range: [0...2147483647] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the software management current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.9-1 "Software Management Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.9-2 "Software Management Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::EqptSlotIndex> identifies the physical position of
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> the slot
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| nt
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
Command Description
This command displays temporal filter current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.10-1 "Temporal Filter Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.10-2 "Temporal Filter Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
tmp-filter1 Parameter type: <Alarm::alrmFilter1> current status for temporal filter1
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : derived filter1 alarm
- no : not derived filter1 alarm
tmp-filter2 Parameter type: <Alarm::alrmFilter2> current status for temporal filter2
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : derived filter2 alarm
- no : not derived filter2 alarm
tmp-filter3 Parameter type: <Alarm::alrmFilter3> current status for temporal filter3
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
Command Description
This command displays spatial filter current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.11-1 "Spatial Filter Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.11-2 "Spatial Filter Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
spa-filter1 Parameter type: <Alarm::alrmFilter1> current status for spatial filter1
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : derived filter1 alarm
- no : not derived filter1 alarm
spa-filter2 Parameter type: <Alarm::alrmFilter2> current status for spatial filter2
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : derived filter2 alarm
- no : not derived filter2 alarm
spa-filter3 Parameter type: <Alarm::alrmFilter3> current status for spatial filter3
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : derived filter3 alarm
- no : not derived filter3 alarm
spa-filter4 Parameter type: <Alarm::alrmFilter4> current status for spatial filter4
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.12-1 "xDSL Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.12-2 "xDSL Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
near-end-los Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLOS> specifies near end loss of signal
( yes occured or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near end loss of signal occurred
- no : no near end loss of signal
near-end-lof Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLOF> specifies near end loss of frame
( yes occured or not.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL threshold cross current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.13-1 "TCA xDSL Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.13-2 "TCA xDSL Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies where the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
errored-secs Parameter type: <Alarm::ErroredSeconds> number of errored seconds
( above-thres exceeded or below threshold
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of errored seconds exceeded
threshold
- below-thres : number of errored seconds below threshold
es-in-a-day Parameter type: <Alarm::ErroredSecondsInAday> errored seconds in a day
Command Description
This command displays the vectoring line current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.14-1 "Vectoring Line Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.14-2 "Vectoring Line Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port where the alarm has
<Eqpt::PortId> occurred.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> This element is only shown in
- the rack number detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
xtc-variation-vict Parameter type: <Alarm::VectXtcVariation> excessive : abnormal amplitude
( excessive variation in xtc coefficients
| normal ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- excessive : abnormal amplitude variation in xtc
Command Description
This command displays the vectoring board current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.15-1 "Vectoring Board Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.15-2 "Vectoring Board Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-index Parameter type: <Equipm::EqptVpSlotIndex> specifies where the alarm has
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- nt : nt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
vp-link-index Parameter type: <Alarm::VectVpLinkIdx2> this is the vplink id or the
- specifies the soft-link or the vp-link on the vp-board, or soft-link id. This index has value
zero zero when it is not used
- range: [0,1...8] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the Electrical-to-Optical conversion current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.16-1 "Electrical-to-Optical Conversion Current Alarm Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.16-2 "Electrical-to-Optical Conversion Current Alarm Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <SignedInteger> identifies where the alarm
- a signed integer occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
loss-of-signal Parameter type: <Alarm::EoConvLOS> specifies whether loss of signal
( yes detected or not in the EO
| no ) conversion module
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : loss of signal detected in the EO conversion module detail mode.
- no : no loss of signal detected in the EO conversion
module
transmission Parameter type: <Alarm::EoConvTx> specifies whether transmission
( faulty fault is occurred or not in the EO
| ok ) module
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Bonding current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.17-1 "xDSL Bonding Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.17-2 "xDSL Bonding Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
group Parameter type: <Xdsl::BondingInterfaceIndex> identifies the bonding group
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / interface index
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
up-plan-bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::UpPlannedBitrate> specifies whether the actual
( failure group upstream bit rate is above
| ok ) the group upstream planned bit
Possible values: rate or not
- failure : actual group bitrate is above the minimum This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command displays the custom current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.18-1 "Custom Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.18-2 "Custom Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
custom-alarm1 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom1> identify the customizableAlarm1
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
custom-alarm2 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom2> identify the customizableAlarm2
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
custom-alarm3 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom3> identify the customizableAlarm3
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
custom-alarm4 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom4> identify the customizableAlarm4
Command Description
This command displays the SFP current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.19-1 "SFP Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.19-2 "SFP Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
alarm index 1 Parameter type: <Alarm::SfpAlarmIdx1Type> this is the host sfp faceplate
( <Alarm::SfpAlarmIdx1> number for host alarms or it is the
| lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> ) equipment slot id for expansion
Possible values: shelf alarms
- lt : the lt-slot This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Alarm::SfpAlarmIdx1>
- the host port faceplate number or the equipment slot-id for
expansion shelf alarm
alarm index 2 Parameter type: <Alarm::SfpAlarmIdx2Type> this is the lanx port id for host
( <Alarm::SfpAlarmIdx2> alarms. this index is not used for
| nt : sfp : <Eqpt::PortIndex> expansion shelf alarms
| nt-a : sfp : <Alarm::SfpAlarmIdx2> This element is only shown in
| nt-a : xfp : <Alarm::SfpAlarmIdx2> detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the custom external current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.20-1 "Custom External Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.20-2 "Custom External Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::EqptSlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is always shown.
| nt-b
| nt
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
Command Description
This command displays the SFP RSSI current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.21-1 "SFP RSSI Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.21-2 "SFP RSSI Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
alarm index 1 Parameter type: <Alarm::SlotIndex> this is the nt/ntio slot id for host
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> alarms.
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| nt
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Command Description
This command displays the pppcc engine tca current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.22-1 "PPP Cross-Connect Engine TCA Current Alarm Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.22-2 "PPP Cross-Connect Engine TCA Current Alarm Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
engine Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlanSigned> this is the ppp-cc engine number
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> This element is only shown in
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4094]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4094,4096]
Command Description
This command shows the plug-in unit extended current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.23-1 "Plug In Unit Extended Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snapshot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.23-2 "Plug In Unit Extended Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::EqptSlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| nt
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
Command Description
This command displays the SIP Server current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.24-1 "SIP Server Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.24-2 "SIP Server Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
server-index Parameter type: <Sip::ServerId> identifies sip server
- the SIP server table index This element is only shown in
- range: [1...32] detail mode.
transport-mismatch Parameter type: <Alarm::transportMismatch> specifies isamv and server
( yes transport mismatch or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : mismatch
- no : not mismatch
dns-lookup-failure Parameter type: <Alarm::dnsLookUpFailure> specifies dns look up fail or not.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : fail
- no : not fail
Command Description
This command displays the SIP VSP current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.25-1 "SIP VSP Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.25-2 "SIP VSP Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
vsp-index Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanId> identifies sip vsp
- the dial plan table index This element is only shown in
- range: [1...255] detail mode.
none-dns-srv Parameter type: <Alarm::noneDNSSRV> specifies none of dns server give
( yes reply to to DNS look up or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : none of dns server give reply to to DNS look up
- no : dns server give reply to to DNS look up
no-dns-srv Parameter type: <Alarm::noDNSSRV> specifies no dns server
( yes configured when sip request or
| no ) not.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : no dns server configured when sip request detail mode.
- no : dns server configured when sip request
none-srv Parameter type: <Alarm::noneSRV> specifies none sip server give
( yes reply when send sip request or
| no ) not.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command displays the SIP dial plan current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.26-1 "SIP Dial Plan Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.26-2 "SIP Dial Plan Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
dialplan-index Parameter type: <Sip::DialPlanId> identifies the dial plan
- the dial plan table index This element is only shown in
- range: [1...255] detail mode.
bad-digitmap Parameter type: <Alarm::badDigitMap> specifies sip digitmap status.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : digit map unusable
- no : digit map usable
Command Description
This command displays the SIP slot current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.27-1 "SIP Slot Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.27-2 "SIP Slot Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
slot-index Parameter type: <Equipm::EqptSlotIndex> identifies the board
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> This element is only shown in
| nt-a detail mode.
| nt-b
| nt
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Command Description
This command displays the SIP termination current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.28-1 "SIP Termination Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.28-2 "SIP Termination Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
term-index Parameter type: <Itf::PotsLine> identifies the termination
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / This element is only shown in
<Eqpt::PortId> detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
unknown-sub Parameter type: <Alarm::unknownSubscriber> specfies the sip subscriber
( yes unknow or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : wrong subscriber
Command Description
This command displays the Megaco media gateway current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.29-1 "Megaco Media Gateway Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.29-2 "Megaco Media Gateway Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::LtSlotIndex> identify the board where the
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> alarm has occurred.
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> ) This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
mgc-unreachable Parameter type: <Alarm::mgcUnreachable> specifies the media gateway
( yes controller is unreachable or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : media gateway controller is unreachable
- no : media gateway controller is reachable
failover-to-esamgc Parameter type: <Alarm::failovertoESAMGC> specifies the media gateway
Command Description
This command displays the Megaco signaling gateway current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.30-1 "Megaco Signaling Gateway Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.30-2 "Megaco Signaling Gateway Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::LtSlotIndex> identify the board where the
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> alarm has occurred.
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> ) This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
sgc-unreachable Parameter type: <Alarm::sgcUnreachable> specifies the signaling gateway
( yes controller is unreachable or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : signallling gateway controller is unreachable
- no : signallling gateway controller is reachable
Command Description
This command displays the Megaco plugin unit current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.31-1 "Megaco Plugin Unit Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.31-2 "Megaco Plugin Unit Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::PortSlotIndex> identify the board where the
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::NewSlotId> alarm has occurred.
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::NewSlotId> ) This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::NewSlotId>
- the LT slot number
lcard-unreach-srvcard Parameter type: <Alarm::lineCardUnreachSrvCard> specifies the line card is
( yes unreachable with server card or
| no ) not.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : line card is unreachable with server card detail mode.
- no : line card is reachable with server card
lcard-type-mismatch Parameter type: <Alarm::lineCardTypeMismathch> specifies the line card type is
Command Description
This command displays the Megaco termination current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.32-1 "Megaco Termination Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.32-2 "Megaco Termination Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::MegacoPotsLine> identify the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::NewSlotId> / the port.
<Eqpt::MegacoPortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::NewSlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::MegacoPortId>
- the port number of Megaco
meg-unknown-sub Parameter type: <Alarm::megacoUnknownSubscriber> specifies the megaco subscriber is
( yes unknown or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : unknown wrong megaco subscriber
Command Description
This command displays the Megaco signaling lt current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.33-1 "Megaco Signaling Lt Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.33-2 "Megaco Signaling Lt Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::LtSlotIndex> identify the board where the
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> alarm has occurred.
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> ) This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
sig-brd-persist-loss Parameter type: <Alarm::megacoSigBoardPersDataLoss> specifies the voice signaling
( yes board persistenet data loss or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : the voice signaling board persistenet data loss
- no : the voice signaling board persistenet data not loss
sig-brd-disk-full Parameter type: <Alarm::voiceSigBoard90PercentFull> specifies the voice signaling
Command Description
This command displays the Ether-Tca related alarms.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.34-1 "Alarm Current Ether-Tca Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.34-2 "Alarm Current Ether-Tca Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::EthernetPortIndex> identify where the alarm has
( nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> occurred
| nt-a : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> This element is only shown in
| nt-a : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> detail mode.
| nt-b : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> )
Possible values:
- nt : the nt slot
- nt-a : the nt-a slot
- nt-b : the nt-b slot
Possible values:
- sfp : sfp port
- xfp : xfp port
Field type <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
- the faceplate port number
etca-los Parameter type: <Alarm::EthTcaLos> current status of ethernet los in 15
( yes min
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the Ether-Sfp related alarms.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.35-1 "Alarm Current Ether-Sfp Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.35-2 "Alarm Current Ether-Sfp Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::EthernetPortIndex> identify where the alarm has
( nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> occurred
| nt-a : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> This element is only shown in
| nt-a : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> detail mode.
| nt-b : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> )
Possible values:
- nt : the nt slot
- nt-a : the nt-a slot
- nt-b : the nt-b slot
Possible values:
- sfp : sfp port
- xfp : xfp port
Field type <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
- the faceplate port number
sfp-los Parameter type: <Alarm::EthSfpLos> current status of ethernet sfp los
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
Command Description
This command displays the Qos Slot related alarms.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.36-1 "Alarm Current Qos Slot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.36-2 "Alarm Current Qos Slot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::EqptSlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| nt
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Command Description
This command displays the Qos Queue related alarms.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.37-1 "Alarm Current Qos Queue Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.37-2 "Alarm Current Qos Queue Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::PhyLine> identifies the physical position of
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / detail mode.
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| ont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> )
Possible values:
- ont : ont
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Command Description
This command displays the file transfer server related current alarms.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.38-1 "Alarm File Transfer Server Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.38-2 "Alarm File Transfer Server Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
server-id Parameter type: <Alarm::FileTransfer> identify where the alarm has
- next hop IP address occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
fileserv-unavail Parameter type: <Alarm::FileTransferUnavial> current status specifing that
( unavailable whether file transfer server
| available ) available
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- unavailable : file transfer Server unavailable or file transfer detail mode.
failed
- available : file transfer server available
Command Description
This command displays the l2 forward related current alarms.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.39-1 "Alarm L2 Forward Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.39-2 "Alarm L2 Forward Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
bridgeport Parameter type: <Vlan::BridgePort> identify the bridge port where the
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / alarm has occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> This element is only shown in
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / detail mode.
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId>
| nt : sfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : sfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : xfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : sfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : xfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex> )
Possible values:
Command Description
This command displays the external-device related alarms.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.40-1 "Alarm Current External Device Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.40-2 "Alarm Current External Device Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
loss-env-mon Parameter type: <Alarm::LossEnvMon> current status of env-monitor box
( lost This element is only shown in
| not-lost ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- lost : env-mon box lost or not alive
- not-lost : env-mon box exists
Command Description
This command displays lt cfm current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.41-1 "LT Cfm Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.41-2 "LT Cfm Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
cfm-mep-id Parameter type: <UnsignedSignedInteger> dot1agCfmMepIdentifier index
- an unsigned integer where the alarm has occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
cfm-unique-id Parameter type: <Alarm::IdentificationIdxOrZero> unique identification for the
- a signed integer alarm or zero when not
applicable, alarm entry is further
specified in additional-info
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
additional-info Parameter type: <PrintableString> Additional information regarding
- printable string the cfm alarm
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: current alarm status
name Type Description
cfm-defrdiccm Parameter type: <Alarm::IacmCfmRdiCcm> specifies rdi bit in ccm received
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the EFM-OAM current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.42-1 "EFM-OAM Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: current alarm index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.42-2 "EFM-OAM Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
last-updated-on Parameter type: <Sys::timeInSecs> network time in seconds when
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) the alarm was logged.
- unit: UTC This element is only shown in
detail mode.
line Parameter type: <Itf::EfmEthernetIndex> identifies the line where the
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / alarm has occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: current alarm status
name Type Description
link-fault Parameter type: <Alarm::linkFaultType> Link fault at cpe
( yes This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command displays the alarm-table current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.43-1 "Alarm Table Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.43-2 "Alarm Table Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
alrm-tbl-overflow Parameter type: <Alarm::AlrmTblOflow> identify if the alarm table has
( overflow overflowed
| no-overflow ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- overflow : alarm table overflow
- no-overflow : no alarm table overflow
Command Description
This command displays the auto-switch current alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 37.44-1 "Auto-Switch Current Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 37.44-2 "Auto-Switch Current Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
auto-switch-status Parameter type: <Alarm::autoSwitchStatus> show auto-switch alarm status.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : auto-switch alarm status
- no : auto-switch alarm status clear
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----alarm
----snap-shot
----table
- (index)
----equipment
- (index)
----eqpt-holder
- (index)
----eqpt-holder-ext
- (index)
----plug-in-unit
- (index)
----atm
- (index)
----ether-itf
- (index)
----sw-mgmt
- (index)
----temporal
- (index)
----spatial
- (index)
----xdsl
- (index)
----xdsl-tca
- (index)
----vect-line
- (index)
----vect-board
- (index)
----eo-conversion
- (index)
----bonding-group
- (index)
----custom
- (index)
----sfp
- (index)
----custom-ext-alarm
- (index)
----sfprssi
- (index)
----pppcc-engine-tca
- (index)
----plug-in-unit-ext
- (index)
----sip-server
- (index)
----sip-vsp
- (index)
----sip-dial-plan
- (index)
----sip-plugin-unit
- (index)
----sip-termination
- (index)
----megaco-media-gw
- (index)
----megaco-sig-gw
- (index)
----megaco-plug-unit
- (index)
----megaco-term
- (index)
----megaco-sig-lt
- (index)
----ether-tca
- (index)
----ether-sfp
- (index)
----qos-slot
- (index)
----qos-queue
- (index)
----filetransfer
- (index)
----l2forward
- (index)
----external-device
- (index)
----cfm
- (index)
----efm-oam
- (index)
----alarm-table
- (index)
----auto-switch
- (index)
Command Description
This command displays the snapshot alarm entries.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.2-1 "Alarm Snapshot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.2-2 "Alarm Snapshot Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information:general information
name Type Description
timeout-period Parameter type: <IgnoredTimeTicks> specifies the time out of the
- a timeout value snapshot table
- unit: msec This element is always shown.
entries Parameter type: <IgnoredGauge> specifies nbr of entries in the
- gauge snapshot table.
This element is always shown.
indeterminate Parameter type: <Alarm::IndetSevState> active indeterminate severity
( active levels of the alarms in the
| not-active ) snapshot table.
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- active : at least one entry of this severity is present
- not-active : no entries of this severity
warning Parameter type: <Alarm::WarnSevState> active warning severity levels of
( active the alarms in the snapshot table.
| not-active ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- active : at least one entry of this severity is present
- not-active : no entries of this severity
minor Parameter type: <Alarm::MinorSevState> active minor severity levels of the
Command Description
This command displays the equipment snapshot.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.3-1 "Alarm Snapshot Equipment Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.3-2 "Alarm Snapshot Equipment Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
persist-data Parameter type: <Alarm::persistDataLoss> current status specifing persistant
( lost data is lost or not
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : persistant data is lost
- not-lost : persistant data is not lost
sntp-comm Parameter type: <Alarm::sntpCommLoss> current status of sntp
( lost communication is lost or not
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : SNTP communication lost
- not-lost : SNTP communication is not lost
nt-disk Parameter type: <Alarm::ntDiskSpace> current status of nt disk space is
( ( nintyfive-perc | 95%-full ) 95% full or less than that
| ( less-nintyfive-perc | less-than-95% ) ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- nintyfive-perc : NT disk space is 95% full
- 95%-full : NT disk space is 95% full
- less-nintyfive-perc : NT disk space usage less that 95%
Command Description
This command displays the snapshot equipment holder alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.4-1 "Equipment Holder Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.4-2 "Equipment Holder Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
shelf Parameter type: <Equipm::Shelf> specify which shelf the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> occurred on.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> This element is only shown in
- the rack number detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
rack-power Parameter type: <Alarm::rackPower> current status of rack power
( failing alarm, indicating fuse is broken
| ok ) or intact
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- failing : the fuse is broken detail mode.
- ok : the fuse is intact
fan-unit1 Parameter type: <Alarm::fanUnit1> current status of fan-unit1
( ( failing | fail ) This element is only shown in
| ok ) detail mode.
Possible values:
Command Description
This command displays the snapshot equipment holder extended alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.5-1 "Equipment Holder Alarm Extended Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.5-2 "Equipment Holder Alarm Extended Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
shelf Parameter type: <Equipm::Shelf> specify which shelf the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> occurred on.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> This element is only shown in
- the rack number detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
ctl-com-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::ctlComFail> status of shelf controller
( ( failing | fail ) communication failure.
| ok ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- failing : shelf controller communication is failing
- fail : shelf controller communication is failing
- ok : shelf controller communication is ok
bat-a-fail Parameter type: <Alarm::batAFail> status of shelf power source A
( yes failure.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command displays the snapshot plug-in unit alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.6-1 "Plug-in Unit Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.6-2 "Plug-in Unit Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::EqptSlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| nt
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Command Description
This command displays the ATM alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.7-1 "ATM Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.7-2 "ATM Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Equipm::AtmIndex> identify where the alarm has
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
vpi-vci Parameter type: <Alarm::VpiVciValues> identify where the alarm has
- the vpi and vci value (vpi/vci) occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
cell-discard-up Parameter type: <Alarm::CellDiscardUpstream> specifies ATM cell is discarded
( discarded or not in upstream direction.
| no-discard ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the current Ethernet interface alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.8-1 "Alarm Snapshot Ethernet Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.8-2 "Alarm Snapshot Ethernet Interface Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ether-ifindex Parameter type: <Ether::InterfaceIndex> identify where the alarm has
- index of the collision interface occurred.
- range: [0...2147483647] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the snapshot software management status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.9-1 "Alarm Snapshot Software Management Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.9-2 "Alarm Snapshot Software Management Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::EqptSlotIndex> identifies the physical position of
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> the slot
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| nt
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
Command Description
This command displays the temporal filter snapshot.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.10-1 "Alarm Snapshot Temporal Filter Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.10-2 "Alarm Snapshot Temporal Filter Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
tmp-filter1 Parameter type: <Alarm::alrmFilter1> current status of temporal filter1
( yes is derived or not
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : derived filter1 alarm
- no : not derived filter1 alarm
tmp-filter2 Parameter type: <Alarm::alrmFilter2> current status of temporal filter2
( yes is derived or not
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : derived filter2 alarm
- no : not derived filter2 alarm
tmp-filter3 Parameter type: <Alarm::alrmFilter3> current status of temporal filter3
( yes is derived or not
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the spatial filter snapshot.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.11-1 "Alarm Snapshot Spatial Filter Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.11-2 "Alarm Snapshot Spatial Filter Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
spa-filter1 Parameter type: <Alarm::alrmFilter1> current status of spatial filter1 is
( yes derived or not
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : derived filter1 alarm
- no : not derived filter1 alarm
spa-filter2 Parameter type: <Alarm::alrmFilter2> current status of spatial filter2 is
( yes derived or not
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : derived filter2 alarm
- no : not derived filter2 alarm
spa-filter3 Parameter type: <Alarm::alrmFilter3> current status of spatial filter3 is
( yes derived or not
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the status of the snapshot xDSL alarm.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.12-1 "Alarm xDSL Snapshot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.12-2 "Alarm xDSL Snapshot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
near-end-los Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLOS> specifies near end loss of signal
( yes occured or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : near end loss of signal occurred
- no : no near end loss of signal
near-end-lof Parameter type: <Alarm::NearEndLOF> specifies near end loss of frame
( yes occured or not.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL threshold cross alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.13-1 "TCA xDSL Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.13-2 "TCA xDSL Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies where the alarm
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / occurred
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
errored-secs Parameter type: <Alarm::ErroredSeconds> number of errored seconds
( above-thres exceeded or below threshold
| below-thres ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- above-thres : number of errored seconds exceeded
threshold
- below-thres : number of errored seconds below threshold
es-in-a-day Parameter type: <Alarm::ErroredSecondsInAday> errored seconds in a day
Command Description
This command displays the status of the snapshot vectoring line alarm.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.14-1 "Alarm Vectoring Line Snapshot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the alarm snap shot table
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.14-2 "Alarm Vectoring Line Snapshot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port where the alarm has
<Eqpt::PortId> occurred.
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> This element is only shown in
- the rack number detail mode.
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
xtc-variation-vict Parameter type: <Alarm::VectXtcVariation> excessive : abnormal amplitude
( excessive variation in xtc coefficients
| normal ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- excessive : abnormal amplitude variation in xtc
Command Description
This command displays the status of the snapshot vectoring board alarm.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.15-1 "Alarm Vectoring Board Snapshot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index of the alarm snap shot table
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.15-2 "Alarm Vectoring Board Snapshot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-index Parameter type: <Equipm::EqptVpSlotIndex> specifies where the alarm has
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- nt : nt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
vp-link-index Parameter type: <Alarm::VectVpLinkIdx2> this is the vplink id or the
- specifies the soft-link or the vp-link on the vp-board, or soft-link id. This index has value
zero zero when it is not used
- range: [0,1...8] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the electrical-to-optical conversion alarm log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.16-1 "Alarm Electrical-to-Optical Conversion for Snapshot Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.16-2 "Alarm Electrical-to-Optical Conversion for Snapshot Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
loss-of-signal Parameter type: <Alarm::EoConvLOS> specifies whether loss of signal
( yes detected or not in the EO
| no ) conversion module
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : loss of signal detected in the EO conversion module detail mode.
- no : no loss of signal detected in the EO conversion
module
transmission Parameter type: <Alarm::EoConvTx> specifies whether transmission
( faulty fault is occurred or not in the EO
| ok ) module
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- faulty : transmission fault in the EO module detail mode.
- ok : transmission OK
Command Description
This command displays the alarms of the xDSL bonding snap shot.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.17-1 "Alarm xDSL Bonding Snap Shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.17-2 "Alarm xDSL Bonding Snap Shot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
group Parameter type: <Xdsl::BondingInterfaceIndex> identifies the bonding group
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / interface index
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
up-plan-bitrate Parameter type: <Alarm::UpPlannedBitrate> specifies whether the actual
( failure group upstream bit rate is above
| ok ) the group upstream planned bit
Possible values: rate or not
- failure : actual group bitrate is above the minimum This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command displays custom snapshot-related alarms.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.18-1 "Alarm Custom Snapshot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.18-2 "Alarm Custom Snapshot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
custom-alarm1 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom1> identify the customizableAlarm1
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
custom-alarm2 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom2> identify the customizableAlarm2
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
custom-alarm3 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom3> identify the customizableAlarm3
( yes .
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : Miscellaneous environment alarm
- no : no Miscellaneous environment alarm
custom-alarm4 Parameter type: <Alarm::custom4> identify the customizableAlarm4
Command Description
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.19-1 "Alarm SFP Snapshot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.19-2 "Alarm SFP Snapshot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
alarm index 1 Parameter type: <Alarm::SfpAlarmIdx1Type> this is the host sfp faceplate
( <Alarm::SfpAlarmIdx1> number for host alarms or it is the
| lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> ) equipment slot id for expansion
Possible values: shelf alarms
- lt : the lt-slot This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Alarm::SfpAlarmIdx1>
- the host port faceplate number or the equipment slot-id for
expansion shelf alarm
alarm index 2 Parameter type: <Alarm::SfpAlarmIdx2Type> this is the lanx port id for host
( <Alarm::SfpAlarmIdx2> alarms. this index is not used for
| nt : sfp : <Eqpt::PortIndex> expansion shelf alarms
| nt-a : sfp : <Alarm::SfpAlarmIdx2> This element is only shown in
| nt-a : xfp : <Alarm::SfpAlarmIdx2> detail mode.
Command Description
This command shows the customizable external alarm snap shot status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.20-1 "Alarm Custom External Snap Shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.20-2 "Alarm Custom External Snap Shot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ext-alarm1 Parameter type: <Alarm::custExtAlarm1> current status specifying external
( yes alarm 1 is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : customizable external alarm 1
- no : no customizable external alarm 1
ext-alarm2 Parameter type: <Alarm::custExtAlarm2> current status specifying external
( yes alarm 2 is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : customizable external alarm 2
- no : no customizable external alarm 2
ext-alarm3 Parameter type: <Alarm::custExtAlarm3> current status specifying external
( yes alarm 3 is present or not
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
Command Description
This command displays the SFP RSSI snapshot-related alarms.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.21-1 "Alarm RSSI SFP Snapshot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snapshot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.21-2 "Alarm RSSI SFP Snapshot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
alarm index 1 Parameter type: <Alarm::SlotIndex> this is the nt/ntio slot id for host
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> alarms.
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| nt
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Command Description
This command displays the ppp cross-connect engine TCA snapshot-related alarms.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.22-1 "Alarm PPP Cross-Connect Engine TCA Snapshot Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snapshot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.22-2 "Alarm PPP Cross-Connect Engine TCA Snapshot Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
engine Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlanSigned> this is the ppp-cc engine number
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> This element is only shown in
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4094]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4094,4096]
Command Description
This command shows the alarm snap shot status for the extended plug in unit.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.23-1 "Alarm Plug In Unit Extended Snap Shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snapshot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.23-2 "Alarm Plug In Unit Extended Snap Shot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::EqptSlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is only shown in
| nt-b detail mode.
| nt
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of SIP Server
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.24-1 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP Server Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.24-2 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP Server Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
transport-mismatch Parameter type: <Alarm::transportMismatch> specifies isamv and server
( yes transport mismatch or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : mismatch
- no : not mismatch
dns-lookup-failure Parameter type: <Alarm::dnsLookUpFailure> specifies dns look up fail or not.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : fail
- no : not fail
Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of SIP VSP
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.25-1 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP VSP Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.25-2 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP VSP Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
none-dns-srv Parameter type: <Alarm::noneDNSSRV> specifies none of dns server give
( yes reply to to DNS look up or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : none of dns server give reply to to DNS look up
- no : dns server give reply to to DNS look up
no-dns-srv Parameter type: <Alarm::noDNSSRV> specifies no dns server
( yes configured when sip request or
| no ) not.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : no dns server configured when sip request detail mode.
- no : dns server configured when sip request
none-srv Parameter type: <Alarm::noneSRV> specifies none sip server give
( yes reply when send sip request or
| no ) not.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : none sip server give reply when send sip request detail mode.
- no : sip server give reply when send sip request
no-srv Parameter type: <Alarm::noSRV> specifies no sip proxy server
Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of SIP Dial Plan
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.26-1 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP Dial Plan Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.26-2 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP Dial Plan Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
bad-digitmap Parameter type: <Alarm::badDigitMap> sepcifies the sip digitmap usable
( yes or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : digit map unusable
- no : digit map usable
Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of SIP Slot
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.27-1 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP Slot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.27-2 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP Slot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
dhcp-unreach Parameter type: <Alarm::dhcpServerUnreach> specifies DHCP server status.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : DHCP server unreachable
- no : DHCP server reachable
proxy-srv-unreach Parameter type: <Alarm::sipProxyServerUnreach> specifies sip proxy server status.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : proxy server unreachable
- no : proxy server reachable
reg-srv-unreach Parameter type: <Alarm::sipRegistratorServerUnreach> specifies sip registrator server
( yes status.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : registrator server unreachable
- no : registrator server reachable
Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of SIP termination
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.28-1 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP Termination Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.28-2 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP Termination Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
unknown-sub Parameter type: <Alarm::unknownSubscriber> specifies the sip subscriber
( yes unknown or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : wrong subscriber
- no : right subscriber
ground-key Parameter type: <Alarm::groundKey> status of the ground key.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : current to ground
- no : current not to ground
port-hightemp Parameter type: <Alarm::highTemperature> status of the port temperature.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of Megaco media gateway.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.29-1 "Alarm Snap-shot Megaco Media Gateway Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.29-2 "Alarm Snap-shot Megaco Media Gateway Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
mgc-unreachable Parameter type: <Alarm::mgcUnreachable> specifies the media gateway
( yes controller is unreachable or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : media gateway controller is unreachable
- no : media gateway controller is reachable
failover-to-esamgc Parameter type: <Alarm::failovertoESAMGC> specifies the media gateway
( yes failover to esa mgc or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : failover to esa mgc
- no : normal mgc is in service
Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of Megaco signaling gateway.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.30-1 "Alarm Snap-shot Megaco Signaling Gateway Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.30-2 "Alarm Snap-shot Megaco Signaling Gateway Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
sig-unreachable Parameter type: <Alarm::sgcUnreachable> specifies the signaling gateway
( yes controller is unreachable or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : signallling gateway controller is unreachable
- no : signallling gateway controller is reachable
Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of Megaco plug unit.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.31-1 "Alarm Snap-shot Megaco Plug Unit Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.31-2 "Alarm Snap-shot Megaco Plug Unit Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
lcard-unreach-srvcard Parameter type: <Alarm::lineCardUnreachSrvCard> specifies the line card is
( yes unreachable with server card or
| no ) not.
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- yes : line card is unreachable with server card detail mode.
- no : line card is reachable with server card
lcard-type-mismatch Parameter type: <Alarm::lineCardTypeMismathch> specifies the line card type is
( yes mismatch or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : line card type is mismatch
- no : line card type is match
Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of Megaco termination.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.32-1 "Alarm Snap-shot Megaco Termination Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.32-2 "Alarm Snap-shot Megaco Termination Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
meg-unknown-sub Parameter type: <Alarm::megacoUnknownSubscriber> specifies the megaco subscriber is
( yes unknown or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : unknown wrong megaco subscriber
- no : no wrong megaco subscriber
meg-ground-key Parameter type: <Alarm::voicePortGroundKey> specifies the voice port ground
( yes key or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : voice port ground key
- no : voice port not ground key
meg-high-temp Parameter type: <Alarm::voicePortHighTemp> specifies the voice port high
( yes temperature or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of Megaco signaling lt.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.33-1 "Alarm Snap-shot Megaco Signaling Lt Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm type
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.33-2 "Alarm Snap-shot Megaco Signaling Lt Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
sig-brd-persist-loss Parameter type: <Alarm::megacoSigBoardPersDataLoss> specifies the voice signaling
( yes board persistenet data loss or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : the voice signaling board persistenet data loss
- no : the voice signaling board persistenet data not loss
sig-brd-disk-full Parameter type: <Alarm::voiceSigBoard90PercentFull> specifies the voice signaling
( yes board disk 90% full or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- yes : specifies the voice signaling board disk 90% full
- no : specifies the voice signaling board disk no 90% full
sig-brd-db-rollback Parameter type: <Alarm::sigBoardDBRollback> specifies he voice signaling board
( yes implicit db rollback or not.
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of Ether-Tca
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.34-1 "Alarm Snap-shot Ether-Tca Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.34-2 "Alarm Snap-shot Ether-Tca Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::EthernetPortIndex> identifies the physical position of
( nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> the port
| nt-a : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> This element is only shown in
| nt-a : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> detail mode.
| nt-b : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> )
Possible values:
- nt : the nt slot
- nt-a : the nt-a slot
- nt-b : the nt-b slot
Possible values:
- sfp : sfp port
- xfp : xfp port
Field type <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
- the faceplate port number
etca-los Parameter type: <Alarm::EthTcaLos> snap shot of ethernet los in 15
( yes min
| no ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of Ether-Sfp
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.35-1 "Alarm Snap-shot Ether-Sfp Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.35-2 "Alarm Snap-shot Ether-Sfp Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::EthernetPortIndex> identifies the physical position of
( nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> the port
| nt-a : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> This element is only shown in
| nt-a : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> detail mode.
| nt-b : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : xfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> )
Possible values:
- nt : the nt slot
- nt-a : the nt-a slot
- nt-b : the nt-b slot
Possible values:
- sfp : sfp port
- xfp : xfp port
Field type <Itf::UplinkPortIndex>
- the faceplate port number
sfp-los Parameter type: <Alarm::EthSfpLos> snap shot of ethernet sfp los
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of Qos Slot
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.36-1 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP Termination Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snapshot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.36-2 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP Termination Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-position Parameter type: <Equipm::EqptSlotIndex> identify where the alarm has
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> occurred.
| nt-a This element is always shown.
| nt-b
| nt
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt-a : nt-a slot
- nt-b : nt-b slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of Qos Queue
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.37-1 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP Termination Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snapshot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.37-2 "Alarm Snap-shot SIP Termination Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::PhyLine> identifies the physical position of
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is always shown.
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| ont : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> )
Possible values:
- ont : ont
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Command Description
This command displays the snap-shot of file transfer server alarm
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.38-1 "Alarm File Transfer Server Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.38-2 "Alarm File Transfer Server Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
server-id Parameter type: <Alarm::FileTransfer> identify where the alarm has
- next hop IP address occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
fileserv-unavail Parameter type: <Alarm::FileTransferUnavial> current status specifing that
( unavailable whether file transfer server
| available ) available
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- unavailable : file transfer Server unavailable or file transfer detail mode.
failed
- available : file transfer server available
Command Description
This command displays the snap-shot of l2 forward alarm
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.39-1 "Alarm L2 Forward Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.39-2 "Alarm L2 Forward Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
bridgeport Parameter type: <Vlan::BridgePort> identify the bridge port where the
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / alarm has occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> This element is only shown in
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / detail mode.
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId>
| nt : sfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : sfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : xfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : sfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : xfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex> )
Possible values:
Command Description
This command show the alarm snap-shot of external-device
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.40-1 "Alarm Snap-shot External Device Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.40-2 "Alarm Snap-shot External Device Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
loss-env-mon Parameter type: <Alarm::LossEnvMon> snap shot status of env-monitor
( lost box
| not-lost ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- lost : env-mon box lost or not alive
- not-lost : env-mon box exists
Command Description
This command displays the SnapShot lt cfm alarm status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.41-1 "LT CFM Alarm SnapShot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: cfm log table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.41-2 "LT CFM Alarm SnapShot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
cfm-mep-id Parameter type: <UnsignedSignedInteger> dot1agCfmMepIdentifier index
- an unsigned integer where the alarm has occurred.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
cfm-unique-id Parameter type: <Alarm::IdentificationIdxOrZero> unique identification for the
- a signed integer alarm or zero when not
applicable, alarm entry is further
specified in additional-info
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
additional-info Parameter type: <PrintableString> Additional information regarding
- printable string the cfm alarm
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Only Show Details: alarm snap-shot status
name Type Description
cfm-defrdiccm Parameter type: <Alarm::IacmCfmRdiCcm> specifies rdi bit in ccm received
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Command Description
This command shows the snap-shot of EFM-OAM alarms.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.42-1 "EFM-OAM alarm Snap-shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: current alarm index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.42-2 "EFM-OAM alarm Snap-shot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
line Parameter type: <Itf::EfmEthernetIndex> identifies the line where the
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / alarm has occurred.
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Only Show Details: snap-shot alarm status
name Type Description
link-fault Parameter type: <Alarm::linkFaultType> Link fault at cpe
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : link fault at cpe/onu
- no : link fault is not exist
Command Description
This command displays the alarm-table snapshot-related alarms.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.43-1 "Alarm Table Snapshot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.43-2 "Alarm Table Snapshot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
alrm-tbl-overflow Parameter type: <Alarm::AlrmTblOflow> identify if the alarm table has
( overflow overflowed
| no-overflow ) This element is only shown in
Possible values: detail mode.
- overflow : alarm table overflow
- no-overflow : no alarm table overflow
Command Description
This command displays the status of the snapshot of auto-switch alarm.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 38.44-1 "Auto-Switch Alarm Snapshot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: alarm snap shot table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 38.44-2 "Auto-Switch Alarm Snapshot Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Itf::XdslLine> identifies the physical position of
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / the port
<Eqpt::PortId> This element is only shown in
Field type <Eqpt::RackId> detail mode.
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
auto-switch-status Parameter type: <Alarm::autoSwitchStatus> show auto-switch alarm status.
( yes This element is only shown in
| no ) detail mode.
Possible values:
- yes : auto-switch alarm status
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Alarm Delta Log Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----alarm
----delta-log
----alarm-changes
----indeterminate
- (index)
----warning
- (index)
----minor
- (index)
----major
- (index)
----critical
- (index)
Command Description
This command displays the number of reported alarm changes per severity level and in total.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 39.2-2 "Alarm Generic Delta Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
all Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- 32 bit counter reported alarms since startup and
is independent of the alarm
severity level.
This element is always shown.
indeterminate Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- 32 bit counter reported alarms with a severity
level indeterminate since startup.
This element is always shown.
warning Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- 32 bit counter reported alarms with a severity
level warning since startup.
This element is always shown.
minor Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- 32 bit counter reported alarms with a severity
level minor since startup.
This element is always shown.
major Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- 32 bit counter reported alarms with a severity
level major since startup.
This element is always shown.
critical Parameter type: <Counter> total number of changes of all
- 32 bit counter reported alarms with a severity
level critical since startup.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays alarm values for all reported alarms with a severity level indeterminate.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 39.3-1 "Indeterminate Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: delta log alarm table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 39.3-2 "Indeterminate Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmIndex> unique id for an alarm.
( xtca-ne-es This element is always shown.
| xtca-ne-ses
| xtca-ne-uas
| xtca-ne-day-es
| xtca-ne-day-ses
| xtca-ne-day-uas
| xtca-fe-es
| xtca-fe-ses
| xtca-fe-uas
| xtca-fe-day-es
| xtca-fe-day-ses
| xtca-fe-day-uas
| xtca-leftrs
| xtca-day-leftrs
| xtca-fe-leftrs
Command Description
This command displays alarm values for all reported alarms with a severity level warning.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 39.4-1 "Warning Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: delta log alarm table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 39.4-2 "Warning Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmIndex> unique id for an alarm.
( xtca-ne-es This element is always shown.
| xtca-ne-ses
| xtca-ne-uas
| xtca-ne-day-es
| xtca-ne-day-ses
| xtca-ne-day-uas
| xtca-fe-es
| xtca-fe-ses
| xtca-fe-uas
| xtca-fe-day-es
| xtca-fe-day-ses
| xtca-fe-day-uas
| xtca-leftrs
| xtca-day-leftrs
| xtca-fe-leftrs
| xtca-fe-day-leftrs
| xdsl-ne-los
| xdsl-ne-lof
| xdsl-ne-lom
Command Description
This command displays alarm values for all reported alarms with a severity level minor.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 39.5-1 "Minor Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: delta log alarm table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 39.5-2 "Minor Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmIndex> unique id for an alarm.
( xtca-ne-es This element is always shown.
| xtca-ne-ses
| xtca-ne-uas
| xtca-ne-day-es
| xtca-ne-day-ses
| xtca-ne-day-uas
| xtca-fe-es
| xtca-fe-ses
| xtca-fe-uas
| xtca-fe-day-es
| xtca-fe-day-ses
| xtca-fe-day-uas
| xtca-leftrs
| xtca-day-leftrs
| xtca-fe-leftrs
| xtca-fe-day-leftrs
| xdsl-ne-los
| xdsl-ne-lof
| xdsl-ne-lom
Command Description
This command displays alarm values for all reported alarms with a severity level major.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 39.6-1 "Major Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: delta log alarm table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 39.6-2 "Major Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmIndex> unique id for an alarm.
( xtca-ne-es This element is always shown.
| xtca-ne-ses
| xtca-ne-uas
| xtca-ne-day-es
| xtca-ne-day-ses
| xtca-ne-day-uas
| xtca-fe-es
| xtca-fe-ses
| xtca-fe-uas
| xtca-fe-day-es
| xtca-fe-day-ses
| xtca-fe-day-uas
| xtca-leftrs
| xtca-day-leftrs
| xtca-fe-leftrs
| xtca-fe-day-leftrs
| xdsl-ne-los
| xdsl-ne-lof
| xdsl-ne-lom
Command Description
This command displays alarm values for all reported alarms with a severity level critical.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 39.7-1 "Critical Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: delta log alarm table index
- index of a current alarm entry
Command Output
Table 39.7-2 "Critical Alarm Delta Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Alarm::alarmIndex> unique id for an alarm.
( xtca-ne-es This element is always shown.
| xtca-ne-ses
| xtca-ne-uas
| xtca-ne-day-es
| xtca-ne-day-ses
| xtca-ne-day-uas
| xtca-fe-es
| xtca-fe-ses
| xtca-fe-uas
| xtca-fe-day-es
| xtca-fe-day-ses
| xtca-fe-day-uas
| xtca-leftrs
| xtca-day-leftrs
| xtca-fe-leftrs
| xtca-fe-day-leftrs
| xdsl-ne-los
| xdsl-ne-lof
| xdsl-ne-lom
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "ATM Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----atm
----interface
- (port)
----pvc
- (port-index)
----tc-int
- (port)
----tc-current-int
----fifteen-min
- (port)
----one-day
- (port)
----tc-15min-int
- (port)
- intvl-number
----tc-1day-int
- (port)
- intvl-number
Command Description
This command displays the ATM interface configuration table.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 40.2-1 "ATM Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: ATM interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 40.2-2 "ATM Interface Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <Atm::asamAtmItfType> type of ATM interface.
( not-specified This element is always shown.
| network-termination
| access-to-access
| user-to-access
| internal-server
| external-server )
Possible values:
- not-specified : not specified
- network-termination : network termination
- access-to-access : access to access interface
Command Description
This command displays the status of the PVC.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 40.3-1 "PVC Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port-index) Format: the ATM PVC
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiMandatoryId> :
<Eqpt::VciMandatoryId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiMandatoryId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciMandatoryId>
- atm VCI
Command Output
Table 40.3-2 "PVC Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
admin-status Parameter type: <Atm::adminStatus> specifies the desired
( admin-up administrative state of the VCL.
| admin-down ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- admin-up : enable traffic flow
- admin-down : disable traffic flow
Command Description
This command displays the TC adapter protocol interval status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 40.4-1 "TC Adapter Protocol Interval Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: ATM interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / (rack/shelf/slot/port)
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 40.4-2 "TC Adapter Protocol Interval Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
valid-15-min-intervals Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the number of previous intervals
- a signed integer (maximum 192) for which valid
data has been stored. The value
of this object will be 192 unless
the device was brought online
within the last nx15 minutes, in
which case the value will be the
number of complete 15 minute
intervals the device has been
online
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the TC adapter protocol current quarter performance data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 40.5-1 "TC Adapter Protocol Current Quarter Performance Data Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: ATM interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 40.5-2 "TC Adapter Protocol Current Quarter Performance Data Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ocd-far-end Parameter type: <Counter> the number of out of cell
- 32 bit counter delineations anomalies for
incoming cells on a far end ATM
interface connected to this ATM
interface
Command Description
This command displays the TC adapter protocol current day performance data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 40.6-1 "TC Adapter Protocol Current Day Performance Data Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: ATM interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 40.6-2 "TC Adapter Protocol Current Day Performance Data Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ocd-far-end Parameter type: <Counter> the number of out of cell
- 32 bit counter delineations anomalies for
incoming cells on a far end ATM
interface connected to this ATM
interface
Command Description
This command displays the TC adapter protocol-monitoring 15-min interval data parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 40.7-1 "TC Adapter Protocol Performance Data for Previous Quarter Intervals Command"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: ATM interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
intvl-number Parameter type: <Atm::AtmItvlNumber> interval for which statistics are
Format: available
- interval for which statistics is available
- range: [1...192]
Command Output
Table 40.7-2 "TC Adapter Protocol Performance Data for Previous Quarter Intervals Command"
Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ocd-near-end Parameter type: <Counter> the number of out of cell
Command Description
This command displays the TC adapter protocol-monitoring 1-day interval data parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 40.8-1 "TC Adapter Protocol Performance Data for Previous Day Intervals Command"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: ATM interface
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
intvl-number Parameter type: <Atm::AtmItvlNo1day> interval for which statistics are
Format: available
- itvl for which statistics is available
- range: [1...2]
Command Output
Table 40.8-2 "TC Adapter Protocol Performance Data for Previous Day Intervals Command"
Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ocd-near-end Parameter type: <Counter> the number of out of cell
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "VLAN Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----vlan
----global
----residential-bridge
----summary
- (vlan-id)
- vlan-port
----extensive
- (vlan-id)
- vlan-port
----cross-connect
- (vlan-id)
- vlan-port
----stacked-vlan
- (s-vlanid)
- vlan-id
----name
- (name)
----fdb-board
- (slot)
- fdb-id
- mac
----bridge-port-fdb
- (port)
- vlan-id
- mac
----priority-regen
- (profile-id)
----prio-regen-name
- (name)
----prio-regen-next
----dup-mac-alarm
- (dup-port)
- dup-fdb-id
- dup-mac
----port-event
- (port)
----port-curr-15min-stats
- (port)
----port-curr-day-stats
- (port)
----port-15min-stats
- (port)
- interval-number
----port-prev-day-stats
- (port)
- interval-number
----current-15min-stats
- (vlanid)
- port
----current-day-stats
- (vlanid)
- port
----previous-15min-stats
- (vlanid)
- port
- interval-number
----vlan-day-stats
- (vlanid)
- port
- interval-number
----pbit-statistics
----port
- (vlan-port)
- min-dot1p
- max-dot1p
----fdbid
- (vlan-id)
----port-accumu-stats
- (port)
Command Description
This command displays information common to all VLANs.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 41.2-2 "Global VLAN Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information:vlan parameters
name Type Description
configured-vlans Parameter type: <Vlan::Gauge> current number of configured and
- an unsigned integer auto configured vlans
This element is always shown.
management Parameter type: <Vlan::MgntVlanMode> specifies how the node is
( inband managed
| outband ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- inband : inband
- outband : outband
max-rb-vlan Parameter type: <Vlan::Gauge> maximum number of residential
- an unsigned integer bridge vlans that are supported
This element is always shown.
max-layer2-term-vlan Parameter type: <Vlan::Gauge> maximum number of layer2
- an unsigned integer terminated vlans that are
supported
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays a list of ports attached to a particular VLAN of the type residential bridge VLAN.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.3-1 "Residential Bridge VLAN Summary Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: network vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
vlan-port Parameter type: <Itf::VlanPortInterface> vlan port
Format:
( vlan-port-nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port-nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
Command Description
This command displays a list of ports, each with an extensive set of parameters, for a particular VLAN of the type
residential bridge VLAN in detail mode. Execution of this command may take a long time.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.4-1 "Residential Bridge VLAN Extensive Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: network vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
vlan-port Parameter type: <Itf::VlanPortInterface> vlan port
Format:
( vlan-port-nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port-nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
Command Output
Table 41.4-2 "Residential Bridge VLAN Extensive Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
qos-profile Parameter type: <Vlan::QosProfileName> QOS profile, dynamically or
( none statically (if no dynamic)
| name : <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> ) assigned to a port
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64
qos Parameter type: <Vlan::QosPolicy> the qos policy
( priority : <Vlan::Priority> This element is always shown.
| profile : none
| profile : trusted-port
| profile : best-effort
| profile : cl-all-prio-3
Command Description
This command displays all parameters for the ports attached to a particular VLAN of the type cross-connect VLAN.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.5-1 "Cross-connect VLAN Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: network vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
vlan-port Parameter type: <Itf::VlanPortInterface> vlan port
Format:
( vlan-port-nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port-nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
Command Output
Table 41.5-2 "Cross-connect VLAN Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
qos-profile Parameter type: <Vlan::QosProfileName> QOS profile, dynamically or
( none statically (if no dynamic)
| name : <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> ) assigned to a port
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Field type <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName>
- name of the QoS profile
- length: 1<=x<=64
qos Parameter type: <Vlan::QosPolicy> the qos policy
( priority : <Vlan::Priority> This element is always shown.
| profile : none
| profile : trusted-port
| profile : best-effort
| profile : cl-all-prio-3
| profile : cl-all-prio-4
| profile : background
| profile : be-cl-voice
| profile : be-cl-1d-voice
Command Description
This command displays the stacked VLANs configured in the system.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.6-1 "Stacked VLAN Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(s-vlanid) Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> customer vlan
Format:
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
Command Description
This command displays the VLAN identity that corresponds to a given VLAN name.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.7-1 "VLAN Name Mapping Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name used to identify the vlan
- char string
- length: x<=80
Command Output
Table 41.7-2 "VLAN Name Mapping Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
id Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> the vlan identity
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> This element is always shown.
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4094]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4094,4096]
Command Description
This command displays, given a particular VLAN, a unicast MAC address and a vlan port, an entry of the filtering
database, if any. The filtering dabatase is used by the bridging function in determining how to propagate a received
frame.This command displays information about an entry of the filtering database associated to a network VLAN. It
can also be used to display all fdb entries associated to a network VLAN.
The status parameter indicates what the trigger was for creation of the filtering database entry, that is, a filtering
entry can be configured or dynamically learned.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.8-1 "VLAN Filtering Database Per LIM Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(slot) Format: the physical slot position
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt : nt slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
fdb-id Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> fdb id
Format:
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
Command Output
Table 41.8-2 "VLAN Filtering Database Per LIM Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
vlan-port Parameter type: <Itf::VlanPortInterface> vlan port
( vlan-port-nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> : stacked : This element is only shown in
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> detail mode.
| vlan-port-nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip :
stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni :
stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::LLId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
Command Description
This command displays information about an entry of the filtering database on a particular vlan port. The filtering
database is used by the bridging function in determining how to propagate a received frame. It can also be used to
display all fdb entries on a vlan port or all fdb entries on a bridge port.
The status parameter indicates what the trigger was for creation of the filtering database entry, that is, a filtering
entry can be configured or dynamically learned.
The command should be executed with atleast the bridgeport as mandatory input otherwise it will take longer
execution time to retrieve the information in larger systems where large number of bridgeports / vlan ports are
configured while limited fdb entries on part of the vlan ports.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.9-1 "Bridge Port Filtering Database Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port, ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId>
| nt : sfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : sfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : xfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : sfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
Command Output
Table 41.9-2 "Bridge Port Filtering Database Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
fdb-id Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> the identity of this filtering
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> database
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4094]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4094,4096]
status Parameter type: <Vlan::FdbEntryStatus> the origin of the entry, unless
( other invalid
| invalid This element is always shown.
| learned
| self
| static )
Possible values:
- other : entry does not determine the forwarding of frames
- invalid : entry is being removed
- learned : entry has been learned dynamically
- self : entry represents one of the device's addresses
- static : entry has been configured by a manager
vmac Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> unicast virtual mac address
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) This element is always shown.
- length: 6
Command Description
This command displays, for a given priority regeneration profile, the mapping of the external p-bit codepoints
versus the internal priority. Such a profile provides a mapping for both the upstream and the downstream direction.
These priority regeneration profiles and their contents are predetermined and cannot be changed by the operator.
A priority regeneration profile is assigned to a bridge port when configuring the bridge port.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.10-1 "VLAN Priority Regeneration Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(profile-id) Format: profile id
( trusted-port
| best-effort
| cl-all-prio-3
| cl-all-prio-4
| background
| be-cl-voice
| be-cl-1d-voice
| be-voice
| l2-vpn-3
| l2-vpn-4
| 11
| 12
| 13
| 14
| 15
| 16
| 17
| 18
| 19
| 20
| 21
Command Output
Table 41.10-2 "VLAN Priority Regeneration Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
name Parameter type: <Vlan::AdminString> name of the profile
- char string This element is always shown.
- length: x<=80
reference-count Parameter type: <Vlan::Integer> the reference count for the profile
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays, for a given priority regeneration profile Name, the mapping of the external p-bit
codepoints versus the internal priority. Such a profile provides a mapping for both the upstream and the
downstream direction.
These priority regeneration profiles and their contents are predetermined and cannot be changed by the operator.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.11-1 "VLAN Priority Regeneration Profile Name Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Output
Table 41.11-2 "VLAN Priority Regeneration Profile Name Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
profile-id Parameter type: <Vlan::ShowPrioRegenProfile> name of the profile
( trusted-port This element is always shown.
| best-effort
| cl-all-prio-3
| cl-all-prio-4
| background
| be-cl-voice
| be-cl-1d-voice
| be-voice
| l2-vpn-3
Command Description
This command displays next free id of VLAN Priority Regeneration Profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 41.12-2 "Show Next Free ID of VLAN Priority Regeneration Profile " Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
next-free-index Parameter type: <AsamNextProfileIndex> next free profile index
- a profile index This element is always shown.
- range: [0...65535]
Command Description
This command is useful when a duplicate MAC alarm has occurred. A duplicate MAC alarm is raised when a new
MAC address could not be learned on a port because this MAC address already exists on another port for the same
VLAN, that is, within the same filtering database. The information displayed indicates the port where the MAC
address is assigned, that is, the original port.
The duplicate MAC alarm information is available as long as the alarm is on.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.13-1 "Duplicate MAC Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(dup-port) Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port, ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId>
| nt : sfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : sfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-a : xfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : sfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex>
| nt-b : xfp : <Vlan::UplinkPortIndex> )
Possible values:
- nt : the nt slot
- nt-a : the nt-a slot
- nt-b : the nt-b slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Command Output
Table 41.13-2 "Duplicate MAC Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Vlan::BridgePort> identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port, ...)
Command Description
This command displays all the kinds of events that occurred on a given port. These events relate to error cases.
The display element no-mac-learn that indicates that not all mac addresses are learned, is not applicable for
intel/CATE boards.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.14-1 "Port Event Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port, ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
Command Output
Table 41.14-2 "Port Event Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
event-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> the time in seconds when the
- time event ocurred
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
aal5-fcs-error Parameter type: <Vlan::Aal5FcsError> error of the aal5 frame or fcs
short name: aal5-fcs ( ( aal5-fcs | yes ) error
| ( no-aal5-fcs | no ) ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- aal5-fcs : aal5 or fcs error
- yes : aal5 or fcs error
- no-aal5-fcs : no aal5 or fcs error
- no : no aal5 or fcs error
llc-error Parameter type: <Vlan::LlcError> incorrect llc format
short name: llc ( ( llc | yes ) This element is always shown.
| ( no-llc | no ) )
Possible values:
- llc : incorrect llc
- yes : incorrect llc
- no-llc : correct llc
- no : correct llc
no-mac-learn Parameter type: <Vlan::MacNoLearnError> new MAC address could not be
short name: no-mac ( ( mac-learn-error | yes ) learned, upstream pkt is
| ( no-mac-learn-error | no ) ) discarded
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- mac-learn-error : mac learn error
- yes : mac learn error
- no-mac-learn-error : no mac learn error
- no : no mac learn error
dup-mac Parameter type: <Vlan::MacDuplicateError> failure of MAC address learning
( ( mac-dup-error | yes ) while MAC address already
| ( no-mac-dup-error | no ) ) exists on another port within the
Possible values: same VLAN
- mac-dup-error : mac duplicate error This element is always shown.
- yes : mac duplicate error
- no-mac-dup-error : no mac duplicate error
- no : no mac duplicate error
Command Description
This command displays performance statistics for the current quarter for a particular port. Counters for upstream
and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port, including PPPoE relayed and
PPPoE terminated traffic.
Counters for discarded frames are displayed. Frames are discarded as a result of buffer acceptance control or
policing.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.15-1 "Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port, ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
Command Output
Table 41.15-2 "Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
elapsed-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> elapsed time in this interval, i.e.
- time for the current 15 minutes
- unit: sec interval; expressed in seconds
This element is always shown.
measure-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> actually measured time in this
- time interval; expressed in seconds
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: up stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command shows Performance Statistics for the current day for a particular port. Counters for upstream and
downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port, including PPPoE Relayed and
PPPoE terminated traffic.
Counters for discarded frames are displayed. Frames are discarded as a result of buffer acceptance control or
policing.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.16-1 "Port Statistics for Current Day Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port, ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
Command Output
Table 41.16-2 "Port Statistics for Current Day Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
elapsed-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> elapsed time in this interval, i.e.
- time for the current day interval;
- unit: sec expressed in seconds
This element is always shown.
measure-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> actually measured time in this
- time interval; expressed in seconds
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: up stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays performance statistics for the previous quarter intervals, for a particular port. Counters for
upstream and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port, including PPPoE
relayed and PPPoE terminated traffic.
Counters for discarded frames are displayed. Frames are discarded as a result of buffer acceptance control or
policing.
The interval is specified. Interval number 1 identifies the most recent completed quarter interval. From there
onward, interval numbers are incremented by 1. Higher interval numbers relate to less recent intervals.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.17-1 "Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port, ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Command Output
Table 41.17-2 "Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
measure-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> actually measured time in this
- time interval; expressed in seconds
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: up stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval.
Frames are discarded as a result
of buffer acceptance or policing
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
Command Description
This command displays performance statistics for the previous day intervals for a particular port. Counters for
upstream and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port, including PPPoE
relayed and PPPoE terminated traffic.
Counters for discarded frames are displayed. Frames are discarded as a result of buffer acceptance control or
policing.
The interval is specified. Interval number 1 identifies the most recent completed day interval. From there onward,
interval numbers are incremented by 1. Higher interval numbers relate to less recent intervals.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.18-1 "Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port, ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
Command Output
Table 41.18-2 "Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
measure-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> actually measured time in this
- time interval; expressed in seconds
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: up stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command displays performance statistics for the current quarter for a particular VLAN and port. Counters for
upstream and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port, including PPPoE
relayed and PPPoE terminated traffic.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.19-1 "VLAN Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlanid) Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
port Parameter type: <Itf::BridgePort> identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
Format: EFM port, ...)
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
Command Output
Table 41.19-2 "VLAN Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
elapsed-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> elapsed time in this interval, i.e.
- time for the current 15 minutes
- unit: sec interval; expressed in seconds
This element is always shown.
measure-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> actually measured time in this
- time interval; expressed in seconds
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: up stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction per VLAN on
a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction per VLAN on
a bridge port, for the specified
Command Description
This command displays performance statistics for the current day for a particular VLAN and port. Counters for
upstream and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port, including PPPoE
relayed and PPPoE terminated traffic.
Counters for discarded frames are displayed. Frames are discarded as a result of buffer acceptance control or
policing.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.20-1 "VLAN Port Statistics for Current Day Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlanid) Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
port Parameter type: <Itf::BridgePort> identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
Format: EFM port, ...)
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
Command Output
Table 41.20-2 "VLAN Port Statistics for Current Day Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
elapsed-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> elapsed time in this interval, i.e.
- time for the current 15 minutes
- unit: sec interval; expressed in seconds
This element is always shown.
measure-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> actually measured time in this
- time interval; expressed in seconds
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: up stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction per VLAN on
a bridge port, for the specified
interval
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays performance statistics for the previous quarter intervals for a particular VLAN and port.
Counters for upstream and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port,
including PPPoE relayed and PPPoE terminated traffic.
The interval is specified. Interval number 1 identifies the most recent completed quarter interval. From there
onward, interval numbers are incremented by 1. Higher interval numbers relate to less recent intervals.
Counters for discarded frames are displayed. Frames are discarded as a result of buffer acceptance control or
policing.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.21-1 "VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlanid) Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
port Parameter type: <Itf::BridgePort> identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
Format: EFM port, ...)
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
Command Output
Table 41.21-2 "VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
measure-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> actually measured time in this
- time interval; expressed in seconds
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: up stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
Command Description
This command displays performance statistics for the previous day intervals for a particular VLAN and port.
Counters for upstream and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port,
including PPPoE relayed and PPPoE terminated traffic.
The interval is specified. Interval number 1 identifies the most recent completed day interval. From there onward,
interval numbers are incremented by 1. Higher interval numbers relate to less recent intervals.
Counters for discarded frames are displayed. Frames are discarded as a result of buffer acceptance control or
policing.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.22-1 "VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlanid) Format: vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
port Parameter type: <Itf::BridgePort> identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
Format: EFM port, ...)
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
Command Output
Table 41.22-2 "VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals Status Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
measure-time Parameter type: <Vlan::StatsTime> actually measured time in this
- time interval; expressed in seconds
- unit: sec This element is always shown.
Only Show Details: up stream counters
name Type Description
forward-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction per VLAN on
Command Description
This command allows the operator to show the p-bit traffic counters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show vlan pbit-statistics port [ (vlan-port) [ min-dot1p <Vlan::Dot1pMin> ] [ max-dot1p <Vlan::Dot1pMax> ] ]
Command Parameters
Table 41.23-1 "P-bit Traffic Counters Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-port) Format: vlan port
( vlan-port-nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port-nt : sfp : <Itf::UplinkPortIndex> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip :
stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni :
Command Output
Table 41.23-2 "P-bit Traffic Counters Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
up-forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::Dot1pTraffCounter> all forwarded bytes in upstream
- 64 bit counter,range:[0-9223372036854775808] directions on a vlan port for the
given P-bit range.
This element is always shown.
dn-forward-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::Dot1pTraffCounter> all forwarded bytes in
- 64 bit counter,range:[0-9223372036854775808] downstream directions on a vlan
port for the given P-bit range.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays filtering database used by this VLAN.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.24-1 "Current VLAN Filtering Database Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: network vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
Command Output
Table 41.24-2 "Current VLAN Filtering Database Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
fdb-id Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> identity of the filtering database
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> This element is always shown.
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
Command Description
This command displays performance statistics for a particular port. Counters for upstream and downstream traffic
are displayed. These counters do not include broadcast/multicast frames per bridge port in downstream direction.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 41.25-1 "Accumulated Port Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identity of a port(e.g. atm PVC,
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / EFM port, ...)
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Command Output
Table 41.25-2 "Accumulated Port Statistics" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
up-fwd-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is always shown.
up-fwd-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is always shown.
up-dis-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is always shown.
up-dis-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
- vlan counter upstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is always shown.
dn-fwd-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- vlan counter downstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is always shown.
dn-fwd-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in
- vlan counter downstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is always shown.
dn-dis-frame Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded frames in
- vlan counter downstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is always shown.
dn-dis-byte Parameter type: <Vlan::OctetCounter> number of discarded bytes in
- vlan counter downstream direction on a bridge
port, for the specified interval
This element is always shown.
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "QOS Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----qos
----profile-usage
----session
- (name)
----marker
- (name)
----policer
- (name)
----queue
- (name)
----scheduler-node
- (name)
----cac
- (name)
----policy
- (name)
----l2-filter
- (name)
----l3-filter
- (name)
----policy-action
- (name)
----ingress-qos
- (name)
----shaper
- (name)
----bandwidth
- (name)
----rate-limit
- (name)
----dscp-pbit
- (name)
----interface-bandwidth
- (index)
----statistics
----buffer-overflow
----prev-15min
- (equip-slot)
- interval-num
----current-15min
- (equip-slot)
----prev-1day
- (equip-slot)
----current-1day
- (equip-slot)
----total
- (equip-slot)
----queue
----prev-15min
- (index)
- queue
- interval-num
----current-15min
- (index)
- queue
----lt-cos
----prev-15min
- (equip-slot)
- traffic-class
- interval-num
----current-15min
- (equip-slot)
- traffic-class
----prev-1day
- (equip-slot)
- interval-num
----current-1day
- (equip-slot)
----lt-queue
----prev-15min
- (index)
----current-15min
- (index)
----tc-to-qmap
- (name)
Command Description
This command displays the QoS session profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the
operator can use this command to display the usage of QoS session profiles. The QoS session profile usage
represents the total user sessions (both for statically configured and dynamic sessions).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.2-1 "QoS Session Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A session profile name
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Output
Table 42.2-2 "QoS Session Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount32> Indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...4294967295] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the QoS marker profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the
operator can use this command to display the usage of QoS marker profiles. The QoS marker profile usage shows
the references from existing QoS session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.3-1 "QoS Marker Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A marker profile name
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Output
Table 42.3-2 "QoS Marker Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount32> Indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...4294967295] count is greater than 0, then this
profile 'is in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the QoS policer profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the
operator can use this command to display the usage of QoS policer profiles. The QoS policer profile usage shows
the references from existing QoS session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.4-1 "QoS Policer Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A policer profile name
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Output
Table 42.4-2 "QoS Policer Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount32> Indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...4294967295] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the QoS queue profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the operator
can use this command to display the usage of QoS queue profiles. The QoS queue profile usage shows the
references from existing QoS session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.5-1 "QoS Queue Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A queue profile name
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Output
Table 42.5-2 "QoS Queue Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount32> indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...4294967295] count is not 0, then this profile is
'in use', and can not be deleted. If
the value is 0, then this profile is
'not in use', and can be deleted.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the QoS scheduler-node profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the
operator can use this command to display the usage of QoS scheduler-node profiles. The QoS scheduler-node
profile usage shows the references from existing QoS session profiles because these profiles are not applied on
their own.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.6-1 "QoS Scheduler Node Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A scheduler-node profile name
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Output
Table 42.6-2 "QoS Scheduler Node Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount32> Indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...4294967295] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the QoS CAC profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the operator
can use this command to display the usage of QoS CAC profiles. The QoS CAC profile usage displays the
references from existing QoS session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.7-1 "QoS CAC Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique profile name
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Output
Table 42.7-2 "QoS CAC Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount> indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...65535] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the QoS policy profile status. A QoS profile in use cannot be deleted. Use this command to
display the usage of QoS policy profiles. The QoS policy profile usage shows the references from existing QoS
session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.8-1 "QoS Policy Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A unique policy profile name
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Output
Table 42.8-2 "QoS Policy Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount32> indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...4294967295] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the QoS L2 filter profile status. A QoS profile in use cannot be deleted. Use this command
to display the usage of QoS L2 filter profiles. The QoS L2 filter profile usage shows the references from existing
QoS session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.9-1 "QoS L2 Filter Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A l2 filter name
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Output
Table 42.9-2 "QoS L2 Filter Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount32> indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...4294967295] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the QoS L3 filter profile status. A QoS profile in use cannot be deleted. Use this command
to display the usage of QoS L3 Filter profiles. The QoS L3 filter profile usage shows the references from existing
QoS session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.10-1 "QoS L3 Filter Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A l3 filter name
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Output
Table 42.10-2 "QoS L3 Filter Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount32> indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...4294967295] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the QoS policy action profile status. A QoS profile in use cannot be deleted. Use this
command to display the usage of policy action profiles. The QoS policy action profile usage shows the references
from existing QoS session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.11-1 "QoS Policy Action Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A policy action profile name
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Output
Table 42.11-2 "QoS Policy Action Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount32> indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...4294967295] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the QoS Ingress profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the
operator can use this command to display the usage of QoS Ingress profiles. The QoS Ingress profile usage shows
the references from existing QoS session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.12-1 "QoS IngressQoS Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: An ingress profile name
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Output
Table 42.12-2 "QoS IngressQoS Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount32> Indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...4294967295] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the QoS shaper profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the
operator can use this command to display the usage of QoS shaper profiles. The QoS shaper profile usage shows
the reference from existing QoS shaper profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.13-1 "QoS Shaper Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A shaper profile name
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Output
Table 42.13-2 "QoS Shaper Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount32> Indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...4294967295] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the QoS Bandwidth profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the
operator can use this command to display the usage of QoS scheduler-node profiles. The QoS Bandwidth profile
usage shows the references from existing QoS session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.14-1 "QoS Bandwidth Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A scheduler profile name
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Output
Table 42.14-2 "QoS Bandwidth Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount32> Indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...4294967295] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the QoS Rate Limit profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the
operator can use this command to display the usage of QoS rate limit profiles. The QoS rate limit profile usage
shows the reference from existing QoS rate limit profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.15-1 "QoS Rate Limit Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: Protocol Rate Limit profile name
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Output
Table 42.15-2 "QoS Rate Limit Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount32> Indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...4294967295] count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the QoS DSCP to PBIT profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the
operator can use this command to display the usage of QoS DSCP to PBIT profiles. The QoS DSCP to PBIT profile
usage shows the references from existing QoS Marker profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.16-1 "QoS DSCP to PBIT Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: A DSCP to PBIT profile name
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
Command Output
Table 42.16-2 "QoS DSCP to PBIT Profile Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ref-count Parameter type: <AsamProfileRefCount32> Indicates the number of entities
- number of entities using this particular profile using this profile. If the reference
- range: [0...4294967295] count is greater than 0, then this
profile 'is in use', and may NOT
be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the bandwidth allocation and usage for each interface.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.17-1 "QoS Interface Bandwidth Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 42.17-2 "QoS Interface Bandwidth Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
frame-net-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Represents the approximate
- a signed integer bandwidth available for Ethernet
frames, which is guaranteed to be
available by the physical layer.
This approximation is made by
the configurable ATM overhead
factor.
This element is always shown.
res-data-bw Parameter type: <Qos::IgnoredSignedInteger> The portion the frame-net-bw that
- a signed integer is reserved for all data services
Command Description
This command displays the buffer overflow for each unit applicable on dedicated buffer pools and not on individual
queues. These counters are supported on L3 units. Under normal working conditions, all these counters should
read zero.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.18-1 "QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Quarter" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(equip-slot) Format: physical position of the board
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
interval-num Parameter type: <Qos::CounterInterval> time interval interms of 15 min
Format:
- time interval interms of 15 mins
- range: [1...32]
Command Output
Table 42.18-2 "QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Quarter" Display parameters
Specific Information
Command Description
This command displays the buffer overflow for each unit applicable on dedicated buffer pools and not on individual
queues. These counters are supported on L3 units. Under normal working conditions, all these counters should
read zero.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.19-1 "QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Quarter" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(equip-slot) Format: physical position of the board
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Command Output
Table 42.19-2 "QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Quarter" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
upstream Parameter type: <Counter> number of buffer overflows on an
- 32 bit counter EBLT LIM module in the
upstream direction on a 15
Command Description
This command displays the buffer overflow for each unit applicable on dedicated buffer pools and not on individual
queues. These counters are supported on L3 units. Under normal working conditions, all these counters should
read zero.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.20-1 "QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Day Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(equip-slot) Format: physical position of the board
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Command Output
Table 42.20-2 "QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Day Command" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
upstream Parameter type: <Counter> the number of buffer overflows
Command Description
This command displays the buffer overflow for each unit applicable on dedicated buffer pools and not on individual
queues. These counters are supported on L3 units. Under normal working conditions, all these counters should
read zero.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.21-1 "QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(equip-slot) Format: physical position of the board
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Command Output
Table 42.21-2 "QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
upstream Parameter type: <Counter> the number of buffer overflows
- 32 bit counter on EBLT LIM modules in the
upstream direction on a one day
Command Description
This command displays the buffer overflow for each unit applicable on dedicated buffer pools and not on individual
queues. The L3 units have four isolated buffer pools for upstream, downstream, multicast, and OBC-injected
traffic. Under normal working conditions, all these counters should read zero. Check these counters for QoS
problems, which can occur under heavy load conditions.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.22-1 "QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics Total Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(equip-slot) Format: physical position of the board
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Command Output
Table 42.22-2 "QoS Total Buffer Overflow Statistics Total Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
upstream Parameter type: <Counter> the number of buffer overflows
- 32 bit counter per EBLT LIM module in the
Command Description
This command displays the interface-level QoS buffer overflow statistics of the previous 15 minute interval.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show qos statistics queue prev-15min [ (index) [ queue <Qos::ExpandQueues> ] [ interval-num
<Qos::NumInterval> ] ]
Command Parameters
Table 42.23-1 "QoS Interface Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Quarter" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical port or lag port of a dsl
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / link
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
queue Parameter type: <Qos::ExpandQueues> This object is used to index the
Format: queue within the scope of one
( all physical link on the LIM
| <Qos::ExpandQueues> )
Possible values:
- all : total physical line on the LIM
Field type <Qos::ExpandQueues>
- output dsl port expand queue number
- range: [0...7]
interval-num Parameter type: <Qos::NumInterval> time interval interms of 15 min
Format:
- time interval interms of 15 mins
- range: [1]
Command Output
Table 42.23-2 "QoS Interface Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Quarter" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
queue-load Parameter type: <Qos::Load> Average queue load percentage
- load percentage This element is always shown.
- range: [0...100]
forward-byte Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwareded in
- qos counter this queue.
This element is always shown.
forward-frame Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of frames forwared in
- qos counter this queue.
This element is always shown.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of bytes discarded in this
- qos counter queue.
This element is always shown.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of frames discarded in
- qos counter this queue.
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <TimeTicks> The measured time interval since
- a timeout value the last measurement period
- unit: msec started.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the interface-level QoS buffer overflow statistics of the current 15 minute interval.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.24-1 "QoS Interface Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Quarter" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical port or lag port of a dsl
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / link
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
queue Parameter type: <Qos::ExpandQueues> This object is used to index the
Format: queue within the scope of one
( all physical link on the LIM
| <Qos::ExpandQueues> )
Possible values:
- all : total physical line on the LIM
Field type <Qos::ExpandQueues>
- output dsl port expand queue number
- range: [0...7]
Command Output
Table 42.24-2 "QoS Interface Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Quarter" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
queue-load Parameter type: <Qos::Load> Average queue load percentage
- load percentage This element is always shown.
- range: [0...100]
forward-byte Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwareded in
- qos counter this queue.
This element is always shown.
forward-frame Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of frames forwared in
- qos counter this queue.
This element is always shown.
discard-byte Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of bytes discarded in this
- qos counter queue.
This element is always shown.
discard-frame Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of frames discarded in
- qos counter this queue.
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <TimeTicks> The measured time interval since
- a timeout value the last measurement period
- unit: msec started.
This element is always shown.
elapsed-time Parameter type: <TimeTicks> The measured time interval since
- a timeout value the last measurement period
- unit: msec started.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command shows the QoS Fan Out statistics of the previous 15 minute interval.
Currently,only traffic classes [0...3] are supported for traffic class voice,resp.video,CL,BE and traffic class 8 for
the aggregate of the previous mentioned traffic classes
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show qos statistics lt-cos prev-15min [ (equip-slot) [ traffic-class <Qos::TrafficClass> ] [ interval-num
<Qos::NumIntervalExpand> ] ]
Command Parameters
Table 42.25-1 "QoS Fan Out Statistics for Previous Quarter" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(equip-slot) Format: physical position of the board
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
traffic-class Parameter type: <Qos::TrafficClass> This object is used to index the
Format: traffic class on the LIM
- value of traffic class, the received frame is mapped to
- range: [0...8]
interval-num Parameter type: <Qos::NumIntervalExpand> time interval interms of 15 min
Format:
- time interval interms of 15 mins
- range: [1...96]
Command Output
Table 42.25-2 "QoS Fan Out Statistics for Previous Quarter" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
load Parameter type: <Qos::Load> traffic class load percentage
- load percentage This element is always shown.
- range: [0...100]
forward-byte Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in this
- qos counter traffic class.
This element is always shown.
forward-frame Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- qos counter this traffic class.
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <TimeTicks> The measured time interval since
- a timeout value the last measurement period
- unit: msec started.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command shows the QoS Fan Out statistics of the current 15 minutes interval.
Currently,only traffic classes [0...3] are supported for traffic class voice, resp. video,CL,BE and traffic class 8 for
the aggregate of the previous mentioned traffic classes
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.26-1 "QoS Fan Out Statistics for Current 15 minutes" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(equip-slot) Format: physical position of the board
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
traffic-class Parameter type: <Qos::TrafficClass> This object is used to index the
Format: traffic class on the LIM
- value of traffic class, the received frame is mapped to
- range: [0...8]
Command Output
Table 42.26-2 "QoS Fan Out Statistics for Current 15 minutes" Display parameters
Specific Information
Command Description
This command shows the QoS Fan Out statistics of the previous 1 day interval.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.27-1 "QoS Fan Out Statistics for Previous Day " Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(equip-slot) Format: physical position of the board
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
interval-num Parameter type: <Qos::NumInterval> time interval interms of one day
Format:
- time interval interms of 15 mins
- range: [1]
Command Output
Table 42.27-2 "QoS Fan Out Statistics for Previous Day " Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
forward-byte Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in this
- qos counter LIM.
This element is always shown.
forward-frame Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
Command Description
This command shows the QoS fan out statistics of the current 1 day interval.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.28-1 "QoS Fan Out Statistics for Current Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(equip-slot) Format: physical position of the board
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Command Output
Table 42.28-2 "QoS Fan Out Statistics for Current Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
forward-byte Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of bytes forwarded in this
- qos counter LIM.
This element is always shown.
forward-frame Parameter type: <Qos::OctetCounter> number of frames forwarded in
- qos counter this LIM.
This element is always shown.
elapsed-time Parameter type: <TimeTicks> The elapsed time interval since
- a timeout value the last measurement epoch
Command Description
This command displays the previous 15 min QoS statistics on a per GLT LIM basis of packets discarded towards
OBC and backplane.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.29-1 "QoS LT Queue Overflow Statistics for Previous Quarter" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical position of the board
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Command Output
Table 42.29-2 "QoS LT Queue Overflow Statistics for Previous Quarter" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
bckpln-low-dis-frame Parameter type: <Counter> Current discarded packet count
- 32 bit counter towards backplane due to low
water mark crossing.
This element is always shown.
bckpln-low-dis-bytes Parameter type: <Counter> Current discarded bytes count
- 32 bit counter towards backplane due to low
water mark crossing.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the current 15 min QoS statistics on a per GLT LIM basis of packets discarded towards
OBC and backplane.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.30-1 "QoS LT Queue Overflow Statistics for current Quarter" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: physical position of the board
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Command Output
Table 42.30-2 "QoS LT Queue Overflow Statistics for current Quarter" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
bckpln-low-dis-frame Parameter type: <Counter> Current discarded packet count
- 32 bit counter towards backplane due to low
water mark crossing.
This element is always shown.
bckpln-low-dis-bytes Parameter type: <Counter> Current discarded bytes count
- 32 bit counter towards backplane due to low
water mark crossing.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command shows the mapping between the traffic class and the queue of a UNI. Three rows in the table will be
automatically created with default values and can only be edited but the operator. Row 1 is used for the case when
the LIM has 4 queues per UNI and 4 TCs, Row 2 is used for the case when the LIM has 4 queues per UNI but 8
TCs,Row 3 is used for the case when the LIM has 8 queues per UNI but 8 TCs.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 42.31-1 "QoS TC2QMapping Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: name of the mapping
( legacy4queue
| 4queuemapping
| 8queuemapping )
Possible values:
- legacy4queue : LIM has 4 queues per UNI and 4 TCs
- 4queuemapping : LIM has 4 queues per UNI but 8 TCs
- 8queuemapping : LIM has 8 queues per UNI but 8 TCs
Command Output
Table 42.31-2 "QoS TC2QMapping Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
traffic-class0 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMask_0> the queue corresponding to
- nibble mask Traffic Class 0.
This element is always shown.
traffic-class1 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMask_1> the queue corresponding to
- nibble mask Traffic Class 1.
This element is always shown.
traffic-class2 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMask_2> the queue corresponding to
- nibble mask Traffic Class 2.
This element is always shown.
traffic-class3 Parameter type: <Vlan::NibbleMask_3> the queue corresponding to
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "ARP-RELAY Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----arp-relay-stats
- (user-port)
----vlan
- (subscr-vlan)
----summary
----extensive
Command Description
This command displays the detailed and summary ARP-RELAY statistics for static/dynamic VLAN-ports associated
to a user interface.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 43.2-1 "ARP-RELAY statistics Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(user-port) Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Command Description
This command displays the summary ARP-RELAY statistics for static/dynamic VLAN-ports associated to a user
interface.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 43.3-1 "ARP-RELAY summary statistics Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(user-port) Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
Command Output
Table 43.3-2 "ARP-RELAY summary statistics Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
error-summary-ctr Parameter type: <ArpRelay::Counter> all ARP pkts dropped because of
- an unsigned integer errors
This element is always shown.
antispf-disc-ctr Parameter type: <ArpRelay::Counter> all ARP pkts dropped because of
- an unsigned integer anti-spoofing check failed
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the detailed ARP-RELAY statistics for static/dynamic VLAN-ports associated to a user
interface.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 43.4-1 "ARP-RELAY detailed statistics Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(user-port) Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
Command Output
Table 43.4-2 "ARP-RELAY detailed statistics Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
unsupported-hwtype Parameter type: <ArpRelay::Counter> wrong hardware type in ARP pkt
- an unsigned integer header
This element is always shown.
unsupported-l3proto Parameter type: <ArpRelay::Counter> wrong protocol type in ARP pkt
- an unsigned integer header
This element is always shown.
unsupported-addrlen Parameter type: <ArpRelay::Counter> wrong adress length in ARP pkt
- an unsigned integer header
This element is always shown.
unsupported-probepkt Parameter type: <ArpRelay::Counter> nbr ARP probe pkts(i.e source ip
- an unsigned integer address all zero's)
This element is always shown.
inv-pktlen Parameter type: <ArpRelay::Counter> invalid ARP pkt length
- an unsigned integer This element is always shown.
inv-opcode Parameter type: <ArpRelay::Counter> invalid /not supported opcode in
- an unsigned integer ARP pkt
This element is always shown.
inv-arpreq-srcmac Parameter type: <ArpRelay::Counter> invalid source mac addr in ARP
- an unsigned integer request
This element is always shown.
inv-arpreq-dstip Parameter type: <ArpRelay::Counter> invalid target IP addr in ARP
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "xDSL Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----xdsl
----profiles
----xdsl-int
- (if-index)
----operational-data
----near-end
----line
- (if-index)
----channel
- (if-index)
----far-end
----line
- (if-index)
----channel
- (if-index)
----line
- (if-index)
----carrier-data
----near-end
- (if-index)
----far-end
- (if-index)
----failure-status
----near-end
- (if-index)
----far-end
- (if-index)
----vect-line-near-end
- (if-index)
----vect-board
- (board-index)
----counters
----near-end
----line
----current-interval
- (if-index)
----current-1day
- (if-index)
----previous-interval
- (if-index)
- interval-no
----previous-1day
- (if-index)
- interval-no
----channel
----current-interval
- (if-index)
----current-1day
- (if-index)
----previous-interval
- (if-index)
- interval-no
----previous-1day
- (if-index)
- interval-no
----far-end
----line
----current-interval
- (if-index)
----current-1day
- (if-index)
----previous-interval
- (if-index)
- interval-no
----previous-1day
- (if-index)
- interval-no
----channel
----current-interval
- (if-index)
----current-1day
- (if-index)
----previous-interval
- (if-index)
- interval-no
----previous-1day
- (if-index)
- interval-no
----cpe-inventory
- (if-index)
----co-inventory
- (if-index)
----board
- (if-index)
----link-up-changes
- (linkup-timestamp)
----slot
- (slot)
----linkup-record
- (line)
----imp-noise-sensor
----near-end
----oper-data
- (if-index)
----current-interval
- (if-index)
----inm-iat-histo
- (class-interval)
----inm-equiv-inp-histo
- (class-interval)
----current-1day
- (if-index)
----inm-iat-histo
- (class-interval)
----inm-equiv-inp-histo
- (class-interval)
----previous-interval
- (if-index)
----inm-iat-histo
- (class-interval)
----inm-equiv-inp-histo
- (class-interval)
----previous-1day
- (if-index)
----inm-iat-histo
- (class-interval)
----inm-equiv-inp-histo
- (class-interval)
----far-end
----oper-data
- (if-index)
----current-interval
- (if-index)
----inm-iat-histo
- (class-interval)
----inm-equiv-inp-histo
- (class-interval)
----current-1day
- (if-index)
----inm-iat-histo
- (class-interval)
----inm-equiv-inp-histo
- (class-interval)
----previous-interval
- (if-index)
----inm-iat-histo
- (class-interval)
----inm-equiv-inp-histo
- (class-interval)
----previous-1day
- (if-index)
----inm-iat-histo
- (class-interval)
----inm-equiv-inp-histo
- (class-interval)
----X vect-disturbers
- (victim-line)
- [no] max-reported-dist
----vect-disturber-list
----upstream
- (victim-line)
- [no] max-reported-dist
----downstream
- (victim-line)
- [no] max-reported-dist
----vect-carrier-data
----near-end
- (line)
- disturber-line
- [no] vgr-link
- [no] group-sampling
----far-end
- (line)
- disturber-line
- [no] vgr-link
- [no] group-sampling
----vp-board
- (board-index)
- vp-link
----vect-group
- (board-index)
- vgr-link
Command Description
This command displays xDSL profiles.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 44.2-2 "xDSL Profiles Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
next-av-serv-pr Parameter type: <AsamNextProfileIndex> next available service profile
- a profile index index
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.
max-serv-pr Parameter type: <AsamMaxProfileIndex> max number of service profiles
- a maximum value of a profile index that can be created
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.
next-av-spec-pr Parameter type: <AsamNextProfileIndex> next available spectrum profile
- a profile index index
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.
max-spec-pr Parameter type: <AsamMaxProfileIndex> max number of spectrum profiles
- a maximum value of a profile index that can be created
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.
next-av-dpbo-pr Parameter type: <AsamNextProfileIndex> next available dpbo profile index
- a profile index This element is always shown.
- range: [0...65535]
max-dpbo-pr Parameter type: <AsamMaxProfileIndex> max number of dpbo profiles that
- a maximum value of a profile index can be created
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.
next-av-rtx-pr Parameter type: <AsamNextProfileIndex> next available rtx profile index
- a profile index This element is always shown.
- range: [0...65535]
max-rtx-pr Parameter type: <AsamMaxProfileIndex> max number of rtx profiles that
- a maximum value of a profile index can be created
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.
next-av-vect-pr Parameter type: <AsamNextProfileIndex> next available vectoring profile
- a profile index index
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.
max-vect-pr Parameter type: <AsamMaxProfileIndex> max number of vectoring profiles
Command Description
This command displays the number of available pm intervals per xdsl interface.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.3-1 "xDSL PM Interval Per Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.3-2 "xDSL PM Interval Per Interface Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
cur-int-elapsedtime Parameter type: <SignedInteger> nbr of sec elapsed in cur intvl
- a signed integer err-measurement
This element is always shown.
cur-1day-elapsedtime Parameter type: <SignedInteger> nbr of sec elapsed in cur one day
- a signed integer err-measurement
This element is always shown.
valid-intervals Parameter type: <SignedInteger> nbr of prev intvl for which valid
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL operational data for the near end of line.
upbo-aele-pb-up: Specifies the line Electrical Length Estimation per band calculated by the XTU-C when mode is
VDSL2 and unit is 1/10dB. First two octets represent value for band 0 and specifies supported range 0..1280 and
2047. Similarly next two octets represent value for band 1 and so on. Default value 0xFFFF per band specifies that
no data is available.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.4-1 "xDSL Operational Data Near End Line Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.4-2 "xDSL Operational Data Near End Line Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
rel-cap-occ-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::CapacityUtil> ratio of actual bitrate over the
- utilization of the capacity available max attainable bitrate
- unit: % This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL operational data for the near and of line.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.5-1 "xDSL Operational Data Near End Channel Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.5-2 "xDSL Operational Data Near End Channel Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
actual-bitrate-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerKBPS> bitrate or expected throughput for
- bitrate upstream fast or interleaved data
- unit: kbits/sec flow
This element is always shown.
attain-bitrate-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerKBPS> maximum attainable bit rate or
- bitrate expected throughput the modem
- unit: kbits/sec can support
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL operational data for the line far end.
upbo-aele-pb-dn: Specifies the line Electrical Length Estimation per band calculated by the XTU-R when mode is
VDSL2 and unit is 1/10dB. First two octets represent value for band 0 and specifies supported range 0..1280 and
2047. Similarly next two octets represent value for band 1 and so on. Default value 0xFFFF per band specifies that
no data is available.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.6-1 "xDSL Operational Data Far End Line Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.6-2 "xDSL Operational Data Far End Line Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
rel-cap-occ-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::CapacityUtil> ratio of actual bitrate over the
- utilization of the capacity available max attainable bitrate
- unit: % This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL operational data for the far end of the channel.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.7-1 "xDSL Operational Data Far End Channel Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.7-2 "xDSL Operational Data Far End Channel Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
actual-bitrate-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerKBPS> bitrate or expected throughput for
short name: act-br-down - bitrate downstream fast or interleaved
- unit: kbits/sec data flow
This element is always shown.
attain-bitrate-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::SignedIntegerKBPS> maximum attainable bit rate or
short name: att-br-down - bitrate expected throughput the modem
- unit: kbits/sec can support
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL operational data statistics.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.8-1 "xDSL Operational Data Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.8-2 "xDSL Operational Data Statistics" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
adm-state Parameter type: <Itf::ifAdminStatus> specifies state of the interface
( not-appl This element is always shown.
| up
| down
| testing )
Possible values:
- not-appl : not-applicable
- up : admin status is up
- down : admin status is down
- testing : no operational packets can be passed
Command Description
This command displays xDSL carrier data near end.
Carrier data is displayed in raw format so the actual data interpretation is described in this section.
The XDSL passband (downstream or upstream) is composed of one or more bands (max 5, including VDSL
optional band). Each carrier is coded as a bitmap. When the data are not available because the measurement is not
completed, not enabled or not supported, an empty string will be returned. Below is the definition of the carrier
specific bitmap.
Carrier load (Load-distribution-down) : When the modem is not in showtime this object will have the previously
measured value. Each carrier can carry up to 15 bits. The carrier load is coded as a bitmap defined as follows:
• OCTETS 0,1: INTEGER (0..4096), index of the start carrier group of the first downstream band. The value is
defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 2,3: INTEGER (0..4096), index of the stop carrier group of the first downstream band. The value is
defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTET 4: contains the bit load of the first two carrier groups of the band. The load of the first carrier group
uses the most significant 4 bits nibble. Range is 0-15 bits per carrier group, with a granularity of 1 bit/carrier
group.
• OCTETS 5..L: and so on, up to the last carrier group of the first downstream band. The last nibble of OCTET L
is set to 0x0 if not used.
• OCTETS L+1..M: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the carrier load of the second downstream band
when available.
• OCTETS M+1..N: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the carrier load of the third downstream band
when available.
• OCTETS N+1..P: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the carrier load of the fourth downstream band
when available.
• OCTETS P+1..Q: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the carrier load of the fifth downstream band when
available.
Carrier gain (gain-allocation-down) : When the modem is not in showtime this object will have the previously
measured value. The gain has a range of approximately 0 - 8, in steps of 1/512. The gain value is represented as
gi/512 on a linear scale with gi a 12 bits unsigned integer in the 0 to 4095 range given by the 12 LSB bits of a 2
bytes integer. The carrier gain allocation is coded as a bitmap defined as follows:
• OCTETS 0,1: INTEGER (0..4096), index of the start carrier group of the first downstream band. The value is
defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 2,3: INTEGER (0..4096), index of the stop carrier group of the first downstream band. The value is
defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 4,5: INTEGER, contains the gain of the first carrier group of the band (start carrier group).
• OCTETS 6..L: and so on until the last carrier group of the first downstream band (stop carrier group).
• OCTETS L+1..M: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the carrier gain of the second downstream band
when available.
• OCTETS M+1..N: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the carrier gain of the third downstream band
when available.
• OCTETS N+1..P: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the carrier gain of the fourth downstream band
when available.
• OCTETS P+1..Q: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the carrier gain of the fifth downstream band when
available.
Carrier snr (snr-up): When the modem is not in showtime this object will have the previously measured value. The
SNR has a range from -32 to 95 dB in steps of 0.5 dB. It is represented as SNRi = -32 + snri/2, with snri an 8 bit
unsigned integer in the range 0 to 254. The special value 255 indicates that no measurement is available for the
carrier or that the measurement is out of range. The carrier snrs are coded as a bitmap defined as follows:
• OCTETS 0,1: INTEGER, contains the number of symbols used to measure the data. The value is defined as
MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 2,3: INTEGER (0..4096), index of the start carrier group of the first upstream band. The value is
defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 4,5: INTEGER (0..4096), index of the stop carrier group of the first upstream band. The value is
defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 6: INTEGER, contains the snr of the first carrier group of the band (start carrier group).
• OCTETS 7..L: and so on until the last carrier group of the first upstream band (stop carrier group).
• OCTETS L+1..M: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the carrier snr of the second upstream band when
available.
• OCTETS M+1..N: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the carrier snr of the third upstream band when
available.
• OCTETS N+1..P: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the carrier snr of the fourth upstream band when
available.
• OCTETS P+1..Q: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the carrier snr of the fifth upstream band when
available.
Carrier qln (qln-up): The QLN has a range from -150 dBm/Hz to -23 dBm/Hz in steps of 0.5 dB. It is represented
as QLNi = -23 - qlni/2, with qlni an 8 bit unsigned integer in the range 0 to 254. The special value 255 indicates
that no measurement is available for the carrier or that the measurement is out of range. The carrier qlns are
coded as a bitmap defined as follows:
• OCTETS 0,1: INTEGER, contains the number of symbols used to measure the data. The value is defined as
MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 2,3: INTEGER (0..4096), index of the start carrier group of the first upstream band. The value is
defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 4,5: INTEGER (0..4096), index of the stop carrier group of the first upstream band. The value is
defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 6: INTEGER, contains the qln of the first carrier group of the band (start carrier group).
• OCTETS 7..L: and so on until the last carrier group of the first upstream band (stop carrier group).
• OCTETS L+1..M: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the carrier qln of the second downstream band
when available.
• OCTETS M+1..N: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the carrier qln of the third upstream band when
available.
• OCTETS N+1..P: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the carrier qln of the fourth upstream band when
available.
• OCTETS P+1..Q: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the carrier qln of the fifth upstream band when
available.
Carrier HLIN (char-func-complex): HLIN has a range of approximately +6 dB to -90 dB, with a granularity of
2^-15. The Hlin is represented as HLINi = (scale/2^15)*((ai+j*bi)/2^15), with ai and bi 2 bytes signed integers in
the range -32767 to 32767. The special value -32768 indicates that no measurement is available for the carrier or
that the measurement is out of range. The scale factor is a 2 bytes unsigned integer. The scale factor must be
chosen such that: max(|Ai|,|Bi|) over all i is equal to 2^15-1, i.e. over all carriers of the XDSL band(s) of the
corresponding direction. The carrier HLINs are coded as a bitmap defined as follows:
• OCTETS 0,1: INTEGER, contains the number of symbols used to measure the data. The value is defined as
MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 2,3: INTEGER(0..65535), contains the scale factor to apply to the hlin values, over the upstream
band(s). The value is defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 4,5: INTEGER (0..4096), index of the start carrier group of the first upstream band. The value is
defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 6,7: INTEGER (0..4096), index of the stop carrier group of the first upstream band. The value is
defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 8,9: SIGNED INTEGER , contains the ai for the first carrier group of the band (start carrier group).
The value is defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 10,11: SIGNED INTEGER , contains the bi for the first carrier group of the band (start carrier
group). The value is defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 12..L: ai and bi for the next carrier group and so on until the last carrier group of the first upstream
band (stop carrier group).
• OCTETS L+1..M: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the HLIN ai and bi of the second upstream band
when available.
• OCTETS M+1..N: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the HLIN ai and bi of the third upstream band
when available.
• OCTETS N+1..P: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the HLIN ai and bi of the fourth upstream band
when available.
• OCTETS P+1..Q: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the HLIN ai and bi of the fifth upstream band when
available.
Carrier HLOG (char-func-real): Hlog has a range of approximately +6 dB to -96 dB in steps of 0.1 dB. The Hlog
is represented as HLOGi = 6 - mi/10, with mi a 10 bits unsigned integer in the range 0 to 1022. The special value
1023 indicates that no measurement is available for the carrier or that the measurement is out of range. The
carrier HLOGs are coded as a bitmap defined as follows:
• OCTETS 0,1: INTEGER, contains the number of symbols used to measure the data. The value is defined as
MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 2,3: INTEGER (0..4096), index of the start carrier group of the first upstream band. The value is
defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 4,5: INTEGER (0..4096), index of the stop carrier group of the first upstream band. The value is
defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 6,7: INTEGER (0..1023), contains the HLOG mi of the first carrier group of the band (start carrier
group). The value is defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 8..L: mi for the next carrier group and so on until the last carrier group of the first upstream band
(stop carrier group).
• OCTETS L+1..M: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the HLOG mi of the second upstream band when
available.
• OCTETS M+1..N: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the HLOG mi of the third upstream band when
available.
• OCTETS N+1..P: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the HLOG mi of the fourth upstream band when
available.
• OCTETS P+1..Q: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the HLOG mi of the fifth upstream band when
available.
Carrier Tx PSD (tx-psd-dn): When the modem is not in showtime this object will have the previously measured
value. The PSD has a range from -127 dBm/Hz to 0 dBm/Hz in steps of 0.5 dB. It is represented as PSDi = - psdi/2,
with psdi an 8 bit unsigned integer in the range 0 to 254. The special value 255 indicates that no measurement is
available for the carrier, the carrier is not loaded, or that the measurement is out of range. The carrier Tx PSD is
coded as a bitmap defined as follows:
• OCTETS 0,1: INTEGER (0..4096), index of the start carrier group of the downstream band. The value is
defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 2,3: INTEGER (0..4096), index of the stop carrier group of the downstream band. The value is defined
as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTET 4: INTEGER(0..255), PSD of the first carrier group of the band (start carrier group).
• OCTETS 5..L: and so on until the last carrier group of the first downstream band (stop carrier group).
• OCTETS L+1..M: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the carrier PSD of the second downstream band
when available.
• OCTETS M+1..N: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the carrier PSD of the third downstream band
when available.
• OCTETS N+1..P: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the carrier PSD of the fourth downstream band
when available.
• OCTETS P+1..Q: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the carrier PSD of the fifth downstream band when
available.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.9-1 "xDSL Carrier Data Near End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.9-2 "xDSL Carrier Data Near End Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
spacing Parameter type: <Xdsl::CarrierSpacingType> the actual carrier spacing used on
( single the XDSL line in the downstream
| double direction
| half This element is always shown.
| quarter )
Possible values:
- single : single
- double : double
- half : half
- quarter : quarter
load-distribution-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::OctetStingType> nbr of bits per carrier group over
- a binary string the downstream passband
This element is always shown.
gain-allocation-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::OctetStingType> gain allocation (i.e. gi) per carrier
- a binary string group over the downstream
passband
This element is always shown.
snr-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::OctetStingType> signal to noise ratio per carrier
- a binary string group over the upstream
passband
This element is always shown.
qln-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::OctetStingType> quiet line noise per carrier group
- a binary string over the upstream passband
This element is always shown.
char-func-complex Parameter type: <Xdsl::OctetStingType> provides the channel
- a binary string characteristics function complex
Command Description
This command displays xDSL carrier data far end.
Each carrier is coded as a bitmap. For more details related to : the bitmap definition and the description of ranges,
specific values,.. of the carriers, we refer to the command description section of the "xDSL Carrier Data Near End
Status Command" section. When reading this in scope of "Far End", "downstream" becomes "upstream" and vice
versa.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.10-1 "xDSL Carrier Data Far End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.10-2 "xDSL Carrier Data Far End Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
spacing Parameter type: <Xdsl::CarrierSpacingType> the actual carrier spacing used on
( single the XDSL line in the upstream
| double direction
| half This element is always shown.
| quarter )
Possible values:
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL failure status near end.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.11-1 "xDSL Failure Status Near End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.11-2 "xDSL Failure Status Near End Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
line-defect Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusNearEnd> specifies the defect status in the
( yes near-end
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : defect in the near-end failure sta tus
- no : no defect in the near-end failure s tatus
los Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusNELOS> specifies status of the Loss of
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL failure of the far end.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.12-1 "xDSL Failure Status Far End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.12-2 "xDSL Failure Status Far End Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
line-defect Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusNoDefect> specifies the defect status in the
( yes far-end
| no ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : defect in the far-end failure status
- no : no defect in the far-end failure status
los Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusFELOS> specifies status of the Loss of
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL vectored line failure status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.13-1 "xDSL Vectored Line Failure Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.13-2 "xDSL Vectored Line Failure Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
xtc-variation-vict Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusXTCVARVICT> specifies status of excessive
( excessive victim crosstalk coefficient
| normal ) variation
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- excessive : abnormal amplitude variation in xtc
coefficients
- normal : no excessive xtc coefficients variation
xtc-variation-dist Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusXTCVARDIST> specifies status of excessive
( excessive disturber crosstalk coefficient
| normal ) variation
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL vectoring board failure status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.14-1 "xDSL Vectoring Board Failure Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(board-index) Format: interface index of the board
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt )
Possible values:
- nt : nt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Command Output
Table 44.14-2 "xDSL Vectoring Board Failure Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
vp-lt-mismatch Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusVPLTMISM> specifies failure status of vp and
( yes its expected connected lt's OR
| no ) incompatible sw versions. In case
Possible values: vplt-autodiscovery disabled on
- yes : mismatch between expected and actual vp-lt mapping vp, failure reported on vp-board.
or incompatible sw version on vp and lt. In case vplt-autodiscovery
- no : expected and actual vp-lt in line or vp and lt have enabled on lt, failure reported on
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters near end line current 15 min.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.15-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Current 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.15-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Current 15 Min" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an LOS
- 32 bit counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lof Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an LOF
- 32 bit counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lom Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of a LOM
- 32 bit counter failure event
This element is always shown.
ese Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an ESE
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL counters near end line current day.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.16-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Current Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.16-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Current Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an LOS
- 32 bit counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lof Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an LOF
- 32 bit counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lom Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of a LOM
- 32 bit counter failure event
This element is always shown.
ese Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an ESE
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL counters near end line previous 15 min.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show xdsl counters near-end line previous-interval [ (if-index) [ interval-no <Xdsl::IntervalNumber15min> ] ]
Command Parameters
Table 44.17-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Previous 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalNumber15min> identifies prev 15min intvls,val 1
Format: as the latest intvl
- a number identifying 15 minutes interval time
- range: [1...192]
Command Output
Table 44.17-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Previous 15 Min" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an LOS
- 32 bit counter failure event
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL counters near end of the previous day.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show xdsl counters near-end line previous-1day [ (if-index) [ interval-no <Xdsl::IntervalNumber1day> ] ]
Command Parameters
Table 44.18-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Of Line Previous Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalNumber1day> nbr identifying previous 1 day
Format: intvl time, value 1 is the most
- a number identifying 1 day interval time recently completed 1 day intvl
- range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 44.18-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Of Line Previous Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an LOS
- 32 bit counter failure event
This element is always shown.
Command Description
CEC parameter only applies to VDSL2.
CEC:Number of uncorrected codewords encountered by near-end (or far-end) channel in VDSL2 mode.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.19-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.19-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current 15 Min" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
cv Parameter type: <Counter> number of coding violations
- 32 bit counter encountered by the channel
This element is always shown.
fecc Parameter type: <Counter> number of corrected codewords
- 32 bit counter encountered by the channel,
respectively corrected octets in
Command Description
CEC parameter only applies to VDSL2.
CEC:Number of uncorrected codewords encountered by near-end (or far-end) channel in VDSL2 mode.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.20-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.20-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
cv Parameter type: <Counter> number of coding violations
- 32 bit counter encountered by the channel
This element is always shown.
fecc Parameter type: <Counter> number of corrected codewords
- 32 bit counter encountered by the channel,
respectively corrected octets in
Command Description
CEC parameter only applies to VDSL2.
CEC:Number of uncorrected codewords encountered by near-end (or far-end) channel in VDSL2 mode.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show xdsl counters near-end channel previous-interval [ (if-index) [ interval-no <Xdsl::IntervalNumber15min> ]
]
Command Parameters
Table 44.21-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalNumber15min> nbr identifying previous 15 min
Format: intvl time, value 1 is the most
- a number identifying 15 minutes interval time recently completed 15 min intvl
- range: [1...192]
Command Output
Table 44.21-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous 15 Min" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
cv Parameter type: <Counter> number of coding violations
Command Description
CEC parameter only applies to VDSL2.
CEC:Number of uncorrected codewords encountered by near-end (or far-end) channel in VDSL2 mode.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show xdsl counters near-end channel previous-1day [ (if-index) [ interval-no <Xdsl::IntervalNumber1day> ] ]
Command Parameters
Table 44.22-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalNumber1day> nbr identifying previous 1 day
Format: intvl time, value 1 is the most
- a number identifying 1 day interval time recently completed 1 day intvl
- range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 44.22-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
cv Parameter type: <Counter> number of coding violations
- 32 bit counter encountered by the channel
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end line current 15 min.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.23-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Current 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the xdsl port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.23-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Current 15 Min" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an los
- 32 bit counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lof Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lof
- 32 bit counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lom Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lom
- 32 bit counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lpr Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lpr
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end line current day.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.24-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Current Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.24-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Current Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an los
- 32 bit counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lof Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lof
- 32 bit counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lom Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lom
- 32 bit counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lpr Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lpr
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end line previous 15 min.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show xdsl counters far-end line previous-interval [ (if-index) [ interval-no <Xdsl::IntervalNumber15min> ] ]
Command Parameters
Table 44.25-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalNumber15min> nbr identifying previous 15 min
Format: intvl time, value 1 is the most
- a number identifying 15 minutes interval time recently completed 15 min intvl
- range: [1...192]
Command Output
Table 44.25-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous 15 Min" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an los
- 32 bit counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lof Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lof
- 32 bit counter failure event
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end line previous day.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show xdsl counters far-end line previous-1day [ (if-index) [ interval-no <Xdsl::IntervalNumber1day> ] ]
Command Parameters
Table 44.26-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalNumber1day> nbr identifying previous 1 day
Format: intvl time, value 1 is the most
- a number identifying 1 day interval time recently completed 1 day intvl
- range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 44.26-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
los Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an los
- 32 bit counter failure event
This element is always shown.
lof Parameter type: <Counter> number of occurences of an lof
- 32 bit counter failure event
This element is always shown.
Command Description
CEC parameter only applies to VDSL2.
CEC:Number of uncorrected codewords encountered by near-end (or far-end) channel in VDSL2 mode.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.27-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.27-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current 15 Min" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
cv Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of coding violations
- 32 bit counter encountered by far end channel
This element is always shown.
fecc Parameter type: <Counter> number of corrected codewords
- 32 bit counter encountered by the channel,
respectively corrected octets in
Command Description
CEC parameter only applies to VDSL2.
CEC:Number of uncorrected codewords encountered by near-end (or far-end) channel in VDSL2 mode.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.28-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.28-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
cv Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of coding violations
- 32 bit counter encountered by far end channel
This element is always shown.
fecc Parameter type: <Counter> number of corrected codewords
- 32 bit counter encountered by the channel,
respectively corrected octets in
case of vdsl1 G.993.1
This element is always shown.
cec Parameter type: <Counter> the number of non-corrected
Command Description
CEC parameter only applies to VDSL2.
CEC:Number of uncorrected codewords encountered by near-end (or far-end) channel in VDSL2 mode.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show xdsl counters far-end channel previous-interval [ (if-index) [ interval-no <Xdsl::IntervalNumber15min> ] ]
Command Parameters
Table 44.29-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalNumber15min> nbr identifying previous 15 min
Format: intvl time, value 1 is the most
- a number identifying 15 minutes interval time recently completed 15 min intvl
- range: [1...192]
Command Output
Table 44.29-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous 15 Min" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
cv Parameter type: <Counter> number of coding violations in
- 32 bit counter the previous 15 min
Command Description
CEC parameter only applies to VDSL2.
CEC:Number of uncorrected codewords encountered by near-end (or far-end) channel in VDSL2 mode.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show xdsl counters far-end channel previous-1day [ (if-index) [ interval-no <Xdsl::IntervalNumber1day> ] ]
Command Parameters
Table 44.30-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-no Parameter type: <Xdsl::IntervalNumber1day> nbr identifying previous 1 day
Format: intvl time, value 1 is the most
- a number identifying 1 day interval time recently completed 1 day intvl
- range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 44.30-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
cv Parameter type: <Counter> number of coding violations in
- 32 bit counter the previous one day
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL XTU-R inventory data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.31-1 "xDSL XTU-R Inventory Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.31-2 "xDSL XTU-R Inventory Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
modem-vendor-id Parameter type: <Xdsl::VendorID> vendor ID retrieved during
- an octet string defining vendor identification handshaking
- length: x<=16 This element is always shown.
sys-serial-no Parameter type: <Xdsl::SystemSerialNumber> serial number that identifies the
- an octet string defining system serial number vendor equipment
- length: x<=32 This element is only shown in
detail mode.
sys-vendor-id Parameter type: <Xdsl::VendorID> vendor ID retrieved via the xdsl
- an octet string defining vendor identification EOC
- length: x<=16 This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL XTU-C inventory data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.32-1 "xDSL XTU-C Inventory Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.32-2 "xDSL XTU-C Inventory Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
modem-vendor-id Parameter type: <Xdsl::VendorID> vendor ID retrieved during
- an octet string defining vendor identification handshaking
- length: x<=16 This element is always shown.
sys-serial-no Parameter type: <Xdsl::SystemSerialNumber> serial number that identifies the
- an octet string defining system serial number vendor equipment
- length: x<=32 This element is only shown in
detail mode.
sys-vendor-id Parameter type: <Xdsl::VendorID> vendor ID
- an octet string defining vendor identification This element is always shown.
- length: x<=16
Command Description
This command displays xDSL board capability.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.33-1 "xDSL Board Capability Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.33-2 "xDSL Board Capability Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
capability Parameter type: <Xdsl::OpModeTypeLinePreDef> operational mode supported by
( ansi-t1413 the board
| etsi-dts This element is always shown.
| g992-1-a
| g992-1-b
| g992-2-a
| g992-3-a
| g992-3-b
| g992-3-aj
| g992-3-l1
| g992-3-l2
Command Description
This command displays the latest configured timestamp. This timestamp value will be used to build-up the
line-bitmap table.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.34-1 "xDSL Low Rate Alarm Timestamp Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(linkup-timestamp) Format: the latest link up timestamp
- Printable string
Command Description
This command displays in a bitmap all the lines (of the specified slot) which have changed state after the specified
timestamp. - to the Up-state and current bitrate is less than planned-bit-rate - to the Down-state.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.35-1 "xDSL Low Rate Alarm Line Bitmap Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(linkup-timestamp) Format: the latest link up timestamp
- Printable string
(slot) Format: the physical slot position
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Command Output
Table 44.35-2 "xDSL Low Rate Alarm Line Bitmap Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Xdsl::PortList> displays all the lines with state
- Printable string change after specified time
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the linkup record for the line.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.36-1 "xDSL Low Rate Alarm Linkup Record Data Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(line) Format: the physical slot position
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.36-2 "xDSL Low Rate Alarm Linkup Record Data Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
link-timestamp-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::timeInSecs> Displays the latest link down
- Printable string timestamp
This element is always shown.
link-timestamp-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::timeInSecs> Displays the latest link up
- Printable string timestamp
This element is always shown.
act-bitrate-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::BitRateKbps> Displays the actual net data or
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor near-end operational data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.37-1 "xDSL INS Near End Operational Data Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.37-2 "xDSL INS Near End Operational Data Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
sensitivity Parameter type: <Xdsl::InsSensitivity> impulse noise sensitivity
- impulse noise sensitivity This element is always shown.
- unit: dB / 10
- range: [-128...127]
equiv-inp-mode Parameter type: <Xdsl::InmEquivInpMode> equivalent INP mode actually
( mode-0 used to construct the INM
| mode-1 equivalent INP histograms.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor near-end current 15Min data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.38-1 "xDSL INS Near End Current 15Min Data Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.38-2 "xDSL INS Near End Current 15Min Data Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
inm-data-symb-cnt Parameter type: <Xdsl::DataSymbolCounter> number of monitored data
- an unsigned integer symbols
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor near-end current 15Min Inter-Arrival-Time histogram.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.39-1 "xDSL INS Near End Current 15Min IAT Histogram" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(class-interval) Format: class interval
- impulse noise monitoring inter arrival time histogram
- range: [1...8]
Command Output
Table 44.39-2 "xDSL INS Near End Current 15Min IAT Histogram" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
counter Parameter type: <SignedInteger> counter
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor near-end current 15Min
Equivalent-Impulse-Noise-Protection histogram.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.40-1 "xDSL INS Near End Current 15Min EINP Histogram" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(class-interval) Format: class interval
- impulse noise monitoring equivalent INP histogram
- range: [1...17]
Command Output
Table 44.40-2 "xDSL INS Near End Current 15Min EINP Histogram" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
counter Parameter type: <SignedInteger> counter
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor near-end current day data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.41-1 "xDSL INS Near End Current Day Data Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.41-2 "xDSL INS Near End Current Day Data Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
inm-data-symb-cnt Parameter type: <Xdsl::DataSymbolCounter> number of monitored data
- an unsigned integer symbols
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL impulse-Noise-Sensor near-end current day Inter-Arrival-Time histogram.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.42-1 "xDSL INS Near End Current Day IAT Histogram" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(class-interval) Format: class interval
- impulse noise monitoring inter arrival time histogram
- range: [1...8]
Command Output
Table 44.42-2 "xDSL INS Near End Current Day IAT Histogram" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
counter Parameter type: <SignedInteger> counter
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor near-end current day Equivalent-Impulse-Noise-Protection
histogram.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.43-1 "xDSL INS Near End Current Day EINP Histogram" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(class-interval) Format: class interval
- impulse noise monitoring equivalent INP histogram
- range: [1...17]
Command Output
Table 44.43-2 "xDSL INS Near End Current Day EINP Histogram" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
counter Parameter type: <SignedInteger> counter
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor near-end previous 15Min data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.44-1 "xDSL INS Near End Previous 15Min Data Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.44-2 "xDSL INS Near End Previous 15Min Data Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
inm-data-symb-cnt Parameter type: <Xdsl::DataSymbolCounter> number of monitored data
- an unsigned integer symbols
This element is always shown.
interval-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::PmTimeStamp> specifies the start time of interval
- Timestamp for Pm interval(yyyymmdd:hour:minutes) This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor near-end previous 15Min Inter-Arrival-Time histogram.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.45-1 "xDSL INS Near End Previous 15Min IAT Histogram" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(class-interval) Format: class interval
- impulse noise monitoring inter arrival time histogram
- range: [1...8]
Command Output
Table 44.45-2 "xDSL INS Near End Previous 15Min IAT Histogram" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
counter Parameter type: <SignedInteger> counter
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL impulse-Noise-Sensor near-end previous 15Min
Equivalent-Impulse-Noise-Protection histogram.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.46-1 "xDSL INS Near End Previous 15Min EINP Histogram" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(class-interval) Format: class interval
- impulse noise monitoring equivalent INP histogram
- range: [1...17]
Command Output
Table 44.46-2 "xDSL INS Near End Previous 15Min EINP Histogram" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
counter Parameter type: <SignedInteger> counter
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor near-end previous day data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.47-1 "xDSL INS Near End Previous Day Data Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.47-2 "xDSL INS Near End Previous Day Data Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
inm-data-symb-cnt Parameter type: <Xdsl::DataSymbolCounter> number of monitored data
- an unsigned integer symbols
This element is always shown.
interval-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::PmTimeStamp> specifies the start time of interval
- Timestamp for Pm interval(yyyymmdd:hour:minutes) This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor near-end previous day Inter-Arrival-Time histogram.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.48-1 "xDSL INS Near End Previous Day IAT Histogram" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(class-interval) Format: class interval
- impulse noise monitoring inter arrival time histogram
- range: [1...8]
Command Output
Table 44.48-2 "xDSL INS Near End Previous Day IAT Histogram" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
counter Parameter type: <SignedInteger> counter
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor near-end previous day
Equivalent-Impulse-Noise-Protection histogram.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.49-1 "xDSL INS Near End Previous Day EINP Histogram" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(class-interval) Format: class interval
- impulse noise monitoring equivalent INP histogram
- range: [1...17]
Command Output
Table 44.49-2 "xDSL INS Near End Previous Day EINP Histogram" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
counter Parameter type: <SignedInteger> counter
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor far-end operational data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.50-1 "xDSL INS Far End Operational Data Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.50-2 "xDSL INS Far End Operational Data Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ins-sensitivity Parameter type: <Xdsl::InsSensitivity> impulse noise sensitivity
- impulse noise sensitivity This element is always shown.
- unit: dB / 10
- range: [-128...127]
equiv-inp-mode Parameter type: <Xdsl::InmEquivInpMode> equivalent INP mode actually
( mode-0 used to construct the INM
| mode-1 equivalent INP histograms.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor far-end current 15Min data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.51-1 "xDSL INS Far End Current 15Min Data Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.51-2 "xDSL INS Far End Current 15Min Data Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
inm-data-symb-cnt Parameter type: <Xdsl::DataSymbolCounter> number of monitored data
- an unsigned integer symbols
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor far-end current 15Min Inter-Arrival-Time histogram.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.52-1 "xDSL INS Far End Current 15Min IAT Histogram" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(class-interval) Format: class interval
- impulse noise monitoring inter arrival time histogram
- range: [1...8]
Command Output
Table 44.52-2 "xDSL INS Far End Current 15Min IAT Histogram" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
counter Parameter type: <SignedInteger> counter
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor far-end current 15Min
Equivalent-Impulse-Noise-Protection histogram.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.53-1 "xDSL INS Far End Current 15Min EINP Histogram" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(class-interval) Format: class interval
- impulse noise monitoring equivalent INP histogram
- range: [1...17]
Command Output
Table 44.53-2 "xDSL INS Far End Current 15Min EINP Histogram" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
counter Parameter type: <SignedInteger> counter
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor far-end current day data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.54-1 "xDSL INS Far End Current Day Data Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.54-2 "xDSL INS Far End Current Day Data Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
inm-data-symb-cnt Parameter type: <Xdsl::DataSymbolCounter> number of monitored data
- an unsigned integer symbols
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor far-end current day Inter-Arrival-Time histogram.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.55-1 "xDSL INS Far End Current Day IAT Histogram" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(class-interval) Format: class interval
- impulse noise monitoring inter arrival time histogram
- range: [1...8]
Command Output
Table 44.55-2 "xDSL INS Far End Current Day IAT Histogram" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
counter Parameter type: <SignedInteger> counter
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor far-end current day Equivalent-Impulse-Noise-Protection
histogram.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.56-1 "xDSL INS Far End Current Day EINP Histogram" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(class-interval) Format: class interval
- impulse noise monitoring equivalent INP histogram
- range: [1...17]
Command Output
Table 44.56-2 "xDSL INS Far End Current Day EINP Histogram" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
counter Parameter type: <SignedInteger> counter
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor far-end previous 15Min data. Note: Timestamp value will
be displayed only when actual Impulse-Noise counter values are retrieved.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.57-1 "xDSL INS Far End Previous 15Min Data Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.57-2 "xDSL INS Far End Previous 15Min Data Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
inm-data-symb-cnt Parameter type: <Xdsl::DataSymbolCounter> number of monitored data
- an unsigned integer symbols
This element is always shown.
interval-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::PmTimeStamp> specifies the start time of interval
- Timestamp for Pm interval(yyyymmdd:hour:minutes) This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor far-end previous 15Min Inter-Arrival-Time histogram.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.58-1 "xDSL INS Far End Previous 15Min IAT Histogram" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(class-interval) Format: class interval
- impulse noise monitoring inter arrival time histogram
- range: [1...8]
Command Output
Table 44.58-2 "xDSL INS Far End Previous 15Min IAT Histogram" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
counter Parameter type: <SignedInteger> counter
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor far-end previous 15Min
Equivalent-Impulse-Noise-Protection histogram.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.59-1 "xDSL INS Far End Previous 15Min EINP Histogram" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(class-interval) Format: class interval
- impulse noise monitoring equivalent INP histogram
- range: [1...17]
Command Output
Table 44.59-2 "xDSL INS Far End Previous 15Min EINP Histogram" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
counter Parameter type: <SignedInteger> counter
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor far-end previous day data. Note: Timestamp value will be
displayed only when actual Impulse-Noise counter values are retrieved.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.60-1 "xDSL INS Far End Previous Day Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 44.60-2 "xDSL INS Far End Previous Day Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
inm-data-symb-cnt Parameter type: <Xdsl::DataSymbolCounter> number of monitored data
- an unsigned integer symbols
This element is always shown.
interval-time Parameter type: <Xdsl::PmTimeStamp> specifies the start time of interval
- Timestamp for Pm interval(yyyymmdd:hour:minutes) This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor far-end previous day Inter-Arrival-Time histogram.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.61-1 "xDSL INS Far End Previous Day IAT Histogram" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(class-interval) Format: class interval
- impulse noise monitoring inter arrival time histogram
- range: [1...8]
Command Output
Table 44.61-2 "xDSL INS Far End Previous Day IAT Histogram" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
counter Parameter type: <SignedInteger> counter
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Impulse-Noise-Sensor far-end previous day Equivalent-Impulse-Noise-Protection
histogram.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.62-1 "xDSL INS Far End Previous Day EINP Histogram" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(class-interval) Format: class interval
- impulse noise monitoring equivalent INP histogram
- range: [1...17]
Command Output
Table 44.62-2 "xDSL INS Far End Previous Day EINP Histogram" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
counter Parameter type: <SignedInteger> counter
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
Command Description
Obsolete command, replaced by show xdsl vect-disturber-list downstream r/s/s/p.
This command displays the downstream disturber list for a specified victim line. The operator can also specify the
the maximum number of disturbers to be reported through the max-reported-dist parameter.
The disturber list will contain the following information per reported disturber:
• disturber line identifier
• Average Magnitude, range [-32768,-1400 -400], unit 0.1dBm/Hz
• Special value -32768 indicates that the averaged xtalk magnitude could not be estimated.
• cancelled line indicator [false,true]
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.63-1 "xDSL Downstream Vectoring Disturberlist Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(victim-line) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 44.63-2 "xDSL Downstream Vectoring Disturberlist Status Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] max-reported-dist Parameter type: <Xdsl::VectMaxNbrDist> optional parameter with default
Command Output
Table 44.63-3 "xDSL Downstream Vectoring Disturberlist Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
max-reported-dist Parameter type: <Xdsl::VectMaxNbrDist> defines the maximum number of
- max number of vector disturbers to be reported disturbers to be reported
- range: [1...383] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
disturber-list Parameter type: <Xdsl::VectDistPrintableString> sorted list of disturber lines. The
- the vector disturber list strongest disturbers are listed
first. Data per reported disturber
in the list : disturber identifier,
average magnitude 0.1dBm/Hz,
cancelled line indicator.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the upstream disturber list for a specified victim line. The operator can also specify the the
maximum number of disturbers to be reported through the max-reported-dist parameter.
The disturber list will contain the following information per reported disturber:
• disturber line identifier
• Average Magnitude, range [-32768,-1400 -400], unit 0.1dBm/Hz
• Special value -32768 indicates that the averaged xtalk magnitude could not be estimated.
• cancelled line indicator [false,true]
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.64-1 "xDSL Upstream Vectoring Disturberlist Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(victim-line) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 44.64-2 "xDSL Upstream Vectoring Disturberlist Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] max-reported-dist Parameter type: <Xdsl::VectMaxNbrDist> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- max number of vector disturbers to be reported defines the maximum number of
- range: [1...383] disturbers to be reported
Command Output
Table 44.64-3 "xDSL Upstream Vectoring Disturberlist Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
max-reported-dist Parameter type: <Xdsl::VectMaxNbrDist> defines the maximum number of
- max number of vector disturbers to be reported disturbers to be reported
- range: [1...383] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
disturber-list Parameter type: <Xdsl::MultiVectDistPrintableString> sorted list of disturber lines. The
- the vector disturber list strongest disturbers are listed
first. Data per reported disturber
in the list : disturber identifier,
average magnitude 0.1dBm/Hz,
cancelled line indicator.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the downstream disturber list for a specified victim line. The operator can also specify the
the maximum number of disturbers to be reported through the max-reported-dist parameter.
The disturber list will contain the following information per reported disturber:
• disturber line identifier
• Average Magnitude, range [-32768,-1400 -400], unit 0.1dBm/Hz
• Special value -32768 indicates that the averaged xtalk magnitude could not be estimated.
• cancelled line indicator [false,true]
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.65-1 "xDSL Downstream Vectoring Disturberlist Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(victim-line) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 44.65-2 "xDSL Downstream Vectoring Disturberlist Status Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] max-reported-dist Parameter type: <Xdsl::VectMaxNbrDist> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 10
- max number of vector disturbers to be reported defines the maximum number of
Command Output
Table 44.65-3 "xDSL Downstream Vectoring Disturberlist Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
max-reported-dist Parameter type: <Xdsl::VectMaxNbrDist> defines the maximum number of
- max number of vector disturbers to be reported disturbers to be reported
- range: [1...383] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
disturber-list Parameter type: <Xdsl::MultiVectDistPrintableString> sorted list of disturber lines. The
- the vector disturber list strongest disturbers are listed
first. Data per reported disturber
in the list : disturber identifier,
average magnitude 0.1dBm/Hz,
cancelled line indicator.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays xDSL vectoring carrier data near end.
Carrier data is displayed in raw format so the actual data interpretation is described in this section.
The XDSL passband (downstream or upstream) is composed of one or more bands (max 5, including VDSL
optional band). Each carrier is coded as a bitmap. When the data are not available because the measurement is not
completed, not enabled or not supported, an empty string will be returned. Below is the definition of the carrier
specific bitmap.
Crosstalk Matrix : The carrier XLINs is coded as a bitmap defined as follows:
• OCTETS 0,1: INTEGER, (1..512) contains the carrier group size. The value is defined as MSB-LSB
(big-endian)
• OCTETS 2,3: INTEGER(0..65535), contains the scale factor to apply to the xlin values, over the upstream
band(s). The value is defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 4,5 : INTEGER (0..4096), index of the start carrier index of the first upstream band. The value is
defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 6,7 : INTEGER (0..4096), index of the stop carrier index of the first upstream band. The value is
defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 8,9 : SIGNED INTEGER , contains the ai for the first carrier index of the band (start carrier index).
The value is defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 10,11: SIGNED INTEGER , contains the bi for the first carrier index of the band (start carrier index).
The value is defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 12..L: ai and bi for the next carrier index and so on until the last carrier index of the first upstream
band (stop carrier index).
• OCTETS L+1..M: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the XLIN ai and bi of the second upstream band
when available.
• OCTETS M+1..N: contain the start/stop carrier index and the XLIN ai and bi of the third upstream band when
available.
• OCTETS N+1..P: contain the start/stop carrier index and the XLIN ai and bi of the fourth upstream band when
available.
• OCTETS P+1..Q: contain the start/stop carrier index and the XLIN ai and bi of the fifth upstream band when
available.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show xdsl vect-carrier-data near-end [ (line) ] disturber-line <Xdsl::MultiXdslLine> [ no vgr-link | vgr-link
<Xdsl::VectGrpLink> ] [ no group-sampling | group-sampling <Xdsl::ReqSamplingRate> ]
Command Parameters
Table 44.66-1 "xDSL Vectoring Carrier Data Near End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(line) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 44.66-2 "xDSL Vectoring Carrier Data Near End Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
disturber-line Parameter type: <Xdsl::MultiXdslLine> optional parameter
Format: the interface identifier of the
<Eqpt::MultiRackId> / <Eqpt::MultiShelfId> / disturber
<Eqpt::MultiLtSlotId> / <Eqpt::MultiPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::MultiRackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::MultiShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::MultiLtSlotId>
- the LT board slot number
Field type <Eqpt::MultiPortId>
- the port number
[no] vgr-link Parameter type: <Xdsl::VectGrpLink> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "local"
( local the vector grouplink is mandatory
| <Xdsl::VectGrpLink> ) when the vp-slv and/or the
Possible values: disturber-line are managed by a
- local : vp-slv and disturber-line are managed by the local remote isam
isam
Field type <Xdsl::VectGrpLink>
- specifies the vectgroup link
- range: [1...8]
[no] group-sampling Parameter type: <Xdsl::ReqSamplingRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- the requested group sampling rate.Note that while values the requested group sampling rate
less than 4 are accepted, the min actual group sampling rate of the reported xlin.
will be 4 if the crosstalk matrix is available.
- range: [1...50]
Command Output
Table 44.66-3 "xDSL Vectoring Carrier Data Near End Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
disturber Parameter type: <Xdsl::MultiXdslLine> the interface identifier of the
<Eqpt::MultiRackId> / <Eqpt::MultiShelfId> / disturber
Command Description
This command displays xDSL vectoring carrier data far end.
Carrier data is displayed in raw format so the actual data interpretation is described in this section.
The XDSL passband (downstream or upstream) is composed of one or more bands (max 5, including VDSL
optional band). Each carrier is coded as a bitmap. When the data are not available because the measurement is not
completed, not enabled or not supported, an empty string will be returned. Below is the definition of the carrier
specific bitmap.
Crosstalk Matrix : The carrier XLINs is coded as a bitmap defined as follows:
• OCTETS 0,1: INTEGER, (1..512) contains the carrier group size. The value is defined as MSB-LSB
(big-endian)
• OCTETS 2,3: INTEGER(0..65535), contains the scale factor to apply to the xlin values, over the downstream
band(s). The value is defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 4,5 : INTEGER (0..4096), index of the start carrier index of the first downstream band. The value is
defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 6,7 : INTEGER (0..4096), index of the stop carrier index of the first downstream band. The value is
defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 8,9 : SIGNED INTEGER , contains the ai for the first carrier index of the band (start carrier index).
The value is defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 10,11: SIGNED INTEGER , contains the bi for the first carrier index of the band (start carrier index).
The value is defined as MSB-LSB (big-endian).
• OCTETS 12..L: ai and bi for the next carrier index and so on until the last carrier index of the first downstream
band (stop carrier index).
• OCTETS L+1..M: contain the start/stop carrier groups and the XLIN ai and bi of the second downstream band
when available.
• OCTETS M+1..N: contain the start/stop carrier index and the XLIN ai and bi of the third downstream band
when available.
• OCTETS N+1..P: contain the start/stop carrier index and the XLIN ai and bi of the fourth downstream band
when available.
• OCTETS P+1..Q: contain the start/stop carrier index and the XLIN ai and bi of the fifth downstream band
when available.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show xdsl vect-carrier-data far-end [ (line) ] disturber-line <Xdsl::MultiXdslLine> [ no vgr-link | vgr-link
<Xdsl::VectGrpLink> ] [ no group-sampling | group-sampling <Xdsl::ReqSamplingRate> ]
Command Parameters
Table 44.67-1 "xDSL Vectoring Carrier Data Far End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(line) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 44.67-2 "xDSL Vectoring Carrier Data Far End Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
disturber-line Parameter type: <Xdsl::MultiXdslLine> optional parameter
Format: the interface identifier of the
<Eqpt::MultiRackId> / <Eqpt::MultiShelfId> / disturber
<Eqpt::MultiLtSlotId> / <Eqpt::MultiPortId>
Field type <Eqpt::MultiRackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::MultiShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::MultiLtSlotId>
- the LT board slot number
Field type <Eqpt::MultiPortId>
- the port number
[no] vgr-link Parameter type: <Xdsl::VectGrpLink> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "local"
( local the vector grouplink is mandatory
| <Xdsl::VectGrpLink> ) when the vp-slv and/or the
Possible values: disturber-line are managed by a
- local : vp-slv and disturber-line are managed by the local remote isam
isam
Field type <Xdsl::VectGrpLink>
- specifies the vectgroup link
- range: [1...8]
[no] group-sampling Parameter type: <Xdsl::ReqSamplingRate> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 1
- the requested group sampling rate.Note that while values the requested group sampling rate
less than 4 are accepted, the min actual group sampling rate of the reported xlin.
will be 4 if the crosstalk matrix is available.
- range: [1...50]
Command Output
Table 44.67-3 "xDSL Vectoring Carrier Data Far End Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
disturber Parameter type: <Xdsl::MultiXdslLine> the interface identifier of the
<Eqpt::MultiRackId> / <Eqpt::MultiShelfId> / disturber
Command Description
This command allows the operator to show which LTs are actual connected to the vp-board. It also gives status
information on the cable connection and the related vectoring control entity.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.68-1 "xDSL Vectoring Processing Board Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(board-index) Format: vp board index
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt )
Possible values:
- nt : nt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
vp-link Parameter type: <Xdsl::VectVpLink> the (soft) link on the vp board
Format:
- specifies the vp-link or the soft-link on the vp-board
- range: [1...8]
Command Output
Table 44.68-2 "xDSL Vectoring Processing Board Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
lt-detect Parameter type: <Xdsl::ActLsmBoardOrZero> actual detected lt board slot index
( <Eqpt::MultiRackId> / <Eqpt::MultiShelfId> / or value "none"
Command Description
This command allows the operator to retrieve, for a specified lt board (optional parameter), the vectoring group
information and its own info.
A vectoring group exists of a vp board and, per vgr-link, the detected lt's which passed their identification over the
vp-lt-link to the vp board.
Every update in the vectoring group e.g. new detected lt or vp has lost connectivity with an lt, is broadcasted by the
vp to all lt's within the group.
Therefore:
• vectoring group info: contains the last retrieved data from the vp board when the vp-lt-link was operational!
- vp info: id of the vp board , the IP@ and system-id of the system which holds the vp board, vce status
- info per vgr-link:
• the qsfp status of the connector on the vp board
• id of the detected lt, the IP@ and system-id of the system which holds the detected lt, the link status and
vce status
• own info: contains the actual status of its vp-lt-link, the qsfp status of the connector on the lt, the IP@ and
system-id of the system which holds the lt
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 44.69-1 "xDSL Vectoring Processing Group Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(board-index) Format: vp board index
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Command Output
Table 44.69-2 "xDSL Vectoring Processing Group Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
board-detect Parameter type: <Xdsl::VectGroupActLsmBoardOrZero> a board slot index or value
( lt : <Eqpt::MultiRackId> / <Eqpt::MultiShelfId> / "none"
<Eqpt::MultiLtSlotId> This element is always shown.
| nt
| <Eqpt::MultiRackId> / <Eqpt::MultiShelfId> /
<Eqpt::MultiLtSlotId>
| none )
Possible values:
- none : lt board not specified
- lt : lt-slot
- nt : nt-slot
Field type <Eqpt::MultiRackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::MultiShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::MultiLtSlotId>
- the LT board slot number
link-status Parameter type: <Xdsl::VpLinkStatus> the status of the cable connected
( not-connected to the vp-link of the vp-board OR
| connected the soft-link status. The vp-link
| operational value is equal to the vgr-link.
| not-appl ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- not-connected : missing cable, invalid qsfp or connected lt
not active OR in case of a soft-link: no SLV-LT plugged in
- connected : vp-lt communication possible
- operational : vp-lt communication operational
- not-appl : the link status is not applicable
vce-status Parameter type: <Xdsl::VceStatus> the status of the vectoring control
( not-operational entity
| operational This element is always shown.
| not-appl )
Possible values:
- not-operational : link-status not operational or lt not
synchronized with vp-board
- operational : link-status operational and lt synchronized
with vp-board
- not-appl : not applicable
qsfp-status Parameter type: <Xdsl::QsfpStatus> the qsfp connector status OR not
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Configuration Data Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----xdsl
----config-data-port
- (if-index)
----xdsl
- [no] service-profile
- [no] spectrum-profile
- [no] dpbo-profile
- [no] ansi-t1413
- [no] etsi-dts
- [no] g992-1-a
- [no] g992-1-b
- [no] g992-2-a
- [no] g992-3-a
- [no] g992-3-b
- [no] g992-3-aj
- [no] g992-3-l1
- [no] g992-3-l2
- [no] g992-3-am
- [no] g992-5-a
- [no] g992-5-b
- [no] ansi-t1.424
- [no] etsi-ts
- [no] itu-g993-1
- [no] ieee-802.3ah
- [no] g992-5-aj
- [no] g992-5-am
- [no] g993-2-8a
- [no] g993-2-8b
- [no] g993-2-8c
- [no] g993-2-8d
- [no] g993-2-12a
- [no] g993-2-12b
- [no] g993-2-17a
- [no] g993-2-30a
- [no] carrier-data-mode
- admin-state
- [no] bonding-mode
- transfer-mode
- overrule-state
----atm-pvc
- (port-index)
- admin-state
- [no] aal5-encap-type
----interface-atm-pvc
- (pvc-index)
- [no] customer-id
----interface-port
- [no] admin-state
- [no] link-updown-trap
- [no] user
- [no] severity
----igmp
- (port)
- perm-pkg-bitmap
- max-num-group
----security-pae
- (port)
- [no] controlled-port
- [no] quiet-period
- [no] tx-period
- [no] supp-timeout
- [no] server-timeout
- [no] max-req
- [no] authentication
- [no] init-authreq-off
- [no] handshake
- [no] handshake-period
- [no] initialize
----bridge-port
- (port)
- pvid
- default-priority
- mac-learn-off
- max-unicast-mac
- accept-frame-type
- prio-regen-prof
- prio-regen-name
- [no] qos-profile
----qos
- scheduler-profile
- cac-profile
----pppox-relay
- (port)
- vlan-id
- default-priority
- max-cc
- qos-profile
----bonding-group
- group-profile
- admin-state
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Port Configuration data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 45.2-1 "xDSL Port Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL port atm configuration data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 45.3-1 "xDSL Port ATM Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port-index) Format: the ATM PVC
( dsl : <Eqpt::VpiMandatoryId> : <Eqpt::VciMandatoryId>
| dsl )
Possible values:
- dsl : ADSL/SHDSL board
Field type <Eqpt::VpiMandatoryId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciMandatoryId>
- atm VCI
Table 45.3-2 "xDSL Port ATM Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
admin-state Parameter type: <Xdsl::XdslAdminStatusAtm> optional parameter
Format: specifies the administrative state
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL port atm-interface configuration data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 45.4-1 "xDSL Port ATM Interface Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(pvc-index) Format: the ATM PVC
( dsl : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| dsl )
Possible values:
- dsl : vdsl board
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Table 45.4-2 "xDSL Port ATM Interface Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] customer-id Parameter type: <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "available"
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL port interface configuration data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 45.5-1 "xDSL Port Interface Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 45.5-2 "xDSL Port Interface Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] admin-state Parameter type: <Xdsl::XdslAdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "admin-down"
( up the state of the interface
| down )
Possible values:
- up : admin status is up
- down : admin status is down
[no] link-updown-trap Parameter type: <Itf::ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-link-updown-trap"
( link-updown-trap indicates whether
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL IGMP configuration data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show xdsl config-data-port (if-index) igmp [ (port) ] perm-pkg-bitmap <Igmp::PermPkgBitMap> max-num-group
<Igmp::ChannelMaxNumGroup>
Command Parameters
Table 45.6-1 "xDSL IGMP Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port) Format: identification of the port or
( dsl : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> virtual channel
| dsl
| vlan : dsl : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : dsl : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : dsl : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : dsl : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Possible values:
- dsl : vdsl board
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL security PAE configuration data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 45.7-1 "xDSL Security PAE Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port) Format: identification of the port or
( dsl : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> virtual channel
| dsl )
Possible values:
- dsl : vdsl board
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Table 45.7-2 "xDSL Security PAE Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] controlled-port Parameter type: <Aaa::PaeControlledPortControl> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "auto"
( force-unauthorized current value of the controlled
| auto Port
| force-authorized )
Possible values:
- force-unauthorized : force unauthorized control
- auto : automatic control
- force-authorized : force authorized control
[no] quiet-period Parameter type: <Aaa::paeQuitTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 60
- quietPeriod quietPeriod constant currently
- range: [0...65535] used, value in seconds
[no] tx-period Parameter type: <Aaa::paeTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- authentication time txPeriod constant currently used,
- range: [1...65535] value in seconds
[no] supp-timeout Parameter type: <Aaa::paeTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- authentication time suppTimeout constant currently
- range: [1...65535] used, value in seconds
[no] server-timeout Parameter type: <Aaa::paeTime> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 30
- authentication time serverTimeout constant currently
- range: [1...65535] used, value in seconds
[no] max-req Parameter type: <Aaa::paeMaxReq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 2
- max number of requests maxReq constant currently used
- range: [1...10]
[no] authentication Parameter type: <Aaa::PortAuthState> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-authen"
( authentication enable 802.1x authentication
| no-authen )
Possible values:
- authentication : enable 802.1x authentication
- no-authen : disable 802.1x aithentication
[no] init-authreq-off Parameter type: <Aaa::PortAuthReq> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "initiate-authreq"
( initiate-authreq specify initiate authentication
| init-authreq-off ) request to supplicant
Possible values:
- initiate-authreq : enable initiate authentication request to
supplicant
- init-authreq-off : disable initiate authentication request to
supplicant
[no] handshake Parameter type: <Aaa::PortHandShakeMode> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "no-handshake"
( handshake enable handshake for this port
| no-handshake )
Possible values:
- handshake : enable handshake for this port
- no-handshake : disable handshake for this port
[no] handshake-period Parameter type: <Aaa::PortHandShakePeriod> optional parameter with default
Format: value: 15
- handshake time interval specify the handshake time
Command Description
This command displays the Bridge Port configured data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show xdsl config-data-port (if-index) bridge-port [ (port) ] pvid <Vlan::StackedVlan> default-priority
<Vlan::Priority> mac-learn-off <Vlan::learnStatus> max-unicast-mac <Vlan::MaxMac> accept-frame-type
<Vlan::VlanFrameTypes> prio-regen-prof <Vlan::PrioRegenProfile> prio-regen-name
<Vlan::PrioRegenProfileName> [ no qos-profile | qos-profile <Vlan::QosProfileName> ]
Command Parameters
Table 45.8-1 "xDSL BridgePort Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port) Format: identification of the port or
( dsl : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> virtual channel
| dsl )
Possible values:
- dsl : vdsl board
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Table 45.8-2 "xDSL BridgePort Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL QoS configuration data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 45.9-1 "xDSL QoS Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 45.9-2 "xDSL QoS Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
scheduler-profile Parameter type: <Qos::QosSchedulerProfileName> optional parameter
Format: the name of the scheduler profile
( none to be mapped on this dsl link
| name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> )
Possible values:
- none : no profile name to associate
- name : enter profile name to be associated
Data driven field type
Possible values are depending on the actual configuration
and software.
The currently allowed values can be shown with online-help.
cac-profile Parameter type: <Qos::QosCacProfileName> optional parameter
Format: the name of the cac profile to be
( name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> mapped on this dsl link2
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL PPPoX relay client port configuration data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show xdsl config-data-port (if-index) pppox-relay [ (port) ] vlan-id <Vlan::StackedVlanSigned> default-priority
<PPPoX::DefaultPriority> max-cc <PPPoX::MaxNumPppCc> qos-profile <PPPoX::QosProfileName>
Command Parameters
Table 45.10-1 "xDSL PPPoX Relay Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port) Format: client port identification
( dsl : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| dsl
| vlan : dsl : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : dsl : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : dsl : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : dsl : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan : vlan port
Possible values:
- dsl : vdsl board
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding group configuration data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 45.11-1 "xDSL Bonding Group Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 45.11-2 "xDSL Bonding Group Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
group-profile Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> optional parameter
Format: name of the bonding group
- a profile name profile
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.]
- length: 1<=x<=32
admin-state Parameter type: <Xdsl::XdslAdminStatusGroup> optional parameter
Format: the admin-state of the group
( up
| down )
Possible values:
- up : admin-state of the group to up
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Operational Data Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----xdsl
----oper-data-port
- (if-index)
----xdsl
- admin-state
- opr-state/tx-rate-ds
- cur-op-mode
- tx-rate-us
- tx-rate-ds
- noise-margin-down
- noise-margin-up
- actual-tps-tc-mode
- overrule-state
----bridge-port
- (port)
- pvid
- default-priority
- [no] qos-profile
----atm-pvc
- (port-index)
- admin-state
- oper-state
- curr-encap-type
----interface-port
- [no] admin-state
- oper-state
----igmp
- (port)
- curr-num-group
- curr-preview-num
- curr-uncfg-num
----qos
- frame-net-bw
- m-cast-avail-bw
- m-cast-used-bw
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL Port Operational data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 46.2-1 "xDSL Port Operational Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 46.2-2 "xDSL Port Operational Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
admin-state Parameter type: <Itf::ifAdminStatus> optional parameter
Format: specifies state of the interface
( up
| down )
Possible values:
- up : admin status is up
- down : admin status is down
opr-state/tx-rate-ds Parameter type: <Xdsl::combinedCol> optional parameter
Format: current operational state of the
( down interface.
| testing
| unknown
Command Output
Table 46.2-3 "xDSL Port Operational Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
rtx-mode-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::ActualRtxModeType> actual retransmission mode in
( in-use upstream direction
| forbidden This element is only shown in
| no-xtuc detail mode.
| no-xtur
| no-xtuc-xtur
| supported
| unknown )
Possible values:
- in-use : retransmission in use
- forbidden : retransmission not_in_use forbidden
- no-xtuc : retransmission not_in_use and not_supported for
xtuc
- no-xtur : retransmission not_in_use and not_supported for
xtur
- no-xtuc-xtur : retransmission not_in_use and
not_supported for xtuc and xtur
- supported : retransmission not selected but supported
- unknown : retransmission not supported
rtx-mode-dn Parameter type: <Xdsl::ActualRtxModeType> actual retransmission mode in
( in-use downstream direction
| forbidden This element is only shown in
| no-xtuc detail mode.
| no-xtur
| no-xtuc-xtur
| supported
| unknown )
Possible values:
- in-use : retransmission in use
- forbidden : retransmission not_in_use forbidden
- no-xtuc : retransmission not_in_use and not_supported for
xtuc
- no-xtur : retransmission not_in_use and not_supported for
xtur
- no-xtuc-xtur : retransmission not_in_use and
not_supported for xtuc and xtur
- supported : retransmission not selected but supported
- unknown : retransmission not supported
Command Description
This command displays the Bridge Port Operational data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show xdsl oper-data-port (if-index) bridge-port [ (port) ] pvid <Vlan::StackedVlan> default-priority
<Vlan::Priority> [ no qos-profile | qos-profile <Vlan::QosProfileName> ]
Command Parameters
Table 46.3-1 "xDSL BridgePort Operational Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port) Format: identity of the PVC
( dsl : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| dsl )
Possible values:
- dsl : vdsl board
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Table 46.3-2 "xDSL BridgePort Operational Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
pvid Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlan> optional parameter
Format: default vlan id for untagged
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL port atm operational data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 46.4-1 "xDSL Port ATM Operational Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port-index) Format: the ATM PVC
( dsl : <Eqpt::VpiMandatoryId> : <Eqpt::VciMandatoryId>
| dsl )
Possible values:
- dsl : ADSL/SHDSL board
Field type <Eqpt::VpiMandatoryId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciMandatoryId>
- atm VCI
Table 46.4-2 "xDSL Port ATM Operational Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
admin-state Parameter type: <Xdsl::XdslAdminStatusAtm> optional parameter
Format: specifies the desired
( up administrative state of the VCL.
| down )
Possible values:
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL port interface configuration data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 46.5-1 "xDSL Port Interface Configuration Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 46.5-2 "xDSL Port Interface Configuration Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
[no] admin-state Parameter type: <Xdsl::XdslAdminStatus> optional parameter with default
Format: value: "admin-down"
( up the desired state of the interface
| down )
Possible values:
- up : admin status is up
- down : admin status is down
oper-state Parameter type: <Itf::ifOperStatus> optional parameter
Format: the operational state of the
( up interface
| down
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL IGMP operational data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show xdsl oper-data-port (if-index) igmp [ (port) ] curr-num-group <Gauge> curr-preview-num <Counter>
curr-uncfg-num <Counter>
Command Parameters
Table 46.6-1 "xDSL IGMP Operational Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
(port) Format: identification of the port or
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL QoS operational data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show xdsl oper-data-port (if-index) qos frame-net-bw <SignedInteger> m-cast-avail-bw <SignedInteger>
m-cast-used-bw <SignedInteger>
Command Parameters
Table 46.7-1 "xDSL QoS Opertaional Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of the port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Table 46.7-2 "xDSL QoS Opertaional Status Command" Command Parameters
Parameter Type Description
frame-net-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> optional parameter
Format: Represents the approximate
- a signed integer bandwidth available for Ethernet
frames, which is guaranteed to be
available by the physical layer.
This approximation is made by
the configurable ATM overhead
factor.
m-cast-avail-bw Parameter type: <SignedInteger> optional parameter
Format: Represents the bandwidth
- a signed integer available for multicast services,
calculated by the ISAM. This
value is what is left from
frame-net-bw after deducting
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "xDSL Bonding Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----xdsl-bonding
----profiles
- (index)
----group-rtx-profiles
- (index)
----operational-data
----X near-end
- (if-index)
----X far-end
- (if-index)
----group
- (if-index)
----link
- (bonding-link-id)
----failure-status
----near-end
- (if-index)
----far-end
- (if-index)
----group
- (if-index)
----summary
- (index)
Command Description
This command displays the usage of the xDSL bonding group profiles.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 47.2-1 "xDSL Bonding Group Profiles Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: a unique interface index
- bonding group profile index
- range: [1...100]
Command Output
Table 47.2-2 "xDSL Bonding Group Profiles Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information:profile
name Type Description
next-av-bond-pr Parameter type: <AsamNextProfileIndex> next available index for the
- a profile index bonding group profile
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.
max-bond-pr Parameter type: <AsamMaxProfileIndex> max number of bonding group
- a maximum value of a profile index profile indices that can be created
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.
Specific Information
name Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> name of the bonding group
- a profile name profile
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.] This element is always shown.
- length: 1<=x<=32
used-status Parameter type: <Xdsl::UsedStatus> specifies the number of entities
- number of entities using this profile using this profile.
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the usage of the xDSL bonding group rtx profiles.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 47.3-1 "xDSL Bonding Group Rtx Profiles Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: a unique interface index
- a profile index value
- range: [1...128]
Command Output
Table 47.3-2 "xDSL Bonding Group Rtx Profiles Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information:profile
name Type Description
next-av-bond-rtx-pr Parameter type: <AsamNextProfileIndex> next available index for the
- a profile index bonding group rtx profile
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.
max-bond-rtx-pr Parameter type: <AsamMaxProfileIndex> max number of bonding group rtx
- a maximum value of a profile index profile indices that can be created
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.
Specific Information
name Type Description
name Parameter type: <AsamProfileName> name of the bonding group rtx
- a profile name profile
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.] This element is always shown.
- length: 1<=x<=32
used-status Parameter type: <Xdsl::UsedStatus> specifies the number of entities
- number of entities using this profile using this profile.
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.
Command Description
Obsolete command, replaced by show xdsl-bonding operational-data group.
This command shows the operational data near end statistics.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 47.4-1 "xDSL Bonding Near End Operational Data Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: a unique interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 47.4-2 "xDSL Bonding Near End Operational Data Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
actual-bitrate-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::BondingBitRate> when the bonding group is in
- a bonding bit rate value service, this will give the actual
- unit: kbps bitrate and 0 when not in service
- range: [0...2147483647] also in case no data is available.
Command Description
Obsolete command, replaced by show xdsl-bonding operational-data group.
This command shows the operational data far end statistics.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 47.5-1 "xDSL Bonding Far End Operational Data Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: a unique interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 47.5-2 "xDSL Bonding Far End Operational Data Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
actual-bitrate-down Parameter type: <Xdsl::BondingBitRate> when the bonding group is in
- a bonding bit rate value service, this will give the actual
- unit: kbps bitrate and 0 when not in service
- range: [0...2147483647] also in case no data is available.
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding oper-data group statistics.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 47.6-1 "xDSL Bonding Group Operational Data Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: a unique interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 47.6-2 "xDSL Bonding Group Operational Data Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
running-time Parameter type: <SignedInteger> specifies accumulated time of
- a signed integer bonding group normal operation
This element is always shown.
actual-bitrate-up Parameter type: <Xdsl::BondingBitRate> when the bonding group is in
- a bonding bit rate value service, this will give the actual
- unit: kbps net data rate in upstream
- range: [0...2147483647] direction or the expected
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding oper-data link statistics.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 47.7-1 "xDSL Bonding Link Operational Data Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(bonding-link-id) Format: a bonding link interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 47.7-2 "xDSL Bonding Link Operational Data Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
link-status Parameter type: <Xdsl::BondingGroupLinkStatus> the operational and selection
( not-training status of a bonding group link
| training This element is always shown.
| not-selected
| up-no-traffic
| up-traffic )
Possible values:
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding failure near end statistics.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 47.8-1 "xDSL Bonding Near End Failure Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: a unique interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 47.8-2 "xDSL Bonding Near End Failure Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
defect Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusNEDefect> specifies the defect status in the
( yes near-end
| none ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : defect in the near-end failure status
- none : no defect in the near-end failure status
up-min-bitrate Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusMinBitrate> specifies the upstream minimum
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding failure far end statistics.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 47.9-1 "xDSL Bonding Far End Failure Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: a unique interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 47.9-2 "xDSL Bonding Far End Failure Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
defect Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusFEDefect> specifies the defect status in the
( yes far-end
| none ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- yes : defect in the far-end failure status
- none : no defect in the far-end failure status
down-min-bitrate Parameter type: <Xdsl::FailureStatusMinBitrate> specifies the downstream
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding failure group statistics.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 47.10-1 "xDSL Bonding Group Failure Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: a unique interface index
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 47.10-2 "xDSL Bonding Group Failure Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
defect Parameter type: <Xdsl::BondingGroupFailureStatusDefect> specifies the current failure
( none reason of a bonding group
| not-feasible This element is always shown.
| min-bitrate
| no-host
| diff-delay
| incomplete )
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding group summary information.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 47.11-1 "xDSL Bonding Group Summary Info Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: the physical number of the slot
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Command Output
Table 47.11-2 "xDSL Bonding Group Summary Info Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
occupancy Parameter type: <SignedInteger> indicates the occupancy per slot
- a signed integer of the bonding host function
This element is always shown.
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "PPPoE Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----pppoe-client
----emulation
- (ifindex)
- client-id
----session
- (ifindex)
Command Description
This command displays the PPPoE client emulation parameters, such as emulation state, and error code for failed
PPPoE emulation.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 48.2-1 "PPPoE Client Emulation Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ifindex) Format: interface index of the PPPoE
( vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / client port
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan-port : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntSlotId>
- the ONT SLOT identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntPortId>
- the ONT PORT identifier
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
Command Output
Table 48.2-2 "PPPoE Client Emulation Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
state Parameter type: <PPPoE::pppoeClientEmulationState> the state of the PPPoE client
( inited emulation.
| ongoing This element is always shown.
| failed
| successed
| stopped )
Possible values:
- inited : PPPoE emulation has never been executed since
initialization
- ongoing : emulation is in progress
- failed : emulation failed
- successed : emulation successed and PPPoE session
established
- stopped : PPPoE session has been terminated
error-code Parameter type: <PPPoE::pppoeClientEmulationErrorCode> the failure reason for failed
( none PPPoE emulation.
| port-failure This element is always shown.
| padi-timeout
| padr-timeout
| lcp-timeout
| auth-timeout
| auth-failure
| ncp-failure
| internal
| other
| onu-timeout
| onu-omci-failure )
Possible values:
- none : no errcode
- port-failure : port-failure
- padi-timeout : padi-timeout
- padr-timeout : padr-timeout
- lcp-timeout : lcp-timeout
- auth-timeout : auth-timeout
- auth-failure : auth-failure
- ncp-failure : ncp-failure
- internal : internal err
- other : other err
- onu-timeout : onu-timeout
- onu-omci-failure : onu-omci-failure
Command Description
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 48.3-1 "PPPoE Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ifindex) Format: interface index of the PPP session
( vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan> )
Possible values:
- vlan-port : vlan port
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntSlotId>
- the ONT SLOT identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntPortId>
- the ONT PORT identifier
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
- unstacked vlan id
Command Output
Table 48.3-2 "PPPoE Interface Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ipv4-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> IPv4 address of the system on
- IPv4-address which PPP connection is
established.
This element is always shown.
ipv6-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V6Prefix> IPv6 address of the system on
- IPv6-address which PPP connection is
established.
This element is always shown.
mru Parameter type: <PPPoE::PppProfileMru> The MRU of the system link, on
- the MRU of PPP which PPPoE session is
- range: [0...65535] established.
This element is always shown.
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Interface Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----interface
----alarm
- (interface-type)
----phy-itf-status
- (shelf)
----port
- (port)
----test
- (port)
----stack
- (higher)
- lower
----availability
- (port-type)
Command Description
This command shows the alarm configured for the interface and the default minimal severity with which the alarm
is reported.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 49.2-1 "Interface Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(interface-type) Format: type of the interface
( xdsl-line
| ethernet-line
| voicefxs
| lag )
Possible values:
- xdsl-line : xdsl line
- ethernet-line : ethernet line
- voicefxs : voicefxs
- lag : link aggregation group
Command Output
Table 49.2-2 "Interface Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
default-severity Parameter type: The default minimal severity for
<Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverityDefault> an alarm to be reported that will
( indeterminate be used for interfaces.
| warning This element is always shown.
| minor
| major
| critical )
Possible values:
- indeterminate : not a definite known severity
- warning : just to inform as a warning
- minor : not service affecting
Command Description
This command shows the summary of the physical interface, for example, the number of changes which occurred
for the physical interface.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 49.3-1 "Physical Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(shelf) Format: the physical position of the shelf
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Command Output
Table 49.3-2 "Physical Interface Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
no-of-change-occur Parameter type: <Counter> Number of state changes of
- 32 bit counter physical lines, equipped on
boards within this shelf.
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command shows all the parameters related to the interface such as the type of interface, current bandwidth of
the interface, maximum size of the packet supported, and the connector present. All interfaces do not support each
of these parameters.
Ethernet port interfaces supports 14 ethernet ports.
• Port 1 : Internal port used for management
• Port 2 : External port used for management
• Port 3 : Used for L2CP OAM traffic to BRAS
• Ports 4-14 : Not used
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 49.4-1 "Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: the interface index
( xdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| xdsl-channel : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-if : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-pvc : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
Command Output
Table 49.4-2 "Interface Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
if-index Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Specifies a unique value for each
- a signed integer interface.
Command Description
This command shows the parameters related to the testing of an interface.
Metallic Test Access is an example of an interface test. The result of the Metallic Test Access interface test is shown
with this command.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 49.5-1 "Interface Test Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: the index of the interface
( xdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| xdsl-channel : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-if : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-pvc : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| sw-loopback
| ethernet-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| bonding : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
Command Output
Table 49.5-2 "Interface Test Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
id Parameter type: <TestAndIncr> Specifies the current invocation
- TestAndIncr of the interface's test.
- range: [0...2147483647] This element is always shown.
result Parameter type: <Itf::ifTestResult> Specifies the result of the most
( none recently requested test
| success This element is always shown.
| in-progress
| not-supported
| unable-to-run
| aborted
| failed )
Possible values:
- none : no tests have been requested since the last reset
- success : test successfully completed
- in-progress : test is still in progress
- not-supported : test is not supported
- unable-to-run : test is unable to run
- aborted : test is aborted
- failed : test is failed
Command Description
This command shows the status of the stack.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 49.6-1 "Interface Stack Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(higher) Format: a higher layer interface index
( xdsl-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| xdsl-channel : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-if : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
/ <Eqpt::PortId>
| atm-pvc : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId>
| bridge-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| sw-loopback
| ethernet-line : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| bonding : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
Command Description
This command shows the parameters related to an interface such as next avalable port type, counter indicating
number of state changes, and number of network interfaces.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 49.7-1 "Interface Extensive Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port-type) Format: the port type
( xdsl-line
| ethernet-line )
Possible values:
- xdsl-line : xdsl line
- ethernet-line : ethernet line
Command Output
Table 49.7-2 "Interface Extensive Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information:common
name Type Description
change-count Parameter type: <Counter> Number of state changes of the
- 32 bit counter physical line.
This element is always shown.
interface-cnt Parameter type: <SignedInteger> The number of network interfaces
- a signed integer (regardless of their current state)
present on this system.
This element is always shown.
Specific Information
name Type Description
next-available Parameter type: <Itf::NextAvailable> Specifies the next available
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / physical interface can be
<Eqpt::PortId> retrieved.
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / This element is always shown.
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "SNTP Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----sntp
Command Description
This command displays the information about the SNTP and its related parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 50.2-2 "SNTP Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
operating-mode Parameter type: <Sys::SNTPOperatingMode> specifies the operating mode for
( unicast the SNTP application at the
| anycast SNMP agent.
| multicast ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- unicast : operating mode unicast value 1
- anycast : operating mode anycast value 2
- multicast : operating mode multicast value 3
system-time Parameter type: <Sys::GaugeTimeInSecs> specifies the network time.
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) This element is always shown.
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "SNTP Server Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----sntp
----server-table
- (server-ip-addr)
Command Description
This command displays the information about the SNTP Servers and its related parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 51.2-1 "SNTP Server Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(server-ip-addr) Format: specifies the ip address of the
- IPv4-address sntp server
Command Output
Table 51.2-2 "SNTP Server Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
port Parameter type: <Sys::ServerPortNumber> specifies the port number of the
- port number sntp server
- range: [0...65535] This element is always shown.
priority Parameter type: <Sys::priority> specifies the priority number of
- sntp server priority(1 - high) the sntp server
- range: [1...3] This element is always shown.
issyncsource Parameter type: <Sys::issyncsrc> display whether this sntp server is
( yes the current source of time
| no ) synchronization
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- yes : this server is the current source of time
synchronization
- no : this server is not the current source of time
synchronization
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "System Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----system
----entry
----license
- (feature)
----syslog
----cde-bitmap
----uplink
Command Description
This command displays the status of the list commands.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 52.2-2 "System Statistics Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
status-bit-map Parameter type: <Sys::AsamSysStatusBitMap> Specifies the status bitmap.
- status bitmap This element is always shown.
mib-version Parameter type: <Sys::asamMibVersion> Specifies the version of the
- a printable string management interface.
- length: x<=21 This element is always shown.
init-progress Parameter type: <Sys::AsamSystemInitProgress> Specifies the progress of the
- progress of system initialisation indicated as percent system initialization indicated as
- unit: percent a percentage.
- range: [0...100] This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the routing-license indicating the status of the L3 routing protocols and displays also the
number of software licenses for the following features.
For ADSL2+, the counter indicates the number of XDSL lines for which an ADSL2+ operational mode (POTS
and/or ISDN) is enabled in its configuration, and supported by the LT board, and for which the XDSL board is
equipped.
For READSL2 operational mode (US mode 1 and/or US mode 2), the counter is enabled in its configuration, and
supported by the LT board, and for which the XDSL board is equipped.
For IGMP, the counter indicates the number of DSL subscriber lines for which an IGMP control channel has been
oonfigured.
For xDSL Annex-M, the counter indicates the number of DSL subscriber line which is configured for Annex-M.
For IP-Forwarding, the counter indicates the number of DSL subscriber lines configured.
For PPPoX Relay, the counter indicates the number of DSL subscriber lines configured.
For 802.1x, the counter indicates the number of DSL subscriber lines for which 802.1x has been configured as
'enabled'.
For IPoA-CC/RB, the counter indicates the number of DSL subscriber lines which are configured for IPoA cross
connect mode and enhanced i-bridge mode .In Release 3.6 IPOA-CC is replaced by IPOA-CC/RB
For UPBO Policing, the counter indicates the number of XDSL lines for which a VDSL2 opmode has been selected,
for which UPBO Policing pbo mode has been enabled in its configuration and supported by the LT board and for
which the XDSL board is equipped. The counter is decremented when one of these conditions is not met anymore.
For XDSL-Perline-Overrule, the counter indicates the number of XDSL lines for which the per-line overrule data
has been used in its configuration and for which the XDSL board is equipped.
For Impulse Noise Sensor, the counter indicates the number of XDSL lines for which the Impulse Noise Sensor is
enabled and for which the XDSL board is equipped.
For ADSL1/2 PSD Shaping, the counter indicates the number of XDSL line configured for which ADSL1 or ADSL2
opMode is enabled with DBPO shaping and supported by the LT board and for which the XDSL board is
equipped.The counter is decremented if the DPBO profile is unassigned or if the XDSL line is unconfigured.
For xDSL Annex-J, the counter indicates the number of DSL subscriber line which is configured for Annex-J.
For syncE clock source, the counter indicates the number of Synchronous Ethernet ports are configured as a clock
source.
For 2dot5gbps-lt, the counter indicates the number of LTs that operate at 2.5Gbps link speed.
For redcy, the counter indicates the number protection groups are enabled (unlocked).
Shdsl-ctc: this key isn't used, the counter remains zero.
For VDSL2, the counter indicates the number of xdsl lines for which Seamless Rate Adaptation and VDSL2 is
enabled.
For ARQ, the counter indicates the number of XDSL lines for which ARQ is enabled in the configuration,
supported by the LT board and for which the XDSL board is equipped.
For 10 Gbps enabled LT, the counter indicates the number of LTs that have an uplink that is running at 10 Gbps
speed.
For 20 Gbps enabled LT, the counter indicates the number of LTs that have an uplink that is running at 20 Gbps
speed.
For ipv6 security,the coutner indicates the number of access lines (DSL, Ethernet or ONT UNI) where one or more
IPv6 security features are activated.
For Higig NT, the counter indicates whether lawful intercept is enabled (value 1) or Disabled (value 0).
For vectoring, the counter indicates the number of lines where a vectoring profile has been assigned to.
For Green DSL L2 mode,the counter indicates the number of xDSL lines which are equipped and configured with
L2 mode enabled.
For Ethernet OAM Advanced Monitoring Functions,the counter indicates the number of MEPS which can send
and/or receive CFM Continuity Check Messages.
For MPLS Advanced Resiliency, the counter indicates whether MPLS-FRR or MPLS LSR is being used (value 1) or
not used (value 0).
For 40 Gbps enabled LT, the counter indicates the number of LTs that have an uplink that is running at 40 Gbps
speed.
For Type-B protection, the counter indicates the number of protection groups in the system that are configured by
the operator. The counter is only valid on NANT-E and FANT-F boards. For other NTs, the value should always be
0, as protection group creation is not allowed. The value is between 0 (no protection group) and 62 (maximum
allowed by the system).
For vectoring legacy fext cancellation, the counter indicates the number of lines where a vectoring profile has been
assigned to in which the legacy fext cancellation feature is enabled.
For Vlan Translation resources extended usage vxlt-ext-usage, the counter indicates the number of line cards
making use of VLAN translation resources in an extended way.
For Ethernet OAM Y1731 Performance monitoring functions, the counter indicates the number of MEPs in the
system in which Y1731 performance monitoring functions have been enabled.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 52.3-1 "System Licenses Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(feature) Format: table index
( adsl2-plus
| readsl2
| igmp
| annex-m
| ip-forward
| pppox-relay
| 802dot1x
| ipoa-cc
| ipoa-cc/rb
Command Output
Table 52.3-2 "System Licenses Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
number-license Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Specifies number of license.
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the system related parameters for syslog.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 52.4-2 "Show syslog parameters" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
max-msg-size Parameter type: <Sys::MaxMsgSize> maximum size of the syslog
- the maximum size of the syslog message message
- unit: bytes This element is always shown.
- range: [0...1024]
available-on-disk Parameter type: <Sys::MaxStorageSize> total storage size available to
- total storage size available to store the messages store the messages
- unit: bytes This element is always shown.
- range: [0...2147483647]
used-on-disk Parameter type: <Sys::UsedSize> indicates inuse storage size by the
- indicates inuse storage size by the messages messages
- unit: bytes This element is always shown.
- range: [0...2147483647]
reserved-on-disk Parameter type: <Sys::ReservedSize> indicate the reserved storage size
- indicates inuse storage size by the messages for the messages
- unit: bytes This element is always shown.
- range: [0...2147483647]
free-on-disk Parameter type: <Sys::FreeSize> total free memory available to
- free memory available for storing syslog messages from store syslog messages
total allocated memory This element is always shown.
- unit: bytes
- range: [0...2147483647]
Command Description
This command displays the activated Customer Dependent Engineering feature bitmap.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 52.5-2 "System CDE Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
cde-bitmap Parameter type: <Sys::cdeBitMap> show activated cde feature
<Sys::printableCdeBitMap> bitmap
Field type <Sys::printableCdeBitMap> This element is always shown.
- printable cde bitmap
Command Description
This command displays the system uplink mode.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 52.6-2 "Uplink Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
config-mode Parameter type: <Sys::UplinkMode> configure uplink mode
( auto This element is always shown.
| ptp
| gpon )
Possible values:
- auto : auto selection uplink mode
- ptp : ptp uplink mode
- gpon : gpon uplink mode
curr-mode Parameter type: <Sys::CurrUplinkMode> current uplink mode
( ptp This element is always shown.
| gpon )
Possible values:
- ptp : ptp uplink mode
- gpon : gpon uplink mode
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Transaction Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----transaction
----set-log-table
- (log-table-index)
----log-entry
Command Description
This command displays the transaction set log parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 53.2-1 "Transaction Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(log-table-index) Format: the key in the set Log table
- a signed integer
Command Output
Table 53.2-2 "Transaction Log Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
log-ipaddr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> IP address of the Manager who
- IPv4-address changed this object
This element is always shown.
changed-object-id Parameter type: <Object> the Object Identifier of an object
- an object identifier which has been changed.
This element is always shown.
context Parameter type: <Trans::context> The context, which the object
nt belongs to
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- nt : nt: nt context
Command Description
This command displays the transaction log entry-related parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 53.3-2 "Transaction Log Entry Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
set-log-lastentry Parameter type: <SignedInteger> index of the last entry that has
- a signed integer been added to the set log table.
This element is always shown.
set-log-resettime Parameter type: <Sys::Time> time when set log has been reset
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) This element is always shown.
- unit: UTC
set-log-overflowed Parameter type: <Trans::overflowed> specifies whether the set log
( not-overflowed buffer is overflowed or not.
| overflowed ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- not-overflowed : log buffer not overflowed is 1
- overflowed : log buffer overflowed is 2
set-log-buffersize Parameter type: <SignedInteger> the size of the internal set log
- a signed integer buffer.
This element is always shown.
nbr-of-sets Parameter type: <SignedInteger> nbr of successfull sets since
- a signed integer system is up.
This element is always shown.
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Error Status Command".
Command Tree
----show
----error
- (id)
Command Description
This command displays the error log status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 54.2-1 "Error Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(id) Format: error number
- a signed integer
Command Output
Table 54.2-2 "Error Log Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information:error-log related information
name Type Description
last-entry Parameter type: <Error::ErrLogLastEntry> index of the last entry that is
- index of the last entry of error log table added to the error log table.
This element is always shown.
reset-time Parameter type: <Sys::Time> time value when the error log is
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) resetted
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
buffer-size Parameter type: <SignedInteger> size of the internal log buffer.
- a signed integer This element is always shown.
overflowed Parameter type: <Error::LogOverFlow> specifies whether log buffer is
( no overflowed or not.
| yes ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- no : when log buffer is reset
- yes : full action set to warp around
Specific Information
name Type Description
timestamp Parameter type: <Sys::Time> network time when the error is
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) generated.
- unit: UTC This element is always shown.
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Software Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----software-mngt
----database
- (db-container)
- oswp-number
----descriptor-files
- (index)
----oswp
- (index)
----swp
- (name)
----swp-disk-file
- (name)
- file-name
- file-board-type
----upload-download
----version
----ansi
----etsi
Command Description
This command displays the various database parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 55.2-1 "Database Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(db-container) Format: the database container ID
( first
| second
| third )
Possible values:
- first : first container
- second : second container
- third : third container
oswp-number Parameter type: <SwMngt::DbmOswpIndex> index in the database table
Format:
- index in the database table
- range: [1...2]
Command Output
Table 55.2-2 "Database Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
name Parameter type: <SwMngt::dbmDatabaseName> A string representing the
- a printable string database. The value 'NO-NAME'
- length: x<=32 will be used by the system for the
default databases.
This element is always shown.
oper-status Parameter type: <SwMngt::dBaseOperStatus> The operational status of the
( actual database.
| preferable This element is always shown.
| previous
Command Description
This command displays the values of the various attributes of the SWM disk file.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 55.3-1 "Disk Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index to the swm disk file table
- path and name of the oswp ,file name less than 160 char
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_./:]
- length: 1<=x<=255
Command Output
Table 55.3-2 "Disk Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <SwMngt::diskFileType> Specifies the type of the file.
( overall-descriptor This element is always shown.
| descriptor
| file-type-a
| file-type-b
| not-specified
| file-type-c
| file-type-d
| file-type-e
| file-type-f
| file-type-g
| file-type-h
| file-type-i
| file-type-j
| file-type-k
| file-type-l
| file-type-m
| file-type-n
Command Description
This command displays various OSWP states and attributes.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 55.4-1 "Overall Software Package Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(index) Format: index to the swm oswp table
- id of one of the two oswps
- range: [1...2]
Command Output
Table 55.4-2 "Overall Software Package Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
name Parameter type: <SwMngt::oswpName> Name of the OSWP. The name of
- path and name of the oswp ,file name less than 160 char an OSWP corresponds to the path
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_./:] name:
- length: 1<=x<=255 /path_to_OSWP/file_name.
This element is always shown.
availability Parameter type: <SwMngt::operAvailStatus> Specifies the availability status of
( empty the OSWP.
| enabled This element is always shown.
| disabled
| downloading
| aborting )
Possible values:
- empty : no OSWP is related to the index
- enabled : related OSWP is valid
- disabled : download of related OSWP failed
- downloading : download of related OSWP is ongoing
- aborting : files of the related OSWP are removed
act-status Parameter type: <SwMngt::operActStatus> Specifies the related OSWP is
Command Description
This command displays the parameters of the dynamic SWP table, which represent the SWPs that belong to at least
one of the OSWPs available in the system.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 55.5-1 "Software Package Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: index to the swm-swp table
- a printable string
- length: x<=32
Command Output
Table 55.5-2 "Software Package Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
type Parameter type: <SwMngt::swmSwpType> Specifies the type of the software
( asam-core package.
| voice-gateway This element is always shown.
| ip-server )
Possible values:
- asam-core : asam core
- voice-gateway : voice gateway
- ip-server : ip server
dbase-ver-no Parameter type: <SwMngt::dBVersionNumber> Specifies the version number of
- a printable string the database that is compatible
- length: x<=32 with the software package.
This element is always shown.
primary-file-id Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> Specifies the IP address of the
- IPv4-address TFTP/SFTP server where the
software package can be found.
This element is always shown.
secondary-file-id Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> Specifies the IP address of a
Command Description
This command displays information about the relationships between the files known by the system and the available
OSWPs.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 55.6-1 "File Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: index to the Swm_Contains_File
- a printable string table
- length: x<=32
file-name Parameter type: <SwMngt::swpContainsFileName> index to the Swm_Contains_File
Format: table
- a printable string
- length: x<=32
file-board-type Parameter type: <SwMngt::swpBoardType> index to the Swm_Contains_File
Format: table
- a printable string
- length: x<=21
Command Output
Table 55.6-2 "File Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
file-format Parameter type: <SwMngt::fileFormat> Specifies the format of the file.
( tar This element is always shown.
| lz77
| ascii
| exe
| coff )
Possible values:
- tar : file format is tar
Command Description
This command displays the upload and download parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 55.7-2 "Upload/Download Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
disk-space Parameter type: <SwMngt::TotalSpaceOnDisk> The total space on the file disk
- total space on file disk that is reserved for storage that is reserved for the storage of
- unit: bytes files.
This element is always shown.
free-space Parameter type: <SwMngt::FreeSpaceOnDisk> Specifies the space on the file
- total space on the file disk that is still available disk that is still available for the
- unit: bytes storage of files.
This element is always shown.
download-progress Parameter type: <SwMngt::downloadProgress> Specifies the current status of the
( download-ongoing database download process.
| download-success This element is always shown.
| download-fail )
Possible values:
- download-ongoing : download ongoing
- download-success : download finished and successfull
- download-fail : download finished but failed
download-error Parameter type: <SwMngt::downloadError> Specifies the reason in case of a
( not-defined database download failure.
| file-not-found This element is always shown.
| access-violation
| diskfull-alloc-exced
| illegal-tftp-operation
| unknown-transfer-id
| file-exists
| no-such-user
| corrupted-database
| system-restart
| no-error
Command Description
This command shows the Software version for ANSI market.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 55.8-2 " Software Version For ANSI Status Command " Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
isam-feature-group Parameter type: <SwMngt::swAnsiVersion> the ansi market version
- the ANSI market version This element is always shown.
- length: x<=50
Command Description
This command shows the Software version for ETSI market.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 55.9-2 "Software Version For ETSI Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
isam-release Parameter type: <SwMngt::swEtsiVersion> the ETSI market version
- the ETSI market version This element is always shown.
- length: x<=50
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "CDE Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----software-mngt
----cdeprof
----dldstatus
Command Description
This command displays the CDE profile and download status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 56.2-2 "CDE download Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
server-ip Parameter type: <SwMngt::serverId> show file server Ip address
- IPv4-address This element is always shown.
path Parameter type: <SwMngt::cdePath> show the cde file downloading
- path for the db or cde(example: path
/path_to_db_or_cde/file_name) This element is always shown.
- range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_./():]
- length: 1<=x<=128
download-progress Parameter type: <SwMngt::CDETarDldProgress> show the cde file download
( download-ongoing progress
| download-success This element is always shown.
| download-fail )
Possible values:
- download-ongoing : download ongoing
- download-success : download finished and successfull
- download-fail : download finished but failed
download-error Parameter type: <SwMngt::CDETarDldError> specifies the reason in case of a
( not-defined cde download failure
| file-not-found This element is always shown.
| access-violation
| diskfull-alloc-exced
| illegal-tftp-operation
| no-such-user
| file-name-error
| corrupted-cde
| server-ip-error
| cde-file-error
| no-error )
Possible values:
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "IGMP Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----igmp
----system
----channel
----counter
- (port)
----miscellaneous
- (port)
----protocol
- (port)
----package-to-src
- (package-id)
----grp-to-package
- (grp-ip-addr)
- src-ip-addr
- vlan-id
----X module-mcast-src
- (slot)
- mcast-addr
----module-mcast-channel
- (slot)
- grp-ip-addr
- src-ip-addr
- vlan-id
----module
----counter
- (slot-index)
----time
- (slot-index)
----miscellaneous
- (slot-index)
----mcast-svc-context
Command Description
This command displays the IGMP system-related parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 57.2-2 "IGMP System Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
startup-query-intvl Parameter type: <Igmp::SysStartUpQueryInt> The interval between general
- interval at which general membership queries transmitted membership queries sent on
- unit: sec startup.
- range: [1...3175] This element is always shown.
startup-query-count Parameter type: <Igmp::SystemStartupQueryCount> The number of queries sent out
- queries sent out on startup separated by query interval on startup separated by the query
- range: [1...10] interval.
This element is always shown.
stats-intvl Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcPeakTime> This statistics indicates the
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) network time of when the
- unit: UTC system-wide statistics were last
reset.
This element is always shown.
src-ipaddr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> This object specifies the source
- IPv4-address IP address which is contained in
every multicast IP datagrams
transmitted on all IGMP control
channels.
This element is always shown.
router-present-timeout Parameter type: <SignedInteger> When the system acts as host on
- a signed integer the network side of the IGMP
proxy, this value is the time how
long the system shall wait after
hearing a Version 1 Query before
it shall send any IGMPv2
messages.
This element is always shown.
grp-memb-intvl Parameter type: <SignedInteger> The interval that must pass before
Command Description
This command displays the IGMP channel source.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 57.3-1 "IGMP Channel Sources Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identification of the port, vlanport
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / or virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
Command Output
Table 57.3-2 "IGMP Channel Sources Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
noperm-join Parameter type: <Counter> no of times perm bitmap failure
- 32 bit counter has occurred.
This element is always shown.
bitrate-fail Parameter type: <Counter> no of times IGMP join message
- 32 bit counter failed
This element is always shown.
inval-classd Parameter type: <Counter> indicates the count of IP address
- 32 bit counter states
This element is always shown.
numsec-ovld-protappl Parameter type: <Counter> no of 1sec int for overload
- 32 bit counter protection has been applied
This element is always shown.
num-fail Parameter type: <Counter> Indicates the count of failure join
- 32 bit counter This element is always shown.
sysnum-fail Parameter type: <Counter> Indicates the count of failure
- 32 bit counter IGMP join
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the IGMP channel source.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 57.4-1 "IGMP Channel Miscellaneous Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identification of the port, vlanport
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / or virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
Command Output
Table 57.4-2 "IGMP Channel Miscellaneous Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
curr-num-group Parameter type: <Gauge> current group number in this
- gauge port(ADSL,PVC)
This element is always shown.
curr-preview-num Parameter type: <Counter> count of prev mcast grp that igmp
- 32 bit counter channel joins currently
This element is always shown.
curr-uncfg-num Parameter type: <Counter> current unconfig group number in
- 32 bit counter this port(ADSL,PVC)
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command shows the IGMP protocol statistics for an IGMP channel
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 57.5-1 "IGMP Channel Protocol Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identification of the port, vlanport
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / or virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
Command Output
Table 57.5-2 "IGMP Channel Protocol Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
tx-gmq Parameter type: <Counter> number of general queries
short name: tx/gmq - 32 bit counter transmitted on user interface
This element is always shown.
tx-gsq Parameter type: <Counter> number of group specific queries
short name: tx/gsq - 32 bit counter transmitted
This element is always shown.
tx-gssq Parameter type: <Counter> number of group-source specific
short name: tx/gssq - 32 bit counter queries transmitted
This element is always shown.
rx-v1-req Parameter type: <Counter> number of V1 membership report
short name: rx-req/v1 - 32 bit counter received
This element is always shown.
rx-v2-req Parameter type: <Counter> number of V2 membership report
short name: rx-req/v2 - 32 bit counter received
This element is always shown.
rx-v3-req Parameter type: <Counter> number of V3 membership report
short name: rx-req/v3 - 32 bit counter received
This element is always shown.
rx-v2-leaves Parameter type: <Counter> number of leave messages report
- 32 bit counter received
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rx-valid-message Parameter type: <Counter> number of valid IGMP packets
short name: rx-msg/ok - 32 bit counter received
This element is always shown.
rx-invalid-message Parameter type: <Counter> number of invalid IGMP packets
short name: rx-msg/nok - 32 bit counter received
This element is always shown.
rx-unknown-message Parameter type: <Counter> number of unknown IGMP
short name: - 32 bit counter packets received
rx-msg/unknown This element is always shown.
rx-bad-length Parameter type: <Counter> number of bad length IGMP
- 32 bit counter packet received/dropped
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rx-bad-ip-checksum Parameter type: <Counter> number of wrong IP checksum
- 32 bit counter IGMP packet received/dropped
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rx-bad-igmp-checksum Parameter type: <Counter> number of wrong IGMP
- 32 bit counter checksum IGMP packets
received/dropped
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
rx-wrong-src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Counter> number of IGMP signals received
- 32 bit counter where the src-ip-addr of the
multicast channel violates the
ASM/SSM rules
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command shows the IGMP package to multicast source parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 57.6-1 "IGMP package to multicast source Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(package-id) Format: name used to identify the
- index of the package packages
- range: [1...1024]
Command Output
Table 57.6-2 "IGMP package to multicast source Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
group-address Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> the multicast group address
- IPv4-address This element is always shown.
source-address Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> the multicast group source
- IPv4-address address
This element is always shown.
vlan-id Parameter type: <Igmp::SrcVlanId> the multicast vlan id
- the multicast vlan id This element is always shown.
- range: [1...4094]
Command Description
This command shows the IGMP group to package parameters
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 57.7-1 "IGMP Group to Package Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(grp-ip-addr) Format: ip address identifying the
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255) multicast group
src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ip address of the multicast server
Format: originating the multicast
- IPv4-address channel,value 0.0.0.0 means
ASM(any-src-ip-addr)
vlan-id Parameter type: <Igmp::SrcVlanId> identifies a particular vlan id
Format:
- the multicast vlan id
- range: [1...4094]
Command Output
Table 57.7-2 "IGMP Group to Package Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
index Parameter type: <Igmp::PackageIndex> index used to identify the
- index of the package packages
- range: [1...1024] This element is always shown.
Command Description
Obsolete command.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 57.8-1 "Show Multicast Source Statistics Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(slot) Format: identifies an IGMP module by
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> the logical SlotId
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
mcast-addr Parameter type: <Igmp::MulticastAddress> mcast src address in network-byte
Format: order(big-endian)
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255)
Command Output
Table 57.8-2 "Show Multicast Source Statistics Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
peak-nbr-subs-channels Parameter type: <Counter> The peak number of subscribed
short name: - 32 bit counter IGMP channels which have
pk-nr-sub-chan members connected to the source
since the last statistics reset. It is
only for those groups configured
in multicast source table.
This element is always shown.
peak-time Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcPeakTime> The network time indicating
Command Description
This command shows the distribution of statistics information maintained by IGMP channels. The operator should
know the slot index(the range is 1/1/0 to 1/1/18) ,the class D address (the range is 224.0.0.3 to 239.255.255.255)
and the source-ip-addr of the mcast server. The following statistics objects measure the popularity of a multicast
channel (when and how much the multicast channel is being watched by end users). The term "subscribe" in this
context means how many IGMP channels have a group member connected to this multicast source.
• peak-nbr-subs-channels: This statistic indicates the peak number of subscribed IGMP channels for which leaf
multicast VCLs have connected to the source since the last statistics reset.
• peak-time: This statistic indicates the network time, in seconds, when the peak number of subscribed IGMP
channels for the source occurred.
• curr-subs-channels: This statistic indicates the current number of subscribed IGMP channels for the source.
• connect-fail-counter: This statistic indicates the number of times that an attempt to create a multicast
connection has failed and the number of times that a multicast connection failure has occurred. The reason for
failure is likely because there is insufficient bandwidth in the internal backplane of the Alcatel-Lucent 7302 or
7330 ISAM FTTN to transport the data traffic from the root endpoint of the network interface to the leaf
endpoint of the access interface.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 57.9-1 "Show Multicast Channel Statistics Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(slot) Format: identifies an IGMP module by
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> the logical SlotId
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
grp-ip-addr Parameter type: <Igmp::MulticastAddress> ip address identifying the
Format: multicast group
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255)
src-ip-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> ip address of the multicast server
Format: originating the multicast
Command Output
Table 57.9-2 "Show Multicast Channel Statistics Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
peak-nbr-subs-channels Parameter type: <Counter> The peak number of subscribed
short name: pk-nr-sub-ch - 32 bit counter IGMP channels which have
members connected to the source
since the last statistics reset. It is
only for those groups configured
in Multicast Channel table.
This element is always shown.
peak-time Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcPeakTime> The network time indicating
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) when the peak number of
- unit: UTC subscribed IGMP channels for
the source occurred. It is only for
those groups configured in
Multicast Channel Table.
This element is always shown.
curr-subs-channels Parameter type: <Gauge> Indicates the current number of
- gauge subscribed IGMP channels for
the multicast stream/channel.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
nbr-connect-fail Parameter type: <Counter> Indicates the number of times
short name: nr-con-nok - 32 bit counter that an attempt to create a
multicast connection fails.
This element is always shown.
user-success-join Parameter type: <Counter> indicates the number of times that
- 32 bit counter users successfully joined a group.
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the IGMP module counters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 57.10-1 "IGMP Module Counter Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(slot-index) Format: identifies an IGMP module by
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> the logical slot id
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Command Output
Table 57.10-2 "IGMP Module Counter Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
total-msg Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of messages
- 32 bit counter received from users, including
IGMP messages and invalid
messages.
This element is always shown.
total-igmp-msg Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of IGMP
- 32 bit counter messages, which includes join
and leave requests from users,
(both successful and
unsuccessful).
This element is always shown.
total-req Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of join requests
Command Description
This command displays the IGMP module time-related parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 57.11-1 "IGMP Module Time Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(slot-index) Format: identifies an IGMP module by
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> the logical slot id
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Command Output
Table 57.11-2 "IGMP Module Time Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
peak-connects Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcPeakTime> This statistic is the network time
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) indicating when the peak number
- unit: UTC of connects performed per second
occurred.
This element is always shown.
peak-disconnects Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcPeakTime> The network time of when the
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) peak number of disconnects to
- unit: UTC users performed per second
occurred.
This element is always shown.
peak-msg Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSrcPeakTime> The network time of when the
- the time (yyyy-mm-dd:hour:minutes:secs) peak number of messages
Command Description
This command displays the IGMP module parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 57.12-1 "IGMP Module Miscellaneous Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(slot-index) Format: identifies an IGMP module by
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> the logical slot id
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Command Output
Table 57.12-2 "IGMP Module Miscellaneous Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
curr-root-conn Parameter type: <Gauge> The number of the connected
- gauge groups.
This element is always shown.
con-cfgd Parameter type: <Gauge> The number of the connected
- gauge groups who are configured in
multicast source table.
This element is always shown.
con-un-cfgd Parameter type: <Gauge> The number of the connected
- gauge groups who aren't configured in
Command Description
This command displays the next Multicast Service Context Profile Index available.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 57.13-2 "IGMP System Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
next Parameter type: <Igmp::McastSvcCtxtNextPointer> The next available id for
- mcast service context profile index multicast service context profile.
- range: [0...64] This element is always shown.
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Transport Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----transport
----ip-address
- (address)
----ip-route
- (destination)
----snmp
----protocol-stats
----engine
----system-parameters
Command Description
This command displays the IP address parameter that holds the addressing information for one of this entity's IP
addresses.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 58.2-1 "IP Address Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(address) Format: ip address where addressing
- IPv4-address information pertains
Command Output
Table 58.2-2 "IP Address Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
ifindex Parameter type: <SignedInteger> Uniquely identifies the interface
- a signed integer to which this is applicable.
This element is always shown.
subnet-mask Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> The subnet mask associated with
- IPv4-address the IP address.
This element is always shown.
bcast-addr Parameter type: <SignedInteger> The broadcast address used for
- a signed integer sending datagrams on the
(logical) interface associated with
the IP address
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
reas-max-size Parameter type: <Transport::IpAdEntReasmMaxSize> The size of the largest IP
- size of the largest reassembled IP datagram datagram which this entity can
- range: [0...65535] re-assemble from incoming IP
fragmented datagrams received
on this interface.
This element is only shown in
Command Description
This command displays the IP routing statistics.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 58.3-1 "IP Route Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(destination) Format: destination IP address of this
- IPv4-address route
Command Output
Table 58.3-2 "IP Route Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
routing-mechanism Parameter type: <Transport::ipRouteProto> The routing mechanism via
( other which this route was learned.
| local This element is always shown.
| netmgmt
| icmp
| egp
| ggp
| hello
| rip
| is-is
| es-is
| cisco-igrp
| bbn-spf-igp
| ospf
| bgp )
Possible values:
- other : entry is created via the BOOTP protocol
- local : manually configured
- netmgmt : entry is created via the SNMP protocol
- icmp : obtained via ICMP
Command Description
This command displays the statistics related to the SNMP protocol.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 58.4-2 "SNMP Protocol Statistics Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
in-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- 32 bit counter SNMP packets.
This element is always shown.
out-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of transmitted
- 32 bit counter SNMP packets.
This element is always shown.
in-get-requests Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- 32 bit counter SNMP get requests.
This element is always shown.
out-get-requests Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of transmitted
- 32 bit counter SNMP get requests.
This element is always shown.
in-get-next-requests Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- 32 bit counter SNMP get-next requests.
This element is always shown.
out-get-next-requests Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of transmitted
- 32 bit counter get-next requests .
This element is always shown.
in-set-requests Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- 32 bit counter SNMP set requests.
This element is always shown.
out-set-requests Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of transmitted
- 32 bit counter SNMP set requests.
This element is always shown.
in-get-responses Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of received
- 32 bit counter SNMP get responses.
This element is always shown.
out-get-responses Parameter type: <Counter> The total number of transmitted
Command Description
This command displays the status of the SNMP engine.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 58.5-2 "SNMP Engine Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
engine-id Parameter type: <Snmp::EngineID> the unique identifier for the
- SNMP Engine Identifier SNMP engine
- length: 5<=x<=32 This element is always shown.
boot-cnt Parameter type: <Snmp::EngineBoots> the number of times the SNMP
- SNMP Engine Boots engine booted.
- range: [1...2147483647] This element is always shown.
up-time Parameter type: <Snmp::EngineTime> the number of seconds since the
- SNMP Engine Time last boot
- range: [1...2147483647] This element is always shown.
max-message-size Parameter type: <Snmp::MessageSize> the maximum length for an
- SNMP Message Size SNMP message for this engine
- range: [484...2147483647] This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the system statistics.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 58.6-2 "System Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
description Parameter type: <Transport::sysDescr> A textual description which
- a printable string include's the full name and
- length: x<=255 version identification of the
system's hardware type, software
operating-system, and
networking software.
This element is always shown.
object-id Parameter type: <Object> The vendor's authoritative
- an object identifier identification of the network
management subsystem
contained in the entity. This value
is allocated within the SMI
enterprises subtree (1.3.6.1.4.1)
and provides an easy and
unambiguous means for
determining `what kind of box' is
being managed.
This element is always shown.
up-time Parameter type: <Transport::TimeTicks> The time since the network
- a timeout value management portion of the
- unit: hundredths of a second system was last re-initialized.
This element is always shown.
services Parameter type: <Transport::SysServices> A value which indicates the set of
- set of services services that this entity primarily
- unit: milisec offers.
- range: [0...127] This element is always shown.
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Efm Oam Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----efm-oam
----mac-stats
- (interface)
----pme-stats
- (group)
----local-oam-info
- (interface)
----peer-oam-info
- (interface)
----oam-stats
- (interface)
----loopback-info
- (interface)
----int-traff-gen
- (interface)
Command Description
This command triggers a request to retrieve MAC information from the CPE and displays the result if and when
available.
The output of this command is always in detailed format.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 59.2-1 "Efm Oam Mac Statistics Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(interface) Format: identification of the EFM port /
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / Ethernet port
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 59.2-2 "Efm Oam Mac Statistics Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
frames-tx-ok Parameter type: <Ether::FramesTxOkCounter> the number of frames that are
( not-available successfully transmitted (by
| <Counter> ) CPE).
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- not-available : counter not available detail mode.
Field type <Counter>
- 32 bit counter
frames-rx-ok Parameter type: <Ether::FramesRxOkCounter> the number of frames that are
Command Description
This command triggers a request to retrieve PME information from the CPE and displays the result if and when
available. This commands allows retrieval of PME information for an individual dsl link or for all links in an EFM
bonding group.
The output of this command is always in detailed format.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 59.3-1 "Efm Oam Pme Statistics Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(group) Format: identification of the EFM or
( link : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / XDSL port
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> )
Possible values:
- link : xdsl-line
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 59.3-2 "Efm Oam Pme Statistics Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
link Parameter type: <Itf::LinkPmeEthernetIndex> identification of the xdsl port
( xdsl : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / This element is only shown in
<Eqpt::PortId> detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the local EFM OAM data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 59.4-1 "Efm Oam Local Information Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(interface) Format: identification of the EFM port /
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / Ethernet port
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 59.4-2 "Efm Oam Local Information Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
oper-status Parameter type: <Ether::OperStatus> operational status of the OAM
( disabled entity
| link-fault This element is always shown.
| passive-wait
| active-snd-local
| snd-local-rem
| snd-local-rem-ok
| peer-local-rej
| peer-remote-rej
| operational )
Possible values:
Command Description
This command displays the peer (CPE) EFM OAM configuration data.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 59.5-1 "Efm Oam Peer Information Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(interface) Format: identification of the EFM port /
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / Ethernet port
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 59.5-2 "Efm Oam Peer Information Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
mac-address Parameter type: <Ether::MacAddr> the mac address of the peer OAM
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) entity.
- length: 6 This element is always shown.
vendor-oui Parameter type: <Ether::VendorOui> The oui of the CPE.
short name: vendor/oui - an octet string bitmask This element is always shown.
- length: 3
vendor-info Parameter type: <Ether::VendorInfo> the vendor info of the CPE.
short name: vendor/info <Ether::PrintableVendorInfo> This element is always shown.
Field type <Ether::PrintableVendorInfo>
- description to help the operator to identify the object
Command Description
This command displays the EFM OAM statistics.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 59.6-1 "Efm Oam statistics Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(interface) Format: identification of the EFM port /
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / Ethernet port
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 59.6-2 "Efm Oam statistics Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
information-tx Parameter type: <Counter> number of information
short name: information/tx - 32 bit counter OAMPDUs transmitted.
This element is always shown.
information-rx Parameter type: <Counter> number of information
short name: - 32 bit counter OAMPDUs received.
information/rx This element is always shown.
variable-rqst-tx Parameter type: <Counter> number of variable request
short name: - 32 bit counter OAMPDUs transmitted.
variable/rqst-tx This element is always shown.
variable-rsp-rx Parameter type: <Counter> number of variable response
Command Description
This command displays the EFM OAM loopback status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 59.7-1 "Efm Oam loopback Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(interface) Format: identification of the EFM port /
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / Ethernet port
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 59.7-2 "Efm Oam loopback Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
loopback-status Parameter type: <Ether::LoopbackStatus> loopback status of the OAM
( no-loopback entity
| initiating-loopback This element is always shown.
| terminating-loopback
| remote-loopback
| unknown )
Possible values:
- no-loopback : no loopback
- initiating-loopback : remote loopback is initiated
- terminating-loopback : termination of remote loopback
ongoing
Command Description
This command displays the status of the internal traffic generator.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 59.8-1 "Efm Oam Internal Traffic generator Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(interface) Format: identification of the EFM port /
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / Ethernet port
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 59.8-2 "Efm Oam Internal Traffic generator Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
state Parameter type: <Ether::TraffGenState> State of the internal traffic
( active generator for the specified
| not-active ) interface.
Possible values: This element is always shown.
- active : Internal traffic generator on specified itf is active
- not-active : Internal traffic generator on specified itf is not
active
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "DHCP Relay Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----dhcp-relay
----port-stats
- (port-interface)
----vlan
- (subscr-vlan)
----summary
----extensive
----v6-port-stats
- (port-interface)
----vlan
- (subscr-vlan)
----v6summary
----v6extensive
----session
- (client)
- ip-addr
Command Description
This command allows the operator to view the DHCP relay port counters. When this show command is invoked, all
commands in underlying nodes are automatically executed.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 60.2-1 "DHCP Relay Port Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port-interface) Format: user port interface
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Command Description
This command allows the operator to view the DHCP relay port counters. The command will show all counters
related to the specified vlan tagged frames.
Both the summary and detailed counters are shown through the underlying nodes.
The detailed counters are only available when the counters are enabled via the related configuration command.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 60.3-1 "DHCP Relay Port Statistics Related To Vlan Ports" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port-interface) Format: user port interface
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Description
This command allows the operator to view the DHCP relay port counters. The command will show all counters
related to the specified vlan tagged frames. These summary counters are always available.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 60.4-1 "DHCP Relay Port Summary Statistics Related To Vlan Ports" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port-interface) Format: user port interface
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
Command Output
Table 60.4-2 "DHCP Relay Port Summary Statistics Related To Vlan Ports" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
error-summary Parameter type: <Counter> show the total of DHCP packets
- 32 bit counter that have been dropped because
of errors
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
total-in Parameter type: <Counter> show count of all DHCP packets
- 32 bit counter that have been received
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
total-out Parameter type: <Counter> show count of all DHCP packets
- 32 bit counter that have been sent
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to view the DHCP relay port counters. The command will show all counters
related to the specified vlan tagged frames.
The detailed counters are only given when the counters are enabled via the related configuration command.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 60.5-1 "DHCP Relay Port Detailed Statistics Related To Vlan Ports" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port-interface) Format: user port interface
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
Command Output
Table 60.5-2 "DHCP Relay Port Detailed Statistics Related To Vlan Ports" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
internal-ctxt-err Parameter type: <CounterWithDefaultValue> show the number of ARP packets
( ( not-available | na ) dropped due to internal context
| <CounterWithDefaultValue> ) errors
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- not-available : counter value is not applicable for this type detail mode.
of board
- na : counter value is not applicable for this type of board
Field type <CounterWithDefaultValue>
- Number of times mac filter is matched
- range: [0...4294967294]
up-corrupt-pkt Parameter type: <CounterWithDefaultValue> show the number of upstream
( ( not-available | na ) DHCP packets classified as
| <CounterWithDefaultValue> ) corrupt and discarded
Possible values: This element is only shown in
- not-available : counter value is not applicable for this type detail mode.
of board
- na : counter value is not applicable for this type of board
Field type <CounterWithDefaultValue>
- Number of times mac filter is matched
Command Description
This command allows the operator to view the DHCP v6 relay port counters. When this show command is invoked,
all commands in underlying nodes are automatically executed.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 60.6-1 "DHCP v6 Relay Port Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port-interface) Format: user port interface
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Field type <Eqpt::VciId>
- atm VCI
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Command Description
This command allows the operator to view the DHCP v6 relay port counters. The command will show all counters
related to the specified vlan tagged frames.
Both the summary and detailed counters are shown through the underlying nodes.
The detailed counters are only available when the counters are enabled via the related configuration command.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 60.7-1 "DHCP v6 Relay Port Statistics Related To Vlan Ports" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port-interface) Format: user port interface
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Description
This command allows the operator to view the DHCP v6 relay port counters. The command will show all counters
related to the specified vlan tagged frames. These summary counters are always available.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 60.8-1 "DHCP v6 Relay Port Summary Statistics Related To Vlan Ports" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port-interface) Format: user port interface
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
- atm VPI
Command Output
Table 60.8-2 "DHCP v6 Relay Port Summary Statistics Related To Vlan Ports" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
dhcpv6-error-summary Parameter type: <Counter> show the total of DHCP v6
- 32 bit counter packets that have been dropped
because of errors
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to view the DHCP v6 relay port counters. The command will show all counters
related to the specified vlan tagged frames.
The detailed counters are only given when the counters are enabled via the related configuration command.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 60.9-1 "DHCP v6 Relay Port Detailed Statistics Related To Vlan Ports" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port-interface) Format: user port interface
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::LLId> )
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Field type <Eqpt::VpiId>
Command Output
Table 60.9-2 "DHCP v6 Relay Port Detailed Statistics Related To Vlan Ports" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
dhcpv6-up-corrupt-pkt Parameter type: <Counter> show the number of upstream
- 32 bit counter DHCP v6 packets classified as
corrupt and discarded
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
dhcpv6-up-lg-pkt-discd Parameter type: <Counter> show the number of upstream
- 32 bit counter DHCPv6 packets discarded due
to packet size exceeds the MTU
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
dhcpv6-up-not-allowed Parameter type: <Counter> show the number of upstream
- 32 bit counter DHCPv6 packets discarded due
to invalid packet type
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
dhcpv6-up-untrusted Parameter type: <Counter> show the number of
- 32 bit counter Relay-Forward messages
received from the untrusted client
port
Command Description
This command displays the dhcp-sessions information.
Note: Once the remaining-lease timer has expired, there will be a delay of 30 seconds for the removal of the
session. Until then, the traffic will be forwarded to the corresponding user interface.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 60.10-1 "DHCP Relay Session Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(client) Format: specifies the if-index uniquely
( vlanport : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / indentifying each interface
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlanport : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlanport : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlanport : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlanport : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlanport : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlanport : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip :
stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlanport : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / vuni :
stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlanport : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
Command Output
Table 60.10-2 "DHCP Relay Session Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Multicast Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----mcast
----active-groups
- (port)
- vlan-id
- mcast-grp-addr
- mcast-src-addr
----pon-active-groups
- (pon-idx)
- port
- vlan-id
- mcast-grp-addr
- mcast-src-addr
----ont-active-groups
- (ont-idx)
- port
- vlan-id
- mcast-grp-addr
- mcast-src-addr
----grp-membership
- (mcast-grp-addr)
- vlan-id
- mcast-src-addr
- port
Command Description
This command shows per user interface the list of active multicast streams.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 61.2-1 "Multicast Active Groups Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(port) Format: identification of the port, vlanport
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> / or virtual channel
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
Command Output
Table 61.2-2 "Multicast Active Groups Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
state Parameter type: <Igmp::ActualState> The actual state of the multicast
( full-view stream
| pre-view This element is always shown.
| black-out )
Possible values:
- full-view : full view of the stream
- pre-view : preview of the stream
- black-out : no stream is viewed
curr-previewed-nbr Parameter type: <Igmp::PreviewNumber> number of pre-view sessions that
short name: prev-nbr - number of pre-view sessions already been viewed have already been viewed
- range: [0...1000] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
status Parameter type: <Igmp::McastStatus> the current type of multicast
( static group
| static-dynamic This element is always shown.
| dynamic )
Possible values:
- static : static entry
- static-dynamic : static dynamic entry
- dynamic : dynamic entry
Command Description
This command shows per user interface on a particular PON the list of active multicast streams.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 61.3-1 "Multicast PON Active Groups Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(pon-idx) Format: identification of the PON
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
port Parameter type: <Igmp::IgmpIfIndex> identification of the vlanport
Format:
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
Command Output
Table 61.3-2 "Multicast PON Active Groups Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
state Parameter type: <Igmp::ActualState> The actual state of the multicast
( full-view stream
| pre-view This element is always shown.
| black-out )
Possible values:
- full-view : full view of the stream
- pre-view : preview of the stream
- black-out : no stream is viewed
curr-previewed-nbr Parameter type: <Igmp::PreviewNumber> number of pre-view sessions that
short name: prev-nbr - number of pre-view sessions already been viewed have already been viewed
- range: [0...1000] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
status Parameter type: <Igmp::McastStatus> the current type of multicast
( static group
| static-dynamic This element is always shown.
| dynamic )
Possible values:
- static : static entry
- static-dynamic : static dynamic entry
- dynamic : dynamic entry
Command Description
This command shows per user interface on a particular ONT the list of active multicast streams.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 61.4-1 "Multicast ONT Active Groups Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(ont-idx) Format: identification of the ONT
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PonId>
- the PON identifier
Field type <Eqpt::OntId>
- the ONT identifier
port Parameter type: <Igmp::IgmpIfIndex> identification of the vlanport
Format:
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
Command Output
Table 61.4-2 "Multicast ONT Active Groups Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
state Parameter type: <Igmp::ActualState> The actual state of the multicast
( full-view stream
| pre-view This element is always shown.
| black-out )
Possible values:
- full-view : full view of the stream
- pre-view : preview of the stream
- black-out : no stream is viewed
curr-previewed-nbr Parameter type: <Igmp::PreviewNumber> number of pre-view sessions that
short name: prev-nbr - number of pre-view sessions already been viewed have already been viewed
- range: [0...1000] This element is only shown in
detail mode.
status Parameter type: <Igmp::McastStatus> the current type of multicast
( static group
| static-dynamic This element is always shown.
| dynamic )
Possible values:
- static : static entry
- static-dynamic : static dynamic entry
- dynamic : dynamic entry
Command Description
This command shows per multicast stream the list of user interfaces to which the system is currently requested to
forward this stream.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 61.5-1 "Multicast Group Membership Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(mcast-grp-addr) Format: multicast group address
- multicast-address (range: 224.0.0.3....239.255.255.255)
vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::VlanId> vlan id
Format:
- vlan id
- range: [1...4093]
mcast-src-addr Parameter type: <Ip::V4Address> the multicast group source
Format: address
- IPv4-address
port Parameter type: <Igmp::IgmpIfIndex> identifies a user interface
Format: receiving a multicast stream
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
Command Output
Table 61.5-2 "Multicast Group Membership Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
state Parameter type: <Igmp::GroupAddr2UserItfActualstate> the actual state of the multicast
( full-view stream
| pre-view This element is always shown.
| black-out )
Possible values:
- full-view : full view of the stream
- pre-view : preview of the stream
- black-out : no stream is viewed
status Parameter type: <Igmp::McastStatus> the current status of the static
( static multicast branch
| static-dynamic This element is always shown.
| dynamic )
Possible values:
- static : static entry
- static-dynamic : static dynamic entry
- dynamic : dynamic entry
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Session Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----session
- (id)
Command Description
This command displays the status of all sessions.
User Level
The command can be accessed and executed by an operator with admin privilege.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 62.2-1 "Session Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(id) Format: the session number
- the session number
- range: [1...13]
Command Output
Table 62.2-2 "Session Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
operator Parameter type: <Sec::SessionOperatorName> the name of the operator that is
- the name of an operator actually using the session
- length: 1<=x<=11 This element is always shown.
from Parameter type: <Sec::LoginAddress> the ip-address from where the
- the address from where the operator logged in user is logged in
- length: x<=21 This element is always shown.
type Parameter type: <Sec::TerminalType> the type of connection use.
( craft Network means that any
| telnet supported connection type over ip
| unused is possible.
| test This element is always shown.
| ssh
| sftp )
Possible values:
- craft : craft terminal
- telnet : telnet terminal
- unused : unused terminal
- test : test terminal
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "PPPoX-Relay Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----pppox-relay
----cross-connect
----statistics
----engine
- (vlan-id)
----client-port
- (client-port)
----monitor-statistics
----engine
- (vlan-id)
----client-port
- (client-port)
----session
----engine
- (vlan-id)
----client-port
- (client-port)
----trouble-shooting-cntrs
----engine
----curr-15min-stats
- (vlan-id)
----curr-1day-stats
- (vlan-id)
----prev-15min-stats
- (vlan-id)
- interval-num
----prev-1day-stats
- (vlan-id)
- interval-num
Command Description
This command displays the statistics for a particular VLAN ID.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 63.2-1 "PPPoX CC Engine Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: engine identification
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
Command Output
Table 63.2-2 "PPPoX CC Engine Statistics" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
engine-name Parameter type: <PPPoX::EngineName> name to identify the
- Engine Name engine/service
- length: 1<=x<=32 This element is always shown.
in-ctrl-frm Parameter type: <Counter> number of ingress control
- 32 bit counter messages
This element is always shown.
out-ctrl-frm Parameter type: <Counter> number of egress control
Command Description
This command displays the statistics of a client port.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 63.3-1 "PPPoX CC Client Port Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(client-port) Format: client port identification
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / voip :
Command Output
Table 63.3-2 "PPPoX CC Client Port Statistics" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
in-ctrl-frm Parameter type: <Counter> number of ingress control
- 32 bit counter messages
This element is always shown.
out-ctrl-frm Parameter type: <Counter> number of egress control
- 32 bit counter messages
This element is always shown.
err-ctrl-frm Parameter type: <Counter> number of errored control
- 32 bit counter messages
This element is always shown.
curr-num-session Parameter type: <SignedInteger> number of active PPP sessions on
- a signed integer the client port
This element is always shown.
fwd-frames-up Parameter type: <Counter> number of upstream forwarded
- 32 bit counter frames
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
fwd-frames-down Parameter type: <Counter> number of downstream
- 32 bit counter forwarded frames
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
disc-frames-up Parameter type: <Counter> number of upstream discarded
- 32 bit counter frames
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
disc-frames-down Parameter type: <Counter> number of downstream discarded
- 32 bit counter frames
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the engine monitor statistics for a particular VLAN ID and lists the statistics of a
configured engine with a monitor enabled.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 63.4-1 "PPPoX CC Engine Monitor Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: engine identification
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
Command Output
Table 63.4-2 "PPPoX CC Engine Monitor Statistics" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
generic-err-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of discovery msgs that
- 32 bit counter carried the Generic Error tag
This element is always shown.
inv-serv-name Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of PAD-S msgs containing
- 32 bit counter Service-Name-Error tag
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command shows the client port monitor statistics and lists the statistics of a configured client port with a
monitor enabled.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 63.5-1 "PPPoX CC Client Port Monitor Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(client-port) Format: client port identification
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
<Eqpt::OntPortId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
Command Output
Table 63.5-2 "PPPoX CC Client Port Monitor Statistics" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
unexp-ctrl-msg Parameter type: <Counter> number of unexpected control
- 32 bit counter messages discarded
This element is always shown.
unexp-data-pkts Parameter type: <Counter> number of discarded data packets
- 32 bit counter on this port
This element is always shown.
prt-mru-err-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> number of long messages
- 32 bit counter discarded on this port
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
trans-age-out Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of events cleared because the
- 32 bit counter transaction timed out
This element is always shown.
session-age-out Parameter type: <Counter> nbr of events timed out for this
- 32 bit counter port
This element is always shown.
cc-port-max-exceeded Parameter type: <Counter> number of times a ppp cc set-up
- 32 bit counter process is aborted due to max nbr
ppp cc allowed on a port
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
cc-line-max-exceeded Parameter type: <Counter> number of times a ppp cc set-up
- 32 bit counter process is aborted due to max nbr
ppp cc allowed on a line
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
cc-board-max-exceeded Parameter type: <Counter> number of times a ppp cc set-up
- 32 bit counter process is aborted due to max nbr
ppp cc allowed on a board
This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays session data for the engine.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 63.6-1 "PPPoX CC Session Engine Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: engine identification
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
Command Output
Table 63.6-2 "PPPoX CC Session Engine Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
server-mac-addr Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> mac-addr of the PPPoE Server
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) for this PPP cross-connection
- length: 6 This element is always shown.
ext-session-id Parameter type: <SignedInteger> PPPoE session id of this PPP
- a signed integer cross-connection
This element is always shown.
client-port Parameter type: <Itf::PppoxClientPortInterface> Index to which the PPPoE client
Command Description
This command displays session data for the client port.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 63.7-1 "PPPoX CC Session Client Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(client-port) Format: client port identification
( <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> : <Eqpt::VciId>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : <Eqpt::VpiId> :
<Eqpt::VciId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PortId> : stacked : <Eqpt::SVlan> :
<Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> : stacked :
<Eqpt::SVlan> : <Eqpt::CVlan>
| vlan-port : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> /
<Eqpt::SlotId> / <Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> /
<Eqpt::OntSlotId> / <Eqpt::OntPortId> :
<Eqpt::UnstackedVlan>
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PonId> / <Eqpt::OntId> / <Eqpt::OntSlotId> /
Command Output
Table 63.7-2 "PPPoX CC Session Client Port Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
vlan-id Parameter type: <Vlan::StackedVlanSigned> vlan id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex> This element is always shown.
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093,4094]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4094,4096]
server-mac-addr Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> mac-addr of the PPPoE server for
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) this PPP cross-connection
- length: 6 This element is always shown.
ext-session-id Parameter type: <SignedInteger> PPPoE session id of this PPP
- a signed integer cross-connection
This element is always shown.
int-session-id Parameter type: <SignedInteger> index that uniquely indicate a
- a signed integer PPP cross-connection
This element is always shown.
client-mac-addr Parameter type: <Vlan::MacAddr> mac-addr of the PPPoE client for
- mac address (aa:bb:cc:a1:02:03) this PPP cross-connection
- length: 6 This element is only shown in
detail mode.
Command Description
This command displays the statistics of the transaction ageout and session ageout counters per engine for the
Current 15Minute interval.
The counters are updated once in every 3 minute interval.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 63.8-1 "PPPCC Engine Current 15Minute Statistics Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: vlan-id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
Command Output
Table 63.8-2 "PPPCC Engine Current 15Minute Statistics Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
engine-name Parameter type: <PPPoX::EngineName> engine name
- Engine Name This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the statistics of the transaction ageout and session ageout counters per engine for the
current 1day interval.
The counters are updated once in every 3 minute interval.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 63.9-1 "PPPCC Engine Current 1day Statistics Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: vlan-id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
Command Output
Table 63.9-2 "PPPCC Engine Current 1day Statistics Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
engine-name Parameter type: <PPPoX::EngineName> engine name
- Engine Name This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command displays the statistics of the transaction ageout and session ageout counters per engine for the
previous 15Minute interval.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 63.10-1 "PPPCC Engine Previous 15Minute Statistics Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: vlan-id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
interval-num Parameter type: <PPPoX::IntervalNumber15min> previous 15 min interval number
Format:
- a number identifying 15 minutes interval time
- range: [1...32]
Command Output
Table 63.10-2 "PPPCC Engine Previous 15Minute Statistics Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
engine-name Parameter type: <PPPoX::EngineName> engine identification
- Engine Name This element is always shown.
- length: 1<=x<=32
trans-age-out-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> number of transaction age out in
- 32 bit counter previous 15 min interval
This element is always shown.
sess-age-out-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> number of session age out in
- 32 bit counter previous 15 min interval
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <PPPoX::IntervalMeasureTime15Min> amount of time in seconds that
- the measured time interval statistics for this entry has been
- unit: sec counted in the previous 15 min
interval
This element is always shown.
valid-flag Parameter type: <PPPoX::IntervalValidityFlag> validity of the counters collected
( true This element is always shown.
| false )
Possible values:
- true : data is valid
- false : data is not valid
Command Description
This command displays the statistics of the transaction ageout and session ageout counters per engine for the
previous 1day interval.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with pppoe privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 63.11-1 "PPPCC Engine Previous 1day Statistics Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(vlan-id) Format: vlan-id
( <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> )
Possible values:
- stacked : stacked vlan identity
Field type <Vlan::UVlanIndex>
- unstacked vlan identity
- range: [1...4093,4096]
Field type <Vlan::SVlanIndex>
- service vlan identity
- range: [2...4093]
Field type <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
- customer vlan identity
- range: [0...4093,4096]
interval-num Parameter type: <PPPoX::IntervalNumber1day> previous 1 day interval number
Format:
- a number identifying 1 day interval time
- range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 63.11-2 "PPPCC Engine Previous 1day Statistics Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
engine-name Parameter type: <PPPoX::EngineName> engine name
- Engine Name This element is always shown.
- length: 1<=x<=32
trans-age-out-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> number of transaction age out
- 32 bit counter previous 1 day interval
This element is always shown.
sess-age-out-cnt Parameter type: <Counter> number of session age out
- 32 bit counter counters in previous 1 day
interval
This element is always shown.
measured-time Parameter type: <PPPoX::IntervalMeasureTime1Day> amount of time in seconds that
- the measured time interval statistics for this entry has been
- unit: sec counted in the previous 1 day
interval
This element is always shown.
valid-flag Parameter type: <PPPoX::IntervalValidityFlag> validity of the counters collected
( true This element is always shown.
| false )
Possible values:
- true : data is valid
- false : data is not valid
Description
This chapter gives an overview of nodes that are handled by "Voice Status Commands".
Command Tree
----show
----voice
----sip
----server
- (name)
----user-agent-ap
- (name)
- slot-id
----statistics
----system
----perf-info
- (if-index)
----termination
----current-15min
- (if-index)
----current-1day
- (if-index)
----prev-15min
- (if-index)
- interval-num
----prev-1day
- (if-index)
- interval-num
----redundancy-node
----redundancy-state
- (admin-name)
- slot-id
----ext-redundancy-state
- (admin-name)
- slot-id
- term-group
----redundancy-cmd
- (provider-name)
----termination
- (if-index)
----cluster
- (cluster-id)
----board
- (equip-id)
- board-id
----termination
- (equip-id)
- port-id
----media-gateway
- (media-gateway-id)
----database
----ip
----signal-gateway
- (signal-gateway-id)
Command Description
This command allows the operator to show the Voice Sip Server profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 64.2-1 "Voice Sip Server Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: uniquely identify of this voice
- uniquely identifies this voice server server
- length: x<=32
Command Output
Table 64.2-2 "Voice Sip Server Status Commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
server-id Parameter type: <Sip::ServerId> server idr
- the SIP server table index This element is always shown.
- range: [1...32]
oper-status Parameter type: <Sip::ServerOperStatus> the operational status of server
( up This element is always shown.
| down )
Possible values:
- up : the status of the server opera is up
- down : the status of the server opera is down
Command Description
This command allows the operator to show the Voice Sip user agent access point profile.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 64.3-1 "Voice Sip User Agent Access Point Show Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(name) Format: uniquely identify of the user
- uniquely identifies the User Agent agent
- length: 1<=x<=32
slot-id Parameter type: <SIP::SlotIndex> slot id associated with this user
Format: agent access point
( lt : <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId>
| nt
| ntio
| <Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::EqSlotId> )
Possible values:
- lt : lt-slot
- nt : nt-slot
- ntio : ntio-slot
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::EqSlotId>
- the equipment slot number
Command Output
Table 64.3-2 "Voice Sip User Agent Access Point Show Commands" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
oper-status Parameter type: <Sip::UaApOperStatus> the opera status of user agent
( up access point
| down ) This element is always shown.
Possible values:
- up : the sip UaAp oper status is up
- down : the sip UaAp oper status is down
Command Description
This command allows the operator to show the various system parameters including the number of configured and
available sip termination, the number of configured and unavailable sip termination, the number of unconfigured
sip termination.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with forStatsPerSystem privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Output
Table 64.4-2 "Voice Sip Statistics System Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
config-avail-term Parameter type: <Sip::NumberOfTerm> The number of configured and
- the number of termination available sip termination
This element is always shown.
config-unavail-term Parameter type: <Sip::NumberOfTerm> The number of configured and
- the number of termination unavailable sip termination
This element is always shown.
unconfig-term Parameter type: <Sip::NumberOfTerm> The number of unconfigured sip
- the number of termination termination
This element is always shown.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to show the various parameters including elapsed times for current 15-minutes
interval and 1-day interval per termination, the number of pervious 15-minutes interval and 1-day interval per
termination.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with forStatsPerLine privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 64.5-1 "Voice Sip Statistics Perfinfo Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of this port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 64.5-2 "Voice Sip Statistics Perfinfo Status Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
cur-15min-elapsedtime Parameter type: <Sip::ElapsedTime> number of second elapsed in
- the elapsed time current 15 minutes interval
- unit: sec measurement
This element is always shown.
cur-1day-elapsedtime Parameter type: <Sip::ElapsedTime> number of second elapsed in
- the elapsed time current 1 day interval
- unit: sec measurement
This element is always shown.
prev-15min-num Parameter type: <Sip::PerfInterval> number of previous 15 minutes
Command Description
This command allows the operator to show the Voice Sip Termination Statistics for current 15 minutes.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 64.6-1 "Voice Sip Termination Statistics Command for Current 15 Minutes" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of this port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 64.6-2 "Voice Sip Termination Statistics Command for Current 15 Minutes" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
measured-time Parameter type: <Sip::IntervalMeasureTime> amount of time in sec that
- the measured time of interval statistics have been counted
- unit: sec This element is only shown in
detail mode.
in-valid-flag Parameter type: <Sip::IntervalValidityFlag> validity of the corresponding
Command Description
This command allows the operator to show the Voice Sip Termination Statistics for current 1 day.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
Command Parameters
Table 64.7-1 "Voice Sip Termination Statistics Command for Current Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of this port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
Command Output
Table 64.7-2 "Voice Sip Termination Statistics Command for Current Day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
measured-time Parameter type: <Sip::IntervalMeasureTime> amount of time in sec that
- the measured time of interval statistics have been counted
- unit: sec This element is only shown in
detail mode.
in-valid-flag Parameter type: <Sip::IntervalValidityFlag> validity of the corresponding
( true performance monitoring data in
| false ) current 1day interval
Command Description
This command allows the operator to show the Voice Sip Termination Statistics for previous 15 minutes.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show voice sip statistics termination prev-15min [ (if-index) [ interval-num <Sip::IntervalNumber15min> ] ]
Command Parameters
Table 64.8-1 "Voice Sip Termination Statistics Command for Previous 15 Minutes" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of this port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-num Parameter type: <Sip::IntervalNumber15min> identifies prev 15min intervals,
Format: value 1 as the latest interval
- the measured time interval
- range: [1...96]
Command Output
Table 64.8-2 "Voice Sip Termination Statistics Command for Previous 15 Minutes" Display
parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
measured-time Parameter type: <Sip::IntervalMeasureTime> amount of time in sec that
Command Description
This command allows the operator to show the Voice Sip Termination Statistics for previous 1 day.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with sip privileges.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> show voice sip statistics termination prev-1day [ (if-index) [ interval-num <Sip::IntervalNumber1day> ] ]
Command Parameters
Table 64.9-1 "Voice Sip Termination Statistics Command for Previous day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier Type Description
(if-index) Format: interface index of this port
<Eqpt::RackId> / <Eqpt::ShelfId> / <Eqpt::SlotId> /
<Eqpt::PortId>
Field type <Eqpt::RackId>
- the rack number
Field type <Eqpt::ShelfId>
- the shelf number
Field type <Eqpt::SlotId>
- the LT slot number
Field type <Eqpt::PortId>
- the port number
interval-num Parameter type: <Sip::IntervalNumber1day> identifies prev 1 day intervals,
Format: value 1 as the latest interval
- the measured time interval
- range: [1...3]
Command Output
Table 64.9-2 "Voice Sip Termination Statistics Command for Previous day" Display parameters
Specific Information
name Type Description
measured-time Parameter type: <Sip::IntervalMeasureTime> amount of time in sec that
- the measured time of interval statistics have been counted
- unit: sec This element is only shown in